ROYAL ALOHA DEVELOPMENT CO
SB-2, 1997-08-06
Previous: AUTOCYTE INC, S-1/A, 1997-08-06
Next: ENERGYNORTH NATURAL GAS INC, S-1, 1997-08-06



      As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August , 1997
                              Registration No. 333-
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                              Washington, DC 20549

                                    FORM SB-2
             REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                         ROYAL ALOHA DEVELOPMENT COMPANY
              (Exact name of small business issuer in its charter)
     Nevada                                6552                  86-0858827
(State or other jurisdiction of (Primary Standard Industrial  (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)  Classification Code Number)  Identification No.)

                         ROYAL ALOHA DEVELOPMENT COMPANY
                        1505 Dillingham Blvd., Suite 212
                             Honolulu, Hawaii 96817
                                 (808) 847-8050
                                 (800) 367-5212
          (Address and telephone number of principal executive offices)
                          360 East Desert Inn Road Las
                               Vegas, Nevada 89109
                     (Address of principal place of business
                   or intended principal place of business.)

                       JACK R. CORTEWAY, PRESIDENT AND CEO
                         ROYAL ALOHA DEVELOPMENT COMPANY
                         1505 Dillingham Blvd. Suite 212
                             Honolulu, Hawaii 96817
                                 (808) 847-8050
                                 (800) 367-5212

            (Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)

                          Copies of communications to:
                             RICHARD T. BEARD, ESQ.
                           JEANENE F. PATTERSON, ESQ.
                             HARRY E. McCOY II, ESQ.
                        Ballard Spahr Andrews & Ingersoll
                        201 South Main Street, Suite 1200
                            Salt Lake City, UT 84111

Approximate  date of  commencement  of proposed  sale to the public:  As soon as
possible after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
                                CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
<TABLE>
<S>                    <C>                <C>                <C>                   <C>  
Title of Each Class                         Proposed Maximum    Proposed Maximum
   of Securities        Dollar Amount to     Offering Price        Aggregate           Amount of
  to be Registered        be Registered        Per Note(1)     Offering Price(1)    Registration Fee
 ____ % Eight Year          $8,500,000             100%             $8,500,000            $2,576
 Deferred Interest
 Subordinated Notes
</TABLE>
- -------------------
1    Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.
     The registrant  hereby amends this  Registration  Statement on such date or
dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall
file a further  amendment  which  specifically  states  that  this  Registration
Statement shall  thereafter  become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of
the Securities  Act of 1933 or until this  Registration  Statement  shall become
effective on such date as the  Commission,  acting pursuant to Section 8(a), may
determine.

<PAGE>

Information   contained  herein  is  subject  to  completion  or  amendment.   A
registration  statement  relating  to these  securities  has been filed with the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission.  These  securities may not be sold nor may
offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration  statement  becomes
effective.  This  prospectus  shall  not  constitute  an  offer  to  sell or the
solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these  securities
in any State in which such offer,  solicitation  or sale would be unlawful prior
to  registration or  qualification  under the securities laws of any such State.
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED AUGUST 1, 1997

PROSPECTUS
                                   $8,500,000
                         ROYAL ALOHA DEVELOPMENT COMPANY

            _______ % Eight Year Deferred Interest Subordinated Notes

     Royal Aloha Development  Company, a Nevada corporation (the "Company"),  is
hereby  offering  (the  "Offering")  for  sale its  ____ % Eight  Year  Deferred
Interest Subordinated Notes (the "Notes") up to an aggregate of $8,500,000.  The
proceeds  from  the  Notes  will be used to fund in part  the  construction  and
development of a time-share  resort in Las Vegas,  Nevada (the "Resort") located
on property formerly owned by Royal Aloha Vacation Club, a Hawaii not-for-profit
corporation  ("RAVC") and the parent of the Company. The initial Offering period
will  remain  open for 90 days,  which  period may be  extended  by the Board of
Directors for up to two additional successive 90-day periods.

     Interest  on the Notes  will  accrue  from the  Issuance  Date,  as defined
herein, and will be compounded semi-annually.  After repayment of the borrowings
under a  Construction  Loan  Agreement  (together  with any take-out  loan,  the
"Construction  Loan") which the Company will obtain from a  construction  lender
(the  "Construction  Lender"),  interest which accrues  during each  semi-annual
period at the rate of _____% per annum will be paid  semi-annually.  The Company
estimates, assuming the maximum offering is sold, construction begins as planned
and up to 3,650  vacation  ownership  interests  ("VOIs") in the Resort are sold
within the first  three  years  after the  commencement  of  construction,  that
accrued  interest  will begin  paying on the Notes  within three years after the
commencement of construction.  There can be no assurance that interest  payments
will commence at that time.

     The Notes may be  redeemed,  at the option of the  Company,  in whole or in
part, at any time on or after the third anniversary of the Issuance Date at ___%
of their principal amount, plus accrued interest,  and declining to 100% of such
principal  amount,  plus  accrued  interest,  on the  sixth  anniversary  of the
Issuance Date and thereafter.

     The Notes are unsecured and  subordinated to all existing and future Senior
Indebtedness of the Company,  including the Construction  Loan. See "Description
of Securities."

     SEE "RISK FACTORS"  COMMENCING ON PAGE OF THIS  PROSPECTUS FOR A DISCUSSION
OF CERTAIN  FACTORS THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY  PROSPECTIVE  PURCHASERS OF THE
NOTES OFFERED HEREBY.
                              -------------------
            THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY
               THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE
                SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES AND
                   EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES
                     COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR
                        ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY
                         REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY
                             IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
                              --------------------
<PAGE>
===========================================================================
                        Price to                              Proceeds to
                        Public(1)        Commission (2)       Company (3)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Per Note...........                 %         None                        %
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Minimum (4)      $ 4,500,000            None            $ 4,500,000
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Maximum (4)      $ 8,500,000            None            $ 8,500,000
===========================================================================

(1)    The  Notes  will  be sold  on a  "best  efforts, minimum-maximum"  basis.
Accordingly,  at least $4,500,000  principal amount of Notes must be sold if any
are sold. See "Plan of Distribution."

(2)    The  Notes  will be sold  directly  by the Company through  officers  and
employees of the Company or its parent who will receive no  commission  or other
remuneration  therefor. The Company may also offer the Notes through one or more
brokers and dealers.  The Company will pay a commission  to any broker or dealer
of up to six percent (6%) of the principal amount of the Notes sold.

(3)     Before  deducting  expenses  of  the  Offering  payable  by  the Company
estimated at $250,000.

(4)     All proceeds received  under this Offering will be mailed  within  three
business  days  following  receipt to First Trust of California  N.A.,  until at
least  $4,500,000  has been  deposited  therein.  In the  event  that  less than
$4,500,000 in gross  proceeds is deposited  within 90 days from the date hereof,
or such later date as shall be determined  by the Board of Directors,  or if the
Construction  Loan as hereinafter  defined is not obtained  within 60 days after
the end of the Offering  period,  all proceeds  received will be returned to the
investor,  with  interest  accrued at a rate  established  by the escrow  agent.
Investors will have no right to withdraw funds deposited in the escrow account.
                              --------------------
                     The date of this Prospectus is , 1997.
                              --------------------
<PAGE>
                              AVAILABLE INFORMATION

     The Company has filed with the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (the
"Commission")  a  Registration  Statement on Form SB-2 (which term shall include
all  amendments,  exhibits,  and schedules  thereto) under the Securities Act of
1933,  as amended  (the  "Securities  Act"),  with  respect  to the Notes.  This
prospectus does not contain all the  information  set forth in the  Registration
Statement,  certain parts of which are omitted in accordance  with the rules and
regulations of the Commission, and to which reference is hereby made. Statements
made in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract,  agreement, or other
document  referred to are not  necessarily  complete.  With respect to each such
contract,  agreement,  or other document filed as an exhibit to the Registration
Statement,  reference is made to the exhibit for a more complete  description of
the matter  involved,  and each such statement shall be deemed  qualified in its
entirety by such reference.  The Registration Statement,  including exhibits and
schedules  filed  therewith,  and  the  reports,  proxy  statements,  and  other
information  filed by the Company with the Commission  may be inspected  without
charge at the public  reference  facilities  maintained by the Commission at its
principal  office  at Room  1024,  Judiciary  Plaza,  450  Fifth  Street,  N.W.,
Washington,  D.C. 20549,  and at regional  offices of the Commission  located at
Citicorp  Center,  500 West Madison Street,  Chicago,  Illinois 60661, and Seven
World  Trade  Center,  13th  Floor,  New York,  New York  10048.  Copies of such
materials may be obtained from the Public  Reference  Section of the Commission,
Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington,  D.C. 20549, and
its public reference facilities in Chicago, Illinois, and New York, New York, at
prescribed  rates.  The  Commission  also  maintains  a Web site  that  contains
reports,  proxy and  information  statements,  and other  information  regarding
issuers that file electronically with the Commission.  The Commission's Web site
address  is  http://www.sec.gov.   The  Company  has  electronically  filed  the
Registration Statement,  including exhibits and schedules filed therewith,  with
the Commission, and such information is available at the Commission's Web site.

     As  a  result  of  the  filing  of  the  Registration  Statement  with  the
Commission, the Company will become subject to the informational requirements of
the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange  Act"),  and in
accordance therewith will be required to file reports and other information with
the  Commission.  The Company's  obligation  to file  periodic  reports with the
Commission  will be  suspended if the Notes are held of record by fewer than 300
holders at the beginning of any fiscal year of the Company other than the fiscal
year in which the Registration  Statement  becomes  effective.  Accordingly,  if
there are fewer than 300  holders of the Notes as of the  beginning  of any such
fiscal  year,  the  Company may cease to file  reports  with the  Commission  in
respect of such fiscal year. However, the Company would nevertheless be required
to continue to file  reports  with the  Commission  if the Notes are listed on a
national  securities  exchange.  There is no current intent to seek a listing of
the Notes on an exchange.

                                        2
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     This summary is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed  information
and  financial   statements  and  related  notes  appearing  elsewhere  in  this
prospectus.  See "Risk  Factors"  for a  discussion  of  certain  factors  to be
considered in evaluating the Company and its business.

The Company

     The Company was  incorporated on February 27, 1997, by Royal Aloha Vacation
Club  ("RAVC"),  a  Hawaii  not-for-profit  corporation,  to  develop  timeshare
resorts.  The Company will develop and  construct a resort in Las Vegas,  Nevada
(the  "Resort"),  located on property  formerly  owned by RAVC.  The Resort will
consist  of 119 units (if the  maximum  amount of Notes is sold) or 60 units (if
the  minimum  amount  of Notes  is  sold)  built  upon  .86  acres of land  (the
"Property")  located  approximately  one-quarter  mile from Las Vegas Boulevard,
also known as the "Strip." The Company is seeking to acquire a contiguous parcel
of land upon which the Company  could  build an  additional  40 units;  however,
there can be no  assurance  such  parcel can be  purchased.  Until the Notes are
repaid,   the  Company  will  restrict  its   activities  to  the   development,
construction, operation and sale of the Resort and any additions thereto.

The Las Vegas Resort

     The Property is currently  improved with a timeshare project  consisting of
20 units.  The current  project is below the  standard  the Company  believes is
necessary  for a timeshare  resort in Las Vegas.  This project will be razed and
replaced with upgraded facilities. RAVC contributed the Property and cash to the
Company in exchange for 100% of the outstanding capital stock of the Company.

     The Resort will consist of from 60 units,  if only the minimum  offering is
sold,  to 119 units if all the Notes are sold.  The  Resort  will  include  such
amenities as a lobby, an owner's lounge,  a fitness room, a swimming pool, a sun
area, various meeting rooms, a "kids room," offices, a  delicatessen/convenience
store and covered and open parking.  The residential floors will include one and
two bedroom units on three  different  floor plans in addition to units designed
to accommodate the physically challenged.

     The Company will oversee construction of the Resort and sale of the VOIs in
the Resort  through a third party  marketing  company.  RAVC will provide  total
resort  management   through  a  management   agreement  between  RAVC  and  the
association  of  owners  of VOIs in the  Resort.  See  "Business--The  Las Vegas
Resort" and "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions--Resort Management."

RAVC

     RAVC was founded in 1977 in Hawaii as a timesharing  organization  with one
property  in  Waikiki.  RAVC now owns,  directly  or through  subsidiaries,  and
manages seven additional properties in Kona and Maui, Hawaii; Las Vegas and Lake
Tahoe,  Nevada;  Chandler,  Arizona;  Acapulco,  Mexico;  and  Marbella,  Spain.
Currently,  RAVC has  approximately  8,500 members  residing in all 50 states as
well as approximately 23 foreign countries.

The Offering

Securities Offered:

  Minimum...................... $4,500,000  principal  amount  of __% Eight Year
                                Deferred Interest Subordinated Notes

  Maximum...................... $8,500,000  principal  amount of  __% Eight Year
                                Deferred Interest Subordinated Notes

Interest Payment Dates......... Interest will accrue from the Issuance  Date and
                                will compound semi-annually  (on the sixth month
                                and annual anniversary of the Issuance Date). On
                                each  semi-annual  interest  payment  date  that
                                occurs after the  repayment of the  Construction
                                Loan,  interest  which  has  accrued  during the
                                semi-annual  period will  be paid. Interest that

                                       3
<PAGE>
                                has accrued  from the Issuance  Date  until  six
                                months  prior  to  the initial  interest payment
                                date (the "Development  Period  Interest")  will
                                be  paid as the Company's cash flow  allows, but
                                in any event no later  than the maturity date of
                                the Notes.

 .............................  The Company estimates,   assuming   construction
                                begins  as planned, the maximum Offering is sold
                                and up to 3,650 VOIs in  the  Resort  are   sold
                                within   the   first  three  years   after   the
                                commencement  of  construction,  that  currently
                                accruing  interest  will begin to be paid on the
                                Notes    within   three    years    after    the
                                commencement of  construction.  There can  be no
                                assurance that  interest payments  will commence
                                at that time.

Optional Redemption...........  The Notes will be  redeemable  at  the option of
                                the  Company, at any time on or after the  third
                                anniversary  after the  Issuance  Date,  at  __%
                                of their  principal amount and declining to 100%
                                of such principal amount, plus accrued interest,
                                on the sixth anniversary after the Issuance Date
                                and thereafter.

Subordination.................  The Notes  will be  subordinated to all existing
                                and  future  Senior  Indebtedness  (as   defined
                                herein)    of   the  Company,   including    the
                                Construction  Loan  (which  is  estimated  to be
                                approximately  $15  million  if 119  units   are
                                built).   The  Notes   will  not  restrict   the
                                incurrence  of any Senior Indebtedness or  other
                                indebtedness ranking   pari passu (equally) with
                                or subordinate   to   the  Notes. The  Notes are
                                unsecured  obligations  of the  Company and  are
                                not guaranteed  by RAVC.

Use of Proceeds...............  The net  proceeds  from  the  sale of the  Notes
                                will be used to  partially fund the construction
                                and development of the Resort.

Use of Brokers and Dealers....  The Offering may be made directly by the Company
                                or through one or more brokers and dealers.  The
                                Company  has  agreed to pay a commission  to any
                                broker or dealer of up to six  percent  (6%)  of
                                the principal amount of the Notes sold.

                                        4
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS

         In addition to the other information contained in this prospectus,  the
following risk factors should be carefully  considered in evaluating the Company
and its  business  before  purchasing  the Notes  offered  hereby.  The  Company
cautions the reader that this list of risk factors may not be exhaustive.

Subordination; Unsecured Nature of Note

         The Notes are subordinate to the Construction Loan and all other future
indebtedness  incurred  by  the  Company  designated  as  senior  debt  ("Senior
Indebtedness"). No payments can be made on the Notes until the Construction Loan
has been paid.  Payment also cannot be made if any other Senior  Indebtedness is
in default, or if payment is restricted by the terms of the Senior Indebtedness.
No sinking  fund is provided for the Notes and the Notes are not  guaranteed  by
RAVC.  There can be no  assurance  that the  Company  will  generate  sufficient
revenue to pay the Construction Loan, other future Senior Indebtedness,  and the
Notes. If sufficient funds are not available,  the  Construction  Loan and other
Senior Indebtedness will be repaid first.  Remaining funds, if any, will be used
to repay  the Notes on a pro rata  basis.  Noteholders  cannot  look to RAVC for
repayment of their Notes.

         In addition,  the  Construction  Loan will be secured by the Resort and
Property and other  collateral.  The Company intends to pledge  receivables from
the sale of vacation ownership interests (together with the Resort and Property,
the  "Collateral")  as security  for  additional  Senior  Indebtedness  from the
Construction Lender or another lender.  Future indebtedness may also be secured,
whether or not it is senior to the Notes.  Therefore,  if the  Company  fails to
repay  the  Construction   Loan  or  other   indebtedness  and  the  Notes,  the
Construction  Lender and other  creditors would be able to benefit from the sale
of the Collateral and be paid in full before the holders of the Notes.

Indenture Covenants

         The Notes are governed by the terms of the Indenture.  See "Description
of  Securities."  The Indenture sets  forth, among other things,  the conditions
under which the Notes may be  accelerated  upon a default by the Company and the
rights of the Trustee to enforce the Notes  against the Company.  The  Indenture
does not restrict the Company's ability to take actions which may be detrimental
to its ability to make payments on the Notes.  For example,  the Indenture  does
not limit distributions from the Company to RAVC nor does it limit the Company's
ability  to incur  Senior  Indebtedness.  Furthermore,  the  Indenture  does not
require the  Company to  establish a sinking  fund to  accumulate  funds for the
repayment  of the  Notes  when  they  come  due.  The terms of the Notes and the
Indenture were established by the Company without arms length  negotiation.  Due
to the terms of the  Indenture  and the  subordinated  nature of the Notes,  the
holders of the Notes will have  substantially  fewer  legal  safeguards  against
defaults  than  would  typically  be  available  to  holders  of long  term debt
securities.

Risks of Obtaining Construction Loan and Customer Financing

         The  Construction  Loan  has  not yet  been  obtained  by the  Company.
However,  the Company has received  letters from  several  Construction  Lenders
regarding  their  interest,   subject  to  certain  conditions,   including  the
completion of this Offering,  to enter into a Construction Loan. There can be no
assurance  that all  conditions  will be met and the  Construction  Loan will be
provided by the prospective  Construction  Lenders or from other lenders.  There
can be no assurance  that the interest  rate on the  Construction  Loan or other
terms and conditions will be satisfactory to the Company.  The proceeds from the
Offering will be placed in escrow pending the closing of the Construction  Loan.
If the Construction  Loan is not obtained with the Construction  Lender or other
lender and on terms acceptable to the Company, all funds will be returned to the
purchasers and the Notes will not be issued.

         With  respect to sales of VOIs at the Resort,  the  Company  will offer
financing to the buyers who make a down payment generally of at least 10% of the
purchase  price.  This financing will be evidenced by a note that generally will
bear interest at fixed rates and will be collateralized by a first deed of trust
on the  underlying  VOI. The Company  intends to enter into an agreement  with a
lender (who may be the Construction  Lender) for the financing of these customer

                                       5
<PAGE>
receivables. The Company expects this agreement to provide an aggregate of up to
approximately  $65 million of available  financing to the Company  (based on the
construction of 119 units) bearing interest at variable rates tied to either the
prime  rate  or  the  London   Interbank  Offer  Rate  ("LIBOR").   Under  these
arrangements, the Company will pledge the promissory notes and deeds of trust as
security to the lender,  who  typically  will lend the Company 75% to 90% of the
principal  amount of such notes.  Payments under these  promissory notes will be
made by the purchaser borrowers directly to a payment processing center and such
payments  will be credited  against the Company's  outstanding  balance with the
lender.  Although RAVC has such financing  arrangements,  the Company  presently
does not have a  binding  agreement  for this  financing,  and  there  can be no
assurance that  arrangements  can be made on terms that are  satisfactory to the
Company. However, if the Company obtains the Construction Loan, it expects to be
able to  obtain  receivables  financing  arrangements.  Sales  of  VOIs  will be
substantially limited if the Company is unable to provide financing to buyers of
VOIs.

Lack of Liquidity; Absence of Market Maker

         There is no existing  trading  market for the Notes and there can be no
assurance  regarding the future  development  of a market for the Notes,  or the
ability of  holders of the Notes to sell their  Notes or the price at which such
holders may be able to sell their Notes.  If such a market were to develop,  the
Notes  could  trade at  prices  that may be  higher  or lower  than the  initial
offering price depending on many factors,  including  prevailing interest rates,
the  successful  completion of the Resort,  the rate and amount of VOIs sold and
the market for  similar  securities.  The  Company  does not intend to apply for
listing or quotation of the Notes on any securities exchange or stock market and
there is no market maker for the Notes.  The liquidity of the Notes will also be
affected by several  factors,  including the fact that the Noteholders  will not
receive interest on their Notes for several years, and the Notes are unsecured.

Risks of Development and Construction Activities

         The Company's  success depends upon the development and construction of
the Resort. There can be no assurance that the Company will complete development
and construction of the Resort.  The Company will restrict its activities to the
development  of the Resort and any additions  thereto until  repayment of Notes.
Risks associated with the Company's development and construction  activities may
include  the risks that  construction  costs of the  Resort may exceed  original
estimates,  possibly making the Resort  uneconomical or  unprofitable;  sales of
VOIs  at the  Resort  may  not be  sufficient  to make  the  Resort  profitable;
financing  may not be available on favorable  terms for  development  of, or the
continued sales of VOIs at, the Property;  and construction may not be completed
on schedule,  resulting in decreased revenues and increased interest expense. In
addition,  third  party  contractors  will  perform the  Company's  construction
activities, the timing, quality, and completion of which cannot be controlled by
the Company.  Even though  construction work is done by third party contractors,
construction  claims  may be  asserted  against  the  Company  for  construction
defects,  and  such  claims  may  give  rise  to  liabilities.  New  development
activities,  regardless  of  whether  or not  they  are  ultimately  successful,
typically  require a substantial  portion of  management's  time and  attention.
Management is only available on a part-time,  as-needed basis.  Management  will
retain architects,  construction  supervisors and other professionals to provide
substantial  services in connection  with the  construction  of the Resort.  The
Company will be  dependent on these third  parties to complete the Resort at the
agreed upon cost. The cost of  constructing  the Resort depends on many factors,
including  cost of material  and labor,  performance  of  subcontractors,  labor
relations  and  weather,  all of  which  are  beyond  control  of  the  Company.
Substantial  cost  overruns  could delay or impair  construction  of the Resort.
Development  activities  are also subject to risks  relating to the inability to
obtain,  or delays in  obtaining,  all  necessary  zoning,  land-use,  building,
occupancy,  and other required governmental permits and authorizations,  and the
ability of the Company to coordinate construction activities with the process of
obtaining such permits and authorizations.

Limited Operating History

         The Company was recently  formed by RAVC in order to develop the Resort
and to conduct the Offering.  RAVC will not guarantee or have any responsibility
for payment on the Notes.  Although  RAVC and  management  of the  Company  have
experience  managing  and  operating  timeshare  resorts,  the  Company  and its
management have no operating  history as developers of resorts.  There can be no
assurance that the Company will be able to complete the Resort.

                                        6
<PAGE>
Lack of Appraisals; No Assurance as to Value

         Although  management  has discussed  valuations  with various  industry
consultants, no independent valuations or appraisals were obtained in connection
with the anticipated pricing of the VOIs in the Resort.  Accordingly,  there can
be no  assurance  that the Company will be able to generate  sufficient  revenue
from the sale of VOIs to repay the Notes.

General Economic Conditions

         Any  downturn  in economic  conditions  or any price  increases  (e.g.,
airfares) related to the travel and tourism industry could depress discretionary
consumer spending and have a material adverse effect on the Company's ability to
sell the VOIs and repay  the  Notes.  Any such  economic  conditions,  including
recession,  may also  adversely  affect the future  availability  of  attractive
financing  rates for the Company or its customers and may  materially  adversely
affect the Company's ability to sell the VOIs and repay the Notes.  Furthermore,
adverse  changes  in  general  economic  conditions  may  adversely  affect  the
collectibility  of the  Company's  loans to VOI  buyers,  described  above under
"--Risks of Obtaining Construction Loan and Customer Financing."

Limitation of Activities to Timeshare Industry

         As a result of certain activities by some participants in the timeshare
industry,  including marketing problems,  the timeshare industry has in the past
experienced  negative  public  perceptions.  Although the image of the timeshare
industry may have  improved,  some  reputation  problems  continue.  Because the
Company's  operations are conducted  solely within the timeshare  industry,  any
adverse  changes  affecting  the  timeshare  industry  such as an  oversupply of
timeshare  units, a reduction in demand for timeshare  units,  changes in travel
and vacation  patterns,  changes in  governmental  regulations  of the timeshare
industry,  and  increases in  construction  costs or taxes,  as well as negative
publicity for the timeshare  industry,  could have a material  adverse effect on
the Company's ability to sell the VOIs and repay the Notes.

Risks of Hedging Activities

         To  manage  risks  associated  with the  Company's  borrowings  bearing
interest at variable rates, the Company may from time to time purchase  interest
rate caps, interest rate swaps, or similar instruments.  The nature and quantity
of the hedging transactions for the variable rate debt will be determined by the
management of the Company based on various factors, including market conditions,
and  there  have  been no  limitations  placed on  management's  use of  certain
instruments in such hedging transactions. The Company will place no more than 5%
of its assets into hedge funds.  No assurance can be given that any such hedging
transactions  will  offset the risks of changes in interest  rates,  or that the
costs  associated  with  hedging  activities  will not  increase  the  Company's
operating costs.

Risks Associated With Customer Default

         The  Company  bears the risk of  defaults  by buyers who  financed  the
purchase  of their  VOIs.  If a buyer of a VOI  defaults on the loan made by the
Company,  the  Company  generally  must  either pay in cash the net value of the
promissory  note and deed of trust or replace it with a performing note and deed
of trust. To offset Company losses in connection with such defaulting loans, the
Company  will take back any such VOI and  attempt  to resell  it.  However,  the
associated  marketing  costs may not have been recovered by the Company and must
be incurred  again after their VOI has been returned to the Company's  inventory
for  resale.  Commissions  paid in  connection  with  the  sale  of VOIs  may be
recoverable from the Company's sales personnel and from independent  contractors
upon  default in  accordance  with  contractual  arrangements  with the Company,
depending  upon the  amount of time that has  elapsed  between  the sale and the
default  (not to exceed one year) and the number of payments  made prior to such
default. Private mortgage insurance or its equivalent is generally not available
to cover VOIs, and the Company has never purchased such insurance.  In addition,
although  the Company  will have  recourse  against VOI buyers for the  purchase
price paid,  the practice of the industry is not to proceed  against  defaulting
purchasers  but rather to take back the VOI.  Consequently,  no assurance can be

                                       7
<PAGE>

given that the VOI purchase price or any commissions  will be fully or partially
recovered in the event of buyer defaults under such financing arrangements.  See
"Business--Customer Financing."

Competition

         Las Vegas has a timeshare  history dating back to the mid 1970s. Of the
12  existing  timeshare  resorts  in  Las  Vegas  (including  the  current  RAVC
property),  six  are  still  actively  selling  VOIs  and one is  inactive.  The
remaining  five  are sold  out or no  longer  selling  VOIs.  Of the six  active
projects,  four, Hilton Grand Vacations at the Flamingo, Polo Towers, the Jockey
Club  (each of  which is located on the Strip),  and the Grand Flamingo Club are
the primary  competitors of the Resort.  The Company believes that although none
of these resorts has units superior to those planned for the Resort,  the Hilton
Grand  Vacations  at the  Flamingo,  which is owned by  Hilton  Grand  Vacations
Company ("Hilton"),  Polo Towers, Jockey Club, and Grand Flamingo Club, which is
owned by Mego Financial  Corp.  (aka Ramada Vacation  Suites)  ("Ramada"),  have
experienced  marketing  and  management  teams  and may have  other  competitive
advantages.  Mirage and  Circus-Circus  have tentative  plans to build timeshare
projects  that  would  be in  direct  competition  with  the  Company.  Marriott
International   Inc.,   which  owns   Marriott   Vacation   Club   International
("Marriott"),  recently announced that it will be managing a 1,500 room Marriott
Marquis  Hotel  and a 500 room  Ritz  Carlton  Hotel  to be built in Las  Vegas.
Marriott  projects  in  Las  Vegas  may  include   a  timeshare  component.  The
Marriott Marquis Hotel is projected to be completed by the fall of 1998 and work
on the Ritz Carlton is planned to commence by the year 2000. A 500-room  project
by Hyatt Hotel, which owns Hyatt Vacation  Ownerships,  Inc. ("Hyatt"),  at Lake
Las Vegas is also in the planning stage and could contain a timeshare component.
Other  timeshare  resorts are also in the planning stage in Las Vegas. If any of
these are developed, they would compete with the Resort.

         Major  companies  that now  operate or are  developing  or  planning to
develop VOI resorts in the United  States such as Disney  Vacation  Development,
Inc.   ("Disney"),   Four   Seasons   Hotels   &   Resorts   ("Four   Seasons"),
Inter-Continental  Hotels and  Resorts  ("Inter-Continental"),  Westin  Hotels &
Resorts ("Westin"), and Promus Hotel Corporation (aka Embassy Suites) ("Promus")
have not yet  entered the Las Vegas  market but may do so in the  future.  These
entities possess  significantly  greater financial,  marketing,  personnel,  and
other  resources  than  those of the  Company  and may be able to grow at a more
rapid rate or more profitability as a result.  Moreover,  Las Vegas,  Nevada has
many hotel  resort  destinations  with a large  number of low cost rooms.  These
hotel  resorts,  although not  timeshares,  will  compete  with the Resort.  See
"Business--Competition."

VOI Exchange Networks

         The attractiveness of interval  ownership is enhanced  significantly by
the  availability  of  exchange  networks  allowing  owners  to  exchange  in  a
particular  year the  occupancy  rights in their VOIs for an occupancy  right in
another  participating  network resort.  Several  companies,  including Interval
International, Inc. ("Interval"), provide broad-based VOI exchange networks, and
the  Company  plans to  qualify  the Resort for  participation  in the  Interval
network.  Although the Company has received  preliminary  approval from Interval
stating that based on a review of the plans for the proposed Resort,  the Resort
would  qualify  for  participation  in  Interval  with a five  star  rating,  no
assurance  can be given that the Company  will be able to qualify the Resort for
participation  in the Interval  network or any other exchange network or that it
will be able to obtain such rating. Moreover, if such exchange networks cease to
function effectively,  or if the Resort is not accepted as an exchange for other
desirable  resorts,  sales of VOIs in the Resort could be  materially  adversely
affected.  The parent companies of the two major exchanges,  Resort Condominiums
International,  Inc.  ("RCI") and Interval,  have announced a proposed merger of
the parent companies. This proposed merger has created uncertainty in the future
competitive nature of VOI exchange networks.  If only one major exchange network
were to exist and the Resort did not qualify for membership,  the ability of the
Company  to sell the VOIs in the  Resort  would be  significantly  affected.  In
addition,  RAVC intends to allow purchasers of VOIs in the Resort, for a minimal

                                       8
<PAGE>

fee, the opportunity to exchange their  occupancy  rights in a given year for an
occupancy right in another RAVC Resort.  Such rights may be discontinued by RAVC
at any time. See "Business--Participation in VOI Exchange Networks."

Dependence on Key Personnel

         The Company has no full-time  personnel.  The Company's success depends
to a large extent upon the experience and abilities of the key management.  RAVC
pays the salary of the Company's management, who are also paid officers of RAVC.
Accordingly,  the Company's  management spends a significant portion of its time
working for RAVC.  Conflicts of interest may arise between RAVC and the Company.
In the event of a conflict of interest,  management  may have an  obligation  to
resign  from  the  Company.  The  loss  of  the  services  of any  one of  these
individuals could have a material adverse effect on the Company,  its operations
and its business prospects.

Regulation of Marketing and Sales of VOIs; Other Laws

         The  Company's  marketing  and sales of VOIs and other  operations  are
subject to extensive regulation by the federal government,  the State of Nevada,
and the states in which VOIs are  marketed  and sold,  which are  expected to be
Arizona,  California,  Hawaii,  Nevada and Utah. On a federal level, the Federal
Trade  Commission has taken the most active  regulatory role through the Federal
Trade Commission Act, which prohibits unfair or deceptive acts of competition in
interstate commerce. Other federal legislation to which the Company is or may be
subject appears in the  Truth-in-Lending  Act and Regulation Z, the Equal Credit
Opportunity Act and Regulation B, the Interstate Land Sales Full Disclosure Act,
the Real Estate Standards  Practices Act, the Telephone Consumer Protection Act,
the  Telemarketing and Consumer Fraud and Abuse Prevention Act, the Fair Housing
Act, and the Civil Rights Acts of 1964 and 1968.  In addition,  many states have
adopted specific laws and regulations  regarding the sale of interval  ownership
programs.  The laws of most states require the Company to file with a designated
state authority for its approval a detailed  offering  statement  describing the
Company  and all  material  aspects  of the  project  and sale of VOIs.  Certain
states,  including California,  have extensive regulatory requirements which may
delay the sale of VOIs in such  states.  Sales in  California  will be unable to
commence until  construction is completed.  In other states,  application may be
made to sell VOIs once  construction  has commenced.  The Company is required to
deliver an offering statement or public report to all prospective  purchasers of
a VOI, together with certain additional  information concerning the terms of the
purchase.  Laws in each state  where the  Company  plans to sell VOIs  generally
grant the  purchaser  of a VOI the right to cancel a contract of purchase at any
time within a period  ranging from three to fifteen  calendar days following the
earlier  of the date the  contract  was  signed  or the date the  purchaser  has
received the last of the documents required to be provided by the Company.  Most
states have other laws that  regulate  the  Company's  activities,  such as real
estate licensure,  sellers of travel licensure,  anti-fraud laws,  telemarketing
laws,  price,  gift and sweepstakes  laws, and labor laws. The Company  believes
that it is in material  compliance with all federal,  state,  local, and foreign
laws and regulations to which it is currently subject. However, no assurance can
be given that the cost of  qualifying  under VOI  ownership  regulations  in all
jurisdictions  in  which  the  Company  desires  to  conduct  sales  will not be
significant  or that the Company is in fact in  compliance  with all  applicable
federal,  state,  local,  and foreign laws and  regulations.  In  addition,  the
Company  may  experience  delays in  registration.  Any  failure to comply  with
applicable laws or regulations or delays in  registration  could have a material
adverse  effect  on the  Company  and its  ability  to sell  VOIs in  sufficient
quantifies  to  enable  it  to  repay  the  Notes.  See  "Business--Governmental
Regulation."

Year 2000 Computer Problem

         The  Company  will enter  into a  management  agreement  with RAVC that
includes  reservation,  accounting,  member records and other functions that are
computerized.  The use of certain computer  programs that rely on two-digit date
programs may cause computer  systems to  malfunction in the Year 2000.  Although
RAVC modified its custom computer programs in 1996 to address this problem,  the
year 2000  problem is pervasive  and complex and there can be no assurance  that
the 1996  modifications  correct  every  instance of the potential  problem.  In
addition,  there can be no assurance  that the systems of other  companies  upon
which  RAVC's  systems  rely will also be timely and  correctly  converted.  The
failure of RAVC's and other companies'  systems to timely and correctly  address

                                       9
<PAGE>

the problem  would have an adverse  effect on the Company's  operations  and its
ability  to  repay  the  Notes.   See   "Certain   Relationships   and   Related
Transactions--Year 2000 Computer Problem."

Possible Environmental Liabilities

         Under  various  federal,   state,  and  local  laws,  ordinances,   and
regulations,  the owner of real  property  generally  is liable for the costs of
removal or remediation of certain  hazardous or toxic  substances  located on or
in, or emanating from, such property,  as well as related costs of investigation
and property  damages.  Such laws often impose such liability  without regard to
whether  the  owner  knew of,  or was  responsible  for,  the  presence  of such
hazardous or toxic substances.  The presence of such substances,  or the failure
to properly remediate such substances,  may adversely affect the owner's ability
to sell or lease a property or to borrow using such real property as collateral.
Other  federal  and  state  laws  require  the  removal  or   encapsulation   of
asbestos-containing  material when such material is in poor  condition or in the
event of construction,  demolition, remodeling or renovation. Other statutes may
require the removal of underground  storage tanks.  Noncompliance with these and
other  environmental,  health or safety  requirements  may result in the need to
cease or alter operations at a property.

         An environmental  report  commissioned by the Company has disclosed the
existence of some asbestos in the current structure on the Resort property which
will require proper removal during  demolition.  The Company is not aware of any
other  environmental  liability that would have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, assets, or results of operations. No assurance, however, can
be given that current  reports  reveal all  environmental  liabilities or that a
prior owner has not created any material  environmental  condition  not known to
the Company.

         The Company believes that it is in compliance in all material  respects
with  all  federal,  state,  and  local  ordinances  and  regulations  regarding
hazardous or toxic  substances and, except as described  above,  the Company has
not  been  notified  by  any  governmental  authority  or  third  party  of  any
non-compliance, liability, or other claim in connection with the Resort.

Limited Resale Market for VOIs

         The Company will sell the VOIs to buyers for leisure and not investment
purposes.  The market for resale of VOIs by the buyers is presently limited, and
any resales of VOIs are typically at prices substantially less than the original
purchase  price.  These  factors may make  ownership of VOIs less  attractive to
prospective  buyers,  and  attempts by buyers to resell  their VOIs will compete
with sales of VOIs by the Company. In addition, the market price of VOIs sold by
the Company at the Resort or by its  competitors in Las Vegas could be depressed
by a substantial number of VOIs offered for resale.

Forward-looking Statements

         Statements  regarding the Company's  expectations  as to demand for the
VOIs in the Resort,  its  ability to pay its  obligations  under the Notes,  and
certain other information  presented in this Registration  Statement  constitute
forward-looking   statements  within  the  meaning  of  the  Private  Securities
Litigation  Reform Act of 1995. All  projections  for revenue for the Resort are
forward  looking  statements  which are estimates and are subject to a number of
uncertainties.  The Company  cautions readers not to place undue reliance on any
forward-looking  statements,  which speak only as of the date made.  The Company
does not undertake,  and  specifically  disclaims any obligation,  to update any
forward-looking  statements to reflect  occurrences or  unanticipated  events or
circumstances  after  the  date of this  Registration  Statement.  "See  Plan of
Operation--Forward-looking Statements."

                                       10
<PAGE>
                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

         The  Notes  will be sold on a "best  efforts,  minimum-maximum"  basis.
Accordingly,  at least $4,500,000  principal amount of Notes must be sold if any
are sold. See "Plan of  Distribution."  Unless  $4,500,000  principal  amount of
Notes are sold within 90 days of the date hereof, or such later date as shall be
determined  by the Board of  Directors,  and the  Construction  Loan is obtained
within 60 days after the end of the Offering period,  all proceeds received will
be returned to the purchaser, with interest accrued at a rate established by the
escrow agent, and no Notes will be sold.

         The table set forth below the  estimated  application  of the  proceeds
from the sale of the Notes to construct  the Resort.  Pending use of such funds,
such proceeds  will be invested in  short-term,  investment-grade  securities or
money market accounts.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     If the minimum offering         If the maximum offering
                                                    ($4,500,000) is sold (1)         ($8,500,000) is sold (2)
<S>                                                    <C>                               <C>
Sources of Funds
Capital Contribution by RAVC                                  $   192,500                      $   192,500
Gross Proceeds from Note Offering                               4,500,000                        8,500,000
    Less Cost of Offering                                       (250,000)                        (250,000)
Construction Loan                                               8,300,000                       14,750,000
                                                              -----------                      -----------
  Total Proceeds                                              $12,742,500                      $23,192,500
                                                              ===========                      ===========
Uses of Funds
Design & Professional Fees                                    $ 1,071,000                      $ 1,100,000
Building Construction Cost                                      8,353,000                       17,000,000
Furniture, Fixtures & Equipment Package                         1,150,000                        2,300,000
Site Work                                                       1,710,000                        1,710,000
Pre-sale Legal & Accounting                                       250,000                          250,000
Construction Loan Points                                          125,000                          250,000
Marketing Setup/Miscellaneous                                      83,500                          582,500
                                                              -----------                      -----------
  Total Uses                                                  $12,742,500                      $23,192,500
                                                              ===========                      ===========   
</TABLE>
- -----------------------------

1        Assumes 60 units are built.
2        Assumes 119 units are built.

         See  "Business of the Company - The Las Vegas Resort" for a description
of the proposed Resort improvements.

                                        11
<PAGE>
                             SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

         The following  selected financial data of the Company should be read in
conjunction  with the  financial  statements  and  related  notes  thereto.  The
selected  financial data set forth below as of June 30, 1997, and from inception
of the  Company,  February 27,  1997,  to June 30, 1997,  have been derived from
financial  statements  of the Company  which have been  audited by Ernst & Young
LLP,  independent  auditors.  Operations  of the Company  reflect  ownership and
operations of its assets only for the period June 24 through June 30, 1997,  and
in management's opinion are not representative of future operations.

                                            From Inception,
                                           February 27, 1997,
Statement of Operations Data                to June 30, 1997
Rental income                                         $2,500
Expenses                                               3,767
Net (loss)                                            (1,267)
 
Balance Sheet Data:                            June 30, 1997
Cash                                                $192,500
Property and equipment                               704,573
Total assets                                         972,697
Total liabilities                                     76,285
Total shareholder's equity                           896,412


                                       12
<PAGE>
                                PLAN OF OPERATION

         The Company was  established  on February 27,  1997,  as a wholly owned
subsidiary of RAVC for the purpose of developing  timeshare resorts. The Company
will develop and construct the Resort on the Las Vegas  Property and market VOIs
in the  Resort.  Until the Notes are  repaid,  the  Company  will  restrict  its
activities  to the Resort and any additions  thereto.  The Company will sell new
VOIs in the Resort that will not be memberships in RAVC. See  "Business--The Las
Vegas Resort."

         RAVC has  transferred  the Property and the current  20-unit  timeshare
project and $192,500 to the Company as of June 30, 1997. See "Selected Financial
Data." As of June 30,  1997,  the book  value of the  Property  and the  20-unit
timeshare project is $704,573, which was its carrying value when it was acquired
from RAVC,  less  depreciation  expense for one week in the amount of $606.  The
most recent appraisal, dated May 14, 1997 (a copy of the report relating thereto
is filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is
part),  values the land at  $2,800,000.  Copies of the appraisal can be obtained
from the Company without charge,  upon request, by each person to whom a copy of
this  Prospectus  has been  delivered.  No income  statement with respect to the
Property for the two years ended June 30, 1997,  has been  provided  because the
improvements on the Property will be razed upon  commencement of construction of
the new  resort,  and in  management's  opinion  such  information  would not be
meaningful.

         The cash  contributed  to the Company by RAVC plus the  proceeds of the
sale of the Notes will allow the Company to borrow  sufficient  construction and
takeout funds to undertake the  development  of the Resort on the Property.  See
"Use of Proceeds." Once the funds are raised and the Construction Loan obtained,
the Company will contract with an architectural  firm, a structural  engineering
firm,  an  environmental   consulting  and  geo-technical   consulting  firm,  a
mechanical and electrical  engineering firm, and a construction company who will
be the contractors of the building.  There are no current contracts in place for
such services.

         The Company has contracted with Success of Las Vegas, Inc.  ("Success")
to   undertake   the  sales  and   marketing   of  the  new   memberships.   See
"Business--Sales  and  Marketing."  It is expected that sales and marketing will
begin at the time construction begins or within 6 months thereafter.

         During the first 12 months of  operation  of the  Company,  the Company
will  market  the  Notes,   secure  the  Construction  Loan,  takeout  loan  and
receivables loan  commitments,  and contract for all of the vendors listed above
who, as soon as the Construction Loan is obtained, will begin to undertake their
various  assignments.   It  is  expected  that  all  of  the  architectural  and
engineering  work  will  take  six to nine  months  prior  to the  beginning  of
construction.  Depending  on the  length  of time to  market  the  Notes,  it is
expected that construction may begin in the summer or fall of 1998.

         During the first 12 months of operation, the Company will be run by the
officers and employees of RAVC. It is not anticipated that any employees will be
transferred to the Company until  construction is undertaken.  The Company plans
to hire a  construction  manager to oversee  the  project  prior to  undertaking
construction.  Once  construction is underway and marketing  begins,  additional
employees will be hired by the Company as needed, and some employees of RAVC may
be transferred to the Company.

          The  Company is also  seeking to acquire a  contiguous  parcel of land
upon which the Company could build an additional 40 units. Additional funds have
been  budgeted to acquire and develop the property as part of the Resort.  There
can be no  assurance  that this  parcel will be  acquired  by the  Company.  See
"Business--The Las Vegas Resort."

         The  Company  does not have any present  business  plans other than the
construction  and the marketing of the Resort but may undertake the  development
of other resorts in the future after the Notes have been repaid.

                                       13
<PAGE>

Forward-looking Statements

         Statements  regarding the Company's  expectations  as to demand for the
VOIs in the Resort,  its  ability to pay its  obligations  under the Notes,  and
certain other information  presented in this Registration  Statement  constitute
forward-looking   statements  within  the  meaning  of  the  Private  Securities
Litigation  Reform  Act  of  1995.   Although  the  Company  believes  that  its
expectations  are  based on  reasonable  assumptions  within  the  bounds of its
knowledge of its business and operations,  there can be no assurance that actual
results will not differ materially from its expectations. In addition to matters
affecting the economy and the Company's industry  generally,  factors that could
cause actual results to differ from  expectations  include,  but are not limited
to, the  following:  (i) the  Company's  ability to  procure  financing  for the
construction of the resort;  (ii) the timely development and construction of the
resort;  (iii)  the  growing  concentration  and  competition  in the  timeshare
industry;  (iv) the  Company's  provision  of  customer  financing  and risks of
customer default;  (v) the existence of and ongoing  relationships with exchange
networks; and (vi) regulation by governmental authorities.  The Company cautions
readers not to place undue  reliance on any  forward-looking  statements,  which
speak only as of the date made. The Company does not undertake, and specifically
disclaims any obligation,  to update any  forward-looking  statements to reflect
occurrences  or  unanticipated  events or  circumstances  after the date of this
Prospectus.

                                       14
<PAGE>
                             BUSINESS OF THE COMPANY

Overview

         The  Company  was  incorporated  by RAVC in 1997 in  order  to  develop
timeshare  resorts.  The Company will initially develop and construct the Resort
and market VOIs in the  Resort.  Until the Notes are  repaid,  the Company  will
restrict its activities to the Resort and any additions thereto.

The Timeshare Industry

         The Market.  The resort component of the leisure industry for overnight
facilities consists of (i) commercial lodging  establishments and (ii) timeshare
or vacation ownership  resorts.  Commercial  lodging  establishments  consist of
hotels and motels where a room is rented on a nightly, weekly, or monthly basis,
in addition to privately owned condominiums and homes that are rented. The rooms
at hotels and motels  typically  are  relatively  small and  usually do not have
kitchen facilities. Condominiums and homes available for short term rentals tend
to be more costly  than  hotels.  For many  vacationers,  especially  those with
families,  a lengthy stay at a quality commercial  lodging  establishment can be
expensive.  Room rates and availability are also subject to change  periodically
by commercial  establishments.  Timeshare  resorts provide  vacationers  with an
alternative  to commercial  lodging  establishments  providing such amenities as
larger suites, kitchen facilities, and predictable availability.

         Ownership of accommodations is available through a variety of different
products,  including  ownership  of an  entire  home  or  condominium,  interval
ownership plans, which include fractional  ownership of weekly or other periodic
intervals,  condominium  hotels,  campgrounds,  and ranch acreage  land.  Unlike
renting a room in a commercial lodging establishment,  the vacationer purchasing
one of the foregoing  products acquires an ownership  interest in the underlying
property or in the entity that owns the property.

         According  to the American  Resort  Development  Association  ("ARDA"),
approximately  218,000 VOIs were sold in 1996 in the United  States with a sales
volume of $2.18 billion,  a 65% increase over 1992, when  approximately  170,000
VOIs were sold with a sales volume of $1.32  billion.  First  introduced  in the
United  States in the early  1970s,  ownership  of VOIs has been a fast  growing
segment of the  hospitality  industry  over the past two  decades.  According to
ARDA, the worldwide  timeshare  industry has expanded  significantly  during the
last 15 years both in VOI sales volume and number of VOIs sold.  ARDA  estimates
that, from 1980 to 1994, the most recent year for which worldwide information is
available,  sales of VOIs  increased  from $.49 billion to $4.76 billion and the
number of VOIs sold  increased  from 100,000 to 560,000 per year during the same
period.

         The Company believes that the following factors have contributed to the
increased  acceptance of the timeshare  concept among the general public and the
growth of the timeshare industry over the past 15 years:

    o      Increased  consumer  confidence  resulting  from  extensive  consumer
           protection regulation of the timeshare industry;

    o      The addition of  brand name  national  lodging  companies  and  their
           increasingly  flexible use programs to the industry;

    o      Increased  flexibility  of time share  ownership  as a result of  the
           growth of  exchange organizations such as Interval and RCI;

    o      Improvement  in the  quality of both the timeshare facilities and the
           management  of timeshare resorts;

    o      Increased consumer awareness of the value and benefits  of  timeshare
           ownership,  including  the  cost  savings  relative  to other lodging
           alternatives; and

    o      Improved availability of financing for purchasers of VOIs.

                                       15
<PAGE>
         The timeshare  industry  traditionally  has been highly  fragmented and
dominated  by a large  number  of  local  and  regional  resort  developers  and
operators each with small resort portfolios  generally of differing quality. The
Company  believes that one of the most significant  factors  contributing to the
current  success of the timeshare  industry is the entry into the market of some
of the world's major lodging,  hospitality,  and entertainment companies.  Major
companies that now operate or are developing timeshare resorts include Marriott,
Disney, Hilton, Hyatt, Four Seasons, Inter-Continental, Promus, and Westin.

         The Consumer.  According to information  compiled by ARDA for 1996, the
median age of a VOI buyer in the United  States at the time of  purchase  is 50.
The median annual household income of current VOI owners in the United States is
approximately $71,000. The Company expects the timeshare industry to continue to
grow as more  members  of the baby boom  generation  enter  the  45-54  year age
bracket,  the age group that historically  purchased the most VOIs, according to
the 1997 ARDA study.

         According to the 1995 ARDA study,  the three  primary  reasons cited by
consumers  in the United  States  for  purchasing  a VOI are (i) the  ability to
exchange the VOI for  accommodations  at other resorts through exchange networks
such as  Interval  and RCI  (cited  by 82% of VOI  purchasers),  (ii) the  money
savings over  traditional  resort  vacations  (cited by 65% of purchasers),  and
(iii) the quality and appeal of the resort at which they  purchased a VOI (cited
by 49% of purchasers).

         Despite the growth in the timeshare industry,  as of December 31, 1996,
vacation  interval  ownership  has  achieved  only an  approximate  2.0%  market
penetration among United States consumers. In light of the quality of the Resort
and the Company's  planned  qualification of the Resort for participation in the
Interval  network,  the Company believes it will be positioned to take advantage
of these trends in demographics.  The Company has received  preliminary approval
from Interval  stating that based on a review of the plans for proposed  Resort,
the Resort would qualify for  participation in Interval with a five star rating.
See "--Participation in VOI Exchange Networks."

The Las Vegas Resort

         The proceeds from this Offering and the Construction  Loan will be used
to develop and construct  the Resort.  The Resort will consist of 119 units (the
"Units")  (if the  maximum  amount of Notes is sold) or 60 units (if the minimum
amount of Notes is sold) built upon .86 acres of land (the  "Property")  located
approximately  one-quarter  mile from Las  Vegas  Boulevard,  also  known as the
"Strip." The  Property is located at 360 East Desert Inn Road,  close to several
major  casinos and the Las Vegas  Convention  Center.  The Company is seeking to
acquire a  contiguous  parcel of land upon  which  the  Company  could  build an
additional  40 Units.  The Company does not have any  agreement to purchase this
parcel. Because no assurance can be given that this parcel will be acquired, the
prospectus,  unless otherwise stated, assumes that between 60 and 119 Units will
be constructed.

         The main floor of the Resort will  primarily be devoted to common areas
and will include such amenities as a lobby, an owner's  lounge,  a fitness room,
various  meeting rooms,  a "kids room,"  offices and a  delicatessen/convenience
store. Some residential units designed to accommodate the physically  challenged
will also be included on the main floor. The upper four to ten floors, depending
on the number of units  built,  will house the Units,  of which  there are three
floor plans:  (i) a one bedroom  with 904 square  feet;  (ii) a two bedroom with
1,318  square feet;  and (iii) a two bedroom with 1,370 square feet.  The Resort
will also have  amenities such as a pool and sun area.  Underground  and surface
level parking will be provided.

         Various aspects of the development, sale, and ultimate operation of the
Resort will be  undertaken  by three  companies -- RAVC,  the  Company,  and the
homeowners  association of VOI owners (the "Owners  Association").  RAVC,  which
owns all of the issued and outstanding stock of the Company, has transferred the
Property to the Company.  The Property is  currently  improved  with a timeshare
project  consisting  of 20 units.  The existing  improvements  will be razed and
replaced by the Resort. RAVC contributed the Property to the Company in exchange
for 100% of the outstanding capital stock of the Company.

         The Company is a newly formed  corporation  that was  organized for the
purpose of  developing  and  constructing  the Resort.  The Company will oversee
construction and, through a third party marketing company, sale of the VOIs. See

                                       16
<PAGE>

"--Sales and  Marketing."  As a timeshare  Resort,  each of the 119  condominium
Units (if the  maximum  amount of Notes is sold) has 51 VOIs which  results in a
total of 6,069 VOIs  available for sale,  or 60 units (if the minimum  amount of
Notes is sold) with a total of 3,060 VOIs  available for sale.  The Company,  as
developer,  owns the Resort and has entered into a contract with Success for the
sale of the  VOIs.  The net  proceeds  from the sale of the VOIs will be used to
first pay the  Construction  Loan and then to pay  principal and interest on the
Notes.

         The Company  will  initially  own all of the  condominium  Units in the
Resort.  As Units are divided into VOIs,  the Company  will  continue to own the
undivided  condominium  Units and unsold VOIs.  Members who purchase VOIs in the
Resort will receive an undivided  fee simple  interest as tenants in common to a
condominium  Unit in the  Resort.  They will also  become  members of the Owners
Association,  to be formed in connection with the development of the Resort. The
Owners  Association will have the primary  responsibility  to operate the Resort
and the use program  associated with the Resort, and will contract with RAVC for
the actual day-to-day  operational  responsibility  for the Resort. See "Certain
Relationships  and  Related  Transactions--Resort  Management."  At the later to
occur of the retirement of all of the indebtedness  secured by the Resort or the
sale of 80% of the VOIs in the  Resort,  the  operation  of the  Resort  will be
turned  over  to the  Owners  Association.  Personal  property  needed  for  the
operation  of the Resort  and not  previously  transferred  to the VOI owners as
tenants in common will be  transferred  to the Owners  Association.  The Company
will retain all unsold  VOIs and  continue to offer them for sale to the public.
The states in which VOIs are sold will require the Company to agree to subsidize
the Owners  Association  during the period that the Company is in control of the
Project for any shortfall in its operating  costs  (including  reserves) and the
budgeted maintenance fees received from unaffiliated owners. This subsidy may be
more or less than the maintenance  fees the Company would otherwise be paying on
the  unsold  VOIs.  The  Company  will  also be  required  to bond or  otherwise
collateralize its obligation to subsidize the Owners Association.

RAVC Operations

         RAVC was founded in 1977 in Hawaii as a "floating-time, floating-space"
timesharing organization with condominium apartments located in Waikiki, Hawaii.
RAVC now manages eight resorts in Waikiki, Kona, and Maui, Hawaii; Las Vegas and
Lake Tahoe, Nevada; Chandler,  Arizona;  Acapulco,  Mexico; and Marbella, Spain.
The members of RAVC do not own a real estate interest in any properties owned by
RAVC  but  have a right  in  perpetuity  to use the  properties  based  on their
memberships.  Currently,  RAVC has approximately 8,500 members representing over
10,000  membership  weeks (a member  may own and have the right to use more than
one week). RAVC members reside in all 50 states as well as 23 foreign countries.
All of RAVC's resorts have an affiliation with Interval and RCI, allowing RAVC's
members who are members of such exchange networks to exchange their RAVC VOI for
time in other resorts in the exchange network.

Sales and Marketing

         The Company has entered  into a marketing  and selling  agreement  with
Success, an independent  marketing agent. Success is an affiliate of The Success
Companies, Inc., which has sold timeshare properties over the last several years
in the Nevada,  California,  Colorado,  and Arizona  markets.  RAVC is using the
services of an affiliate of Success to sell membership weeks in its inventory to
existing members and to nonmembers in Arizona. Success will be compensated based
on sales of VOIs in the Las Vegas  Resort.  Success's  intended  activities  are
described below:

         On-Site/In-House  Programs.  On-site resort programs at RAVC's existing
resorts in the United States will solicit  existing  RAVC members.  RAVC members
will also be requested to provide referrals.
 All  exchange  guests  and  rental  guests  will  also be  solicited  through a
concierge, activities desk, and parties.

         Las Vegas  Off-Premise  Contacts.  Success will  institute  off-premise
contact ("OPC") programs.  OPC locations include area events,  shopping centers,
strip retail locations,  casino hotels,  and attractions such as water parks and
theme restaurants.
                                       17
<PAGE>

         Las Vegas Locals.  Success will utilize its telemarketing  capabilities
to contact  prospects  in the Las Vegas area with an offer to tour the Las Vegas
Resort.

         Travel Alliances.  Success will use its strategic  alliance with  a Las
Vegas travel wholesaler to arrange access to visitors.

         Registration and Multi-State Marketing. The Company intends to register
the project in Arizona, California,  Hawaii, Nevada, and Utah and possibly other
western states.  Success intends to contact prospects with a mini-vacation offer
in Las Vegas that includes promotion of the Resort.

         The Company  believes that this  diversified mix of marketing  programs
will maximize potential sales without relying too heavily on any one program.

Customer Financing

         The  Company  will offer  financing  to the  purchasers  of VOIs in the
Resort who make a down payment  generally of at least 10% of the purchase price.
This  financing  generally  will  bear  interest  at  fixed  rates  and  will be
collateralized  by a first deed of trust on the underlying VOI. A portion of the
proceeds of such financing  will be used to obtain  releases of the VOI from any
underlying  debt.  The  Company  intends  to  enter  into  an  agreement  with a
receivables  lender (which may be the Construction  Lender) for the financing of
customer  receivables.  The  Company  expects  this  agreement  will  provide an
aggregate  of up to  approximately  $65 million of  available  financing  to the
Company (based on the  construction  of 119 Units) bearing  interest at variable
rates tied to either  the prime rate or LIBOR.  Under  these  arrangements,  the
Company  will pledge as security  qualified  purchaser  promissory  notes to the
lender,  who typically will lend the Company 75% to 90% of the principal  amount
of  such  notes.  Payments  under  these  promissory  notes  will be made by the
purchaser  borrowers  directly to a payment  processing center and such payments
will be credited against the Company's  outstanding balance with the lender. The
Company does not  presently  have a binding  agreement for this  financing,  and
there  can be no  assurance  that  arrangements  can be made on  terms  that are
satisfactory to the Company.  However,  if the Company obtains the  Construction
Loan, it expects to obtain  receivables  financing  arrangements.  Sales of VOIs
will be substantially  limited if the Company is unable to provide  financing to
purchasers of VOIs.

         Because the Company's  borrowings  will bear interest at variable rates
and the Company's loans to purchasers of VOIs will bear interest at fixed rates,
the Company  bears the risk of increases  in interest  rates with respect to the
loans it will have from lenders.  The Company intends to engage in interest rate
hedging  activities  from time to time in order to reduce the risk and impact of
increases  in interest  rates with  respect to such  loans,  but there can be no
assurance  that any such hedging  activity will be adequate at any time to fully
protect the Company from any adverse changes in interest rates. The Company will
place no more than 5% of its assets in hedge funds.  See "Risk  Factors--Risk of
Hedging Activities."

         The Company will also bear the risk of purchaser  default.  The Company
will  continue to accrue  interest on its loans to purchasers of VOIs until such
loans  are  deemed  to be  uncollectible,  at which  point it will  expense  the
interest  accrued on such  loan,  commence  foreclosure  proceedings  and,  upon
obtaining  title,  return the VOI to the  Company's  inventory  for resale.  The
Company will monitor its loan accounts and  determine  whether to foreclose on a
case-by-case basis. See "Risk Factors--Risks of Obtaining  Construction Loan and
Customer Financing" and "--Risks Associated with Customer Default."

Participation in VOI Exchange Networks

         The Company has applied for  membership  in  Interval.  The Company has
received  preliminary  approval but cannot  receive final approval from Interval
until, among other things, construction on the Resort has commenced. The Company
believes  that  sales  of its VOIs are made  more  attractive  by the  Company's
planned  participation in an exchange  program  operated by Interval,  a leading
exchange network. In the 1995 ARDA study, the exchange  opportunity was cited by
purchasers  as one of the most  significant  factors in  determining  whether to
purchase a VOI.  Membership  in  Interval  allows the  members to  exchange in a
particular year their occupancy right in the unit in which they own a VOI for an
occupancy  right at the same time or a different  time in another  participating
resort,  based upon  availability  and the payment of an exchange fee  described

                                       18
<PAGE>

below.  A  member  may  exchange  his  VOI for an  occupancy  right  in  another
participating  resort  by  listing  his  VOI  as  available  with  the  exchange
organization  and by  requesting  occupancy  at  another  participating  resort,
indicating the particular  resort or geographic area to which the member desires
to travel, the size of the unit, the quality of the resort and the period during
which the VOI is available.  The exchange  organization  attempts to satisfy the
exchange  request by providing an occupancy  right in another VOI with a similar
rating. If Interval is unable to meet the member's initial request,  it suggests
alternative resorts based on availability.

         Founded  in  mid  1970s,  Interval  has a  total  of  more  than  1,100
participating   resort  facilities  and  approximately   750,000  member  owners
worldwide.  During 1996, Interval processed approximately 400,000 exchanges. The
current cost of the annual membership fee in Interval, which typically is at the
option  and  expense  of the  owner of the VOI,  is $66 per year.  In  addition,
members pay an additional fee that is currently $94 for properties in the United
States and $114 for those outside the United  States when a reservation  is made
in another project in the Interval exchange program.

Competition

         Las Vegas has a timeshare  history dating back to the mid 1970s. Of the
12  existing  timeshare  resorts  in  Las  Vegas  (including  the  current  RAVC
property),  six  are  still  actively  selling  VOIs  and one is  inactive.  The
remaining five are sold out or no longer  selling.  Of these six, four projects,
Hilton Grand  Vacations at the Flamingo,  Polo Towers,  the Jockey Club (each of
which is located on the  Strip),  and the Grand  Flamingo  Club are the  primary
competitors  of the Resort.  The Company  believes  that  although none of these
resorts has units superior to those planned at the Resort,  Hilton, Polo Towers,
Jockey Club, and Grand Flamingo Club have  experienced  marketing and management
teams and may have other competitive  advantages.  Mirage and Circus-Circus have
tentative plans to build timeshare  projects that would be in direct competition
with the Company.  Marriott recently  announced that it will be managing a 1,500
room Marriott Marquis Hotel and a 500 room Ritz Carlton Hotel to be built in Las
Vegas.  Marriott  projects in Las Vegas may include a timeshare  component.  The
Marriott Marquis Hotel is projected to be completed by the fall of 1998 and work
on the Ritz  Carlton is planned to commence by 2000.  A project by Hyatt at Lake
Las Vegas is also in the planning stage and could contain a timeshare component.
Other  timeshare  resorts  are also in the  planning  stage in Las Vegas and, if
developed,  would compete with the Resort.  Other major companies  operating and
developing timeshare resorts in the United States, such as Disney, Four Seasons,
Inter-Continental,  Promus, and Westin have not yet entered the Las Vegas market
but may do so in the future.

         In Las Vegas,  the Resort  will also  compete  with  approximately  270
existing hotels and motels with approximately 100,000 rooms. Some of such hotels
and resorts  provide a large number of rooms at low nightly rates Sunday through
Thursday and constitute strong competition for the Resort.  According to the Las
Vegas Convention and Visitors Authority,  the 1996 occupancy rate during midweek
was 88.7% and on weekends was 94.4%.

Governmental Regulation

         General.  The  Company's  marketing  and sales are subject to extensive
regulation  by the federal  government,  the State of Nevada,  and the states in
which the VOIs are  marketed and sold.  On a federal  level,  the Federal  Trade
Commission has taken the most active  regulatory  role through the Federal Trade
Commission  Act,  which  prohibits  unfair or deceptive  acts or  competition in
Interstate commerce. Other federal legislation to which the Company is or may be
subject  includes  the Truth in Lending Act and  Regulation  Z, the Equal Credit
Opportunity Act and Regulation B, the Interstate Land Sales Full Disclosure Act,
the Real Estate Standards  Practices Act, the Telephone Consumer Protection Act,
the  Telemarketing and Consumer Fraud and Abuse Prevention Act, the Fair Housing
Act, and the Civil Rights Acts of 1964 and 1968.  In addition,  many states have
adopted specific laws and regulations  regarding the sale of interval ownerships
programs.  The  Company  currently  plans to  register  the  Resort in  Arizona,
California,  Hawaii,  Nevada,  and Utah, and possibly other western states.  The
laws of these  states  require  the  Company  to file  with a  designated  state
authority for its approval a detailed offering statement  describing the Company
and all  material  aspects of the project and sale of VOIs before it can promote
or sell VOIs in that state.  These laws  require  the  Company to file  numerous
documents  and  supporting  information  with  the  agency  responsible  for the
regulation of VOIs. When the agency  determines that a project has complied with

                                       19
<PAGE>

state  law,  it will  issue a public  report  for the  project.  The  Company is
required to deliver an offering  statement or public  report to all  prospective
purchasers of a VOI, together with certain additional information concerning the
terms of the  purchase.  Laws in each state where the Company plans to sell VOIs
generally  grant  the  purchaser  of a VOI the  right to  cancel a  contract  of
purchase at any time within a period ranging from three to fifteen calendar days
following  the  earlier  of the date the  contract  was  signed  or the date the
purchaser has received the last of the documents  required to be provided by the
Company. Most states have other laws that regulate the Company's activities such
as  real  estate  licensure,  sellers  of  travel  licensure,  anti-fraud  laws,
telemarketing laws, price gift and sweepstakes laws, and labor laws. The Company
believes that it is in material  compliance with all federal,  state, local, and
foreign  laws  and  regulations  to  which it is  currently  or may be  subject.
However,  no assurance can be given that the cost of qualifying  under  interval
ownership  regulations  in all  jurisdictions  in which the  Company  desires to
conduct sales will not be significant.  In addition,  the Company may experience
delays  in  registration.   Any  failure  to  comply  with  applicable  laws  or
regulations or delays in  registration  could have a material  adverse effect on
the Company. See "Risk Factors--Regulation of Marketing and Sales of VOIs; Other
Laws."

         A number of state and federal laws,  including the Fair Housing Act and
the Americans with Disabilities Act (the "ADA"),  impose requirements related to
access and use by  disabled  persons on a variety of public  accommodations  and
facilities.  The architectural  plans for the Resort will comply with these laws
as currently in effect.

         Environmental  Matters.   Certain  Federal,   state,  and  local  laws,
regulations, and ordinances govern the removal, encapsulation, or disturbance of
asbestos-containing materials ("ACMs") when such materials are in poor condition
or in the event of  construction,  remodeling,  renovation,  or  demolition of a
building.  Nevada  and the  local  governments  have  certain  laws,  rules  and
regulations  concerning the emission of airborne asbestos fibers, air pollution,
airborne substances and contamination of land, surface and subsurface  hazardous
substances.  The  Company  has sought and is  continuing  to seek  advice on the
methods to properly  follow such  environmental  laws,  rules,  regulations  and
ordinances.  Such laws may impose  liability for release of ACMs and may provide
for third parties to seek  recovery from owners or operators of real  properties
for personal  injury  associated with ACMs. In connection with demolition of the
previous  resort in Las Vegas,  the Company may be  potentially  liable for such
costs.

         A Phase I  assessment  has been  conducted  at the  Resort  in order to
identify potential  environmental  concerns.  The Phase I assessment was carried
out in accordance with accepted industry practices and consisted of non-invasive
investigations  of  environmental  conditions  at  the  property,   including  a
preliminary  investigation  of the site and  identification  of  publicly  known
conditions  concerning  properties  in the vicinity of the site, a physical site
inspection, review of aerial photographs and relevant governmental records where
readily available,  interviews with knowledgeable parties, investigation for the
presence of above ground and underground  storage tanks presently or formerly at
the  site,  a  visual  inspection  of  suspect  friable  and  non-friable  ACMs,
collection and laboratory  analysis of ACMs, and the preparation and issuance of
written reports. Recommendations have been made regarding the abatement of ACMs.
Except for the presence of asbestos  described  more fully above,  the Company's
assessments of the property have not revealed any  environmental  liability that
the Company believes would have a material adverse effect on the Resort,  nor is
the Company aware of any such material environmental liability. Nevertheless, it
is  possible  that the  Company's  assessments  do not reveal all  environmental
liabilities  or that there are material  environmental  liabilities of which the
Company is unaware. The Company does not believe that compliance with applicable
environmental  laws or  regulations  will have a material  adverse effect on the
Resort.

         The Company believes that the Property is in compliance in all material
respects with all federal,  state, and local laws,  ordinances,  and regulations
regarding  hazardous or toxic  substances.  The Company has not been notified by
any  governmental  authority or any third party,  and is not otherwise aware, of
any material  noncompliance,  liability, or claim relating to hazardous or toxic
substances or petroleum products in connection with the Property.

                                       20
<PAGE>

Employees

         As of June 30, 1997, the Company employed no full-time employees.  RAVC
pays the  salary of the  Company's  management  and such  management  works on a
part-time, as-needed basis for the Company.

Legal Proceedings

         As of the date of this  prospectus,  the  Company  is not  aware of any
pending legal proceedings involving the Company or the Property.

                                       21
<PAGE>
                        DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
                                 OF THE COMPANY

         The following table sets forth the names and ages of the members of the
Company's  Board of Directors  and its  executive  officers,  and sets forth the
position with the Company held by each:


           Name               Age                     Position

     Jack R. Corteway         62         Director, Chief Executive Officer,
                                               President, and Treasurer

     Bernard J. McKenna       64                      Director

     Theodore A. Rohde        67                      Director

     Stephen C. W. Lin        41      Vice President, Controller and Secretary


         Directors  of the  corporation  hold office for one year or until their
successors are elected and qualified.  The current directors were elected on May
9, 1997.

Jack R. Corteway.          Mr.  Corteway  has been a director of the Company and
its President  since its  incorporation  in 1997.  He has been  Treasurer of the
Company since May 9, 1997.  From  February 27, 1997,  until May 9, 1997, he also
served as  Secretary  of the Company and has served as Chief  Executive  Officer
since July 15, 1997. Mr. Corteway has been President and Chief Executive Officer
of RAVC since 1990. Mr. Corteway  formerly served as President,  Chief Executive
Officer,  and  Director  of Bank of  Honolulu  for 14 years.  Prior to coming to
Hawaii, he held various positions in corporate finance and banking.

Bernard J. McKenna.        Mr.  McKenna has been a director of the Company since
its  incorporation  in 1997.  Mr. McKenna has also been a director of RAVC since
1990. Mr. McKenna has been self employed since 1993 and has served as a director
of Sanwa Business Credit Corp.  ("Sanwa"),  a finance company,  since 1985. From
1980 until his retirement in 1993, Mr. McKenna was President and Chief Executive
Officer of Sanwa.

Theodore A. Rohde.         Mr. Rohde has been a director  of the  Company  since
its incorporation in 1997. Mr. Rohde has been a director of RAVC since 1994. For
the past 10 years, Mr. Rohde has been a consultant for troubled companies. Since
1995,  Mr. Rohde has been president and a director of Tar  Enterprises,  Inc., a
consulting  business for troubled  companies,  which is owned by Mr. Rohde. From
1979 to 1981, Mr. Rohde was vice president of finance and  operations,  and from
1981 to  1986 he was  president,  of  Armstrong  Containers  Inc.  Prior  to his
association  with Armstrong  Containers,  Inc., Mr. Rohde was employed as a vice
president  of Wilbert,  Inc.  and a consultant  to C. J. Wood  Company,  and was
employed by Wheelabrator-Frye Group and Arthur Andersen & Company.

Stephen C. W. Lin.         Mr.  Lin  has  been  Vice  President, Controller  and
Secretary of the Company  since May 9, 1997.  Mr. Lin has been  employed by RAVC
since 1981. He was a Vice President of RAVC between August 1990 and January 1995
and has been a Senior  Vice  President  since  January  1995.  Mr.  Lin has been
Treasurer of RAVC since August 1990 and Secretary  since October 1994.  Prior to
his  employment  by RAVC,  Mr.  Lin was  employed  by Ernst & Whinney  and other
accounting firms. Mr. Lin is a Certified Public Accountant.

                A bankruptcy  petition was filed on February 28, 1997 by McKenna
Inc. under Chapter 11 of the United States  Bankruptcy Code.  Bernard J. McKenna
is a 90% stockholder and the uncompensated  President,  Secretary, and Treasurer
of McKenna Inc., a retail party supply store.  Reorganization of McKenna Inc. is
pending.

                                       22
<PAGE>

                             EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

         Mr. Corteway and Mr. Lin receive no  compensation  from the Company for
services  rendered to the Company.  Any and all  compensation  earned by them is
paid by RAVC.  Members of the Company's Board of Directors who are not employees
of the  Company  receive  directors'  fees of $500 per diem,  along with  travel
expenses.  Members of the Board of Directors who are employees of RAVC or may be
employees of the Company do not receive directors' fees.

                          SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN
                        BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

         All of the outstanding capital stock of the Company,  consisting of one
share of common stock, is owned by RAVC.

                            CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND
                              RELATED TRANSACTIONS

Resort Management

         Upon  completion  of the  Resort,  and  upon  formation  of the  Owners
Association,  it is intended  that RAVC will enter into a  management  agreement
(the  "Management  Agreement")  with  the  Owners  Association  to  provide  for
management and maintenance of the Resort.  Pursuant to the Management Agreement,
RAVC will be paid a  monthly  management  fee equal to 7% of the total  expenses
incurred by the Owners  Association,  excluding  expenses  incurred  for capital
repair and replacements,  based on the annual budget of the Owners  Association.
Pursuant to the Management  Agreement,  RAVC will have sole  responsibility  and
exclusive authority for all activities necessary for the day-to-day operation of
the Resort, including  administrative  services;  procurement of inventories and
supplies;  maintaining  the  units,  the  furnishings,  and  the  common  areas;
contracting for furnishing cleaning,  maintenance,  laundry,  housekeeping,  and
other services;  making or contracting for all repairs,  decorations,  renewals,
replacements, and improvements; obtaining all required licenses and permits; and
promotion and publicity.  RAVC also will obtain comprehensive and general public
liability  insurance,   all-risk  property  insurance,   business   interruption
insurance,  and such other  insurance  as is  customarily  obtained  for similar
properties.  RAVC also will provide all managerial and other employees necessary
for the Resort, including review of the operation and maintenance of the Resort;
preparation of reports, budgets, and projections; collection of assessments; and
employee training.

Potential Distributions and Use of VOIs

         The Notes and the  Indenture do not restrict the  Company's  ability to
pay  dividends  or make  other  distributions  to  RAVC.  Nevada  corporate  law
prohibits  the Company from making any  distribution  to its  stockholder  which
renders it insolvent at the time the  distribution  is made,  but  circumstances
could render the Company  insolvent  subsequent to the time that a  distribution
allowable by Nevada law was made. RAVC has informed its members of its intent to
obtain up to 1020 VOIs in Las Vegas to  replace  the 20  condominium  Units RAVC
previously owned on the Company's  property.  The Company  currently  intends to
distribute such VOIs to RAVC, if available,  after the Notes have been paid. The
Company's  current  intent is to refrain from selling such VOIs to third parties
in order to keep them available for distribution, but the Company may attempt to
sell the VOIs if necessary to meet its cash flow  requirements.  The Company may
allow RAVC to utilize unsold VOIs in  consideration  of the related  maintenance
fees,  which  may be less than the fair  market  rental  value of the VOIs.  The
Company does not have a current intent to make other distributions to RAVC.

Operating Agreement, Tax Sharing Agreement

         Pursuant  to an  Operating  Agreement  dated  June  24,  1997,  RAVC is
entitled to utilize the existing 20 condominium units on the Property until such
time as the Company has obtained the  Construction  Loan and  demolition  of the

                                       23
<PAGE>

existing structure is scheduled to begin. RAVC will pay the Company the costs of
operating and  maintaining  these units,  which may be less than the fair rental
value of the units.  Pursuant to a Tax Sharing  Agreement  dated June 24,  1997,
RAVC and the Company have agreed  that,  although  the two  companies  will file
consolidated  federal  income tax returns,  the Company will  reimburse RAVC for
federal  income  taxes  which  would  have been  payable if the  Company  were a
separate company and will share the cost of preparing the  consolidated  returns
with RAVC.

Year 2000 Computer Problem

         The  widespread  use of computer  programs that rely on two-digit  date
programs to manage and manipulate  may cause computer  systems to malfunction in
the Year 2000. The Year 2000 problem is pervasive and complex because  virtually
every computer operation will be affected in some way by the rollover of the two
digit year value to 00. Computer systems may not recognize this date as 2000 but
as 1900 or not at all.  Systems that do not  recognize  such  information  could
generate erroneous data or fail.

         The  Company  will  be   dependent  on  RAVC  to  supply   reservation,
accounting,  member  records  and other  functions  that are  computerized.  The
ability of RAVC to address the Year 2000  problem  will have a direct  impact on
the Company and its operations.  In addition, there can be no assurance that the
systems of other  companies  upon which RAVC's  systems rely will also be timely
converted.

                                       24
<PAGE>
                            DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

         The Notes will be issued  under an  Indenture,  dated as of  _________,
199_ (the  "Indenture"),  between the Company and First Trust of New York, N.A.,
trustee under the Indenture ("Trustee").  A form of the Indenture is being filed
as an exhibit to the Registration  Statement of which this prospectus is a part.
The Indenture is not subject to and governed by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939,
as amended.  The following  summary of the material  provisions of the Indenture
does not  purport to be  complete,  and where  reference  is made to  particular
provisions of the  Indenture,  such summary or terms,  including  definitions of
certain terms, are incorporated by reference as part of such summaries or terms,
which are qualified in their entirety by such reference.

General

         The Notes will be  unsecured  subordinated  obligations  of the Company
limited to $8,500,000  principal amount,  and will be junior in right of payment
to the Construction  Loan and other Senior  Indebtedness.  The Notes will not be
guaranteed by RAVC. Principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes
will be payable,  and the Notes will be exchangeable  and  transferable,  at the
office or  agency of the  Company  in the City of New York  maintained  for such
purposes  (which  initially is the corporate  trust office of the Trustee in the
City of New York  maintained  at 100 Wall  Street,  New York,  New York  10005);
provided,  however,  that  payment of interest  may be made at the option of the
Company by check mailed to the person entitled  thereto as shown on the security
register. The Notes will be issued only in fully registered form without coupons
and in  denominations  of $1,000 or any integral  multiple  thereof.  No service
charge  will be made for any  registration  of  transfer  or  exchange of Notes,
except  for  any  tax or  other  governmental  charge  that  may be  imposed  in
connection therewith.

         Interest  on the Notes will  accrue  from the  Issuance  Date  (defined
below) but will not be paid until the  Construction  Loan has been  repaid.  The
Company estimates, assuming construction begins as planned, the maximum offering
is sold and 3,650 VOIs in the Resort are sold within the first three years after
the commencement of construction, that accrued interest will begin to be paid on
the Notes within three years after the commencement of  construction.  There can
be no assurance that interest  payments will commence at that time. In the event
there are insufficient  sales of VOIs,  payment of principal and interest on the
Notes may be delayed or the Company may be unable to repay the Notes.

         All funds  invested will be held in escrow until the minimum  amount of
$4,500,000 contemplated by this Offering is raised and the Construction Loan has
been   obtained.   Funds  held  in  escrow  will  be  invested  in   short-term,
investment-grade  securities  or money market  accounts.  The minimum  amount of
$4,500,000  was  established  by the Company based on  management's  estimate of
minimum  Project  costs and  Construction  Loan  availability.  In the event the
Company  does not raise the minimum  amount,  all funds will be  returned,  with
interest  accrued at a rate  established by the escrow agent.  The Notes will be
unsecured obligations of the Company.

Payment on the Notes

         The Notes will  become  due and  payable  eight  years from the date of
issuance (the "Issuance  Date") of the Notes. The Issuance Date will be the date
on which the Company obtains a binding  commitment for the Construction Loan and
the  proceeds  from the sale of the  Notes are  released  from the  escrow.  The
Company  presently  anticipates  that the  Issuance  Date will be no later  than
January 15, 1998, unless the offering period is extended.

         Interest at _____ % per annum will be compounded  semi-annually  on the
sixth month after the Issuance Date and on the  anniversary of the Issuance Date
(a "semi-annual  interest payment date"). As set forth above,  interest will not
be paid until the  Construction  Loan is paid.  Interest at the prescribed  rate
shall accrue from the Issuance Date. On the first  semi-annual  interest payment
date  that  occurs  after  repayment  of the  Construction  Loan,  and  on  each
semi-annual interest payment date thereafter, the Company will pay interest that
has accrued since the preceding semi-annual interest payment date. Such payments
will be made to holders of record at the close of  business  15 days before such
interest  payment  date.  Development  Period  Interest  which  accrues prior to

                                       25
<PAGE>

repayment of the Construction Loan will be paid on semi-annual  interest payment
dates as the Company's cash flow permits.  If it has not  previously  been paid,
the  Development  Period  Interest will be paid on maturity or redemption of the
Notes.

Optional Redemption

         The Notes are subject to  redemption  at the option of the Company,  in
whole or in part, at any time on or after the third  anniversary of the Issuance
Date upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days'  notice to each  holder of the
Notes,  at the following  redemption  prices  (expressed as  percentages  of the
principal  amount) if  redeemed  during the  12-month  period  beginning  on the
anniversary  of the Issuance  Date of the years  indicated  below,  in each case
together with accrued interest thereon to the redemption date:

               Year                                 Percentage
               Year 3.............................          %
               Year 4.............................
               Year 5.............................
               Year 6 and thereafter..............   100.00

Subordination

         The  indebtedness  represented  by the  Notes  and the  payment  of the
principal  of (and  premium,  if any) and  interest  on,  and any other  amounts
payable with respect to, such Notes are  subordinated in right of payment to the
prior payment in full of the Construction  Loan and any refinancing  thereof and
any other Senior Indebtedness in cash or cash equivalents.

         In the event of any insolvency or bankruptcy case or proceeding, or any
receivership, liquidation, reorganization or other similar case or proceeding in
connection therewith, relative to the Company, as such, or to its assets, or any
liquidation,  dissolution or other winding up of the Company,  whether voluntary
or involuntary  and whether or not involving  insolvency or  bankruptcy,  or any
assignment  for the  benefit  of  creditors  or other  marshalling  of assets or
liabilities  of the  Company,  the holders of the  Construction  Loan and Senior
Indebtedness  will be entitled to receive  payment in full of all amounts due on
or in respect of the Construction  Loan and Senior  Indebtedness in cash of cash
equivalents,  or  provision  must  be  made  for  such  payment  in cash or cash
equivalents, before the holders of the Notes are entitled to receive any payment
or distribution of any assets of the Company of any kind or character on account
of principal of (or premium,  if any) or interest on, or other  amounts  payable
with respect to, the Notes.  In the event that,  notwithstanding  the foregoing,
the Company or any holder of such Notes receives any payment or  distribution of
assets of the Company of any kind or character before the  Construction  Loan or
Senior Indebtedness is paid or provided for in full in cash or cash equivalents,
then such  payment or  distribution  will be received  and held in trust for the
holders  of the  Construction  Loan or  Senior  Indebtedness  and  paid  over or
delivered to the trustee, receiver,  custodian,  assignee, agent or other person
making  payment  or  distribution  of  assets of the  Company,  in trust for the
holders of, and for  application  to the payment of, the  Construction  Loan and
Senior  Indebtedness  remaining  unpaid,  to the  extent  necessary  to pay  the
Construction   Loan  and  Senior   Indebtedness  in  full.  By  reason  of  such
subordination,  in the event of  liquidation  or  insolvency,  creditors  of the
Company who are holders of the  Construction  Loan and Senior  Indebtedness  may
recover more, ratably, than the holders of the Notes.

         No payment or  distribution of any assets of the Company of any kind or
character  shall be made by the  Company  on  account  of the  principal  of (or
premium,  if any) or interest on, or any other amounts  payable with respect to,
the Notes, or on account of the purchase, redemption or other acquisition of the
Notes,  upon the  occurrence of an event of default on Senior  Indebtedness  and
receipt by the Company of written  notice  thereof,  until such event of default
shall have been cured or waived.

         "Senior Indebtedness" with respect to the Notes means the principal of,
premium, if any, and interest on, and any fees, costs,  expenses,  and any other
amounts  (including  indemnity  payments)  related  to  the  following,  whether
outstanding on the date of the Indenture or thereafter incurred or created:  (i)
indebtedness,  matured or unmatured,  whether or not contingent,  of the Company
for money borrowed  evidenced by notes or other written  obligations,  including
the  Construction  Loan,  (ii) any interest  rate  contract,  interest rate swap
agreement,  or other similar  agreement or  arrangement  designed to protect the

                                       26
<PAGE>

Company or any of its subsidiaries against fluctuations in interest rates, (iii)
indebtedness,  matured or unmatured,  whether or not contingent,  of the Company
evidenced by notes,  debentures,  bonds,  or similar  instruments  or letters of
credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), (iv) obligations of the
Company as lessee under capitalized  leases and under leases of property made as
part of any sale and leaseback  transactions,  (v) indebtedness of others of any
of the kinds  described  in the  preceding  clauses (i) through  (iv) assumed or
guaranteed  by  the  Company  and  (vi)  renewals,  extensions,   modifications,
amendments,  and refundings of, and  indebtedness and obligations of a successor
person issued in exchange for or in replacement of, indebtedness  obligations of
the kinds  described  in the  preceding  clauses  (i) through  (iv),  unless the
agreement  pursuant to which any such  indebtedness  described  in clauses  (ii)
through (vi) is created,  issued,  assumed or guaranteed expressly provides that
such  indebtedness  is not senior or  superior in right of payment to the Notes;
provided,  however, that the following shall not constitute Senior Indebtedness;
(i) any indebtedness or obligation of the Company in respect of the Notes;  (ii)
any indebtedness of the Company to any of its subsidiaries or other  affiliates;
(iii) any  indebtedness  that is  subordinated  or junior in any  respect to any
other  indebtedness  of the  Company  other than Senior  Indebtedness;  (iv) any
indebtedness  incurred  for the  purchase of goods or  materials in the ordinary
course of business;  and (v) any  liability for federal,  state,  local or other
taxes owed or owing by the Company.

         In the  event  that the  Trustee  (or  paying  agent if other  than the
Trustee) or any Noteholder  receives any payment of principal,  or interest with
respect  to the  Notes at a time  when  such  payment  is  prohibited  under the
Indenture,  such  payment  shall  be  held in  trust  for the  benefit  of,  and
immediately  shall  be paid  over  and  delivered  to,  the  holders  of  Senior
Indebtedness or their  representative as their respective  interests may appear.
After all  Senior  Indebtedness  is paid in full and until the Notes are paid in
full,  Holders  shall  be  subrogated   (equally  and  ratably  with  all  other
Indebtedness  pari  passu  with the  Notes) to the  rights of  holders of Senior
Indebtedness to receive  distributions  applicable to Senior Indebtedness to the
extent that distributions  otherwise payable to the Holders have been applied to
the payment of Senior Indebtedness.

Events of Default and Remedies

         An "Event of Default,"  as defined in the Notes,  is (i) the failure of
the  Company to pay  principal  of or  premium  on the Notes when due;  (ii) the
failure of the Company to pay interest on the Notes for a period of 30 days when
due;  (iii) default by the Company for 90 days after notice in the observance or
performance of any other  covenants in the  Indenture;  (iv) an event of default
occurs  under any  mortgage,  indenture or  instrument  under which there may be
issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any  indebtedness for money
borrowed by the Company or any of its  subsidiaries  (or the payment of which is
guaranteed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries), whether such indebtedness
or guarantee now exists or shall be created after the date hereof, which default
(a) is caused by a failure to pay  principal  or interest  on such  indebtedness
prior to the  expiration of the grace period  provided in such  indebtedness  (a
"Payment Default") or (b) results in the acceleration of such indebtedness prior
to its  expressed  maturity  and,  in each case,  the  principal  amount of such
indebtedness,  together with the principal amount of such indebtedness, together
with the principal amount of any other such  indebtedness  under which there has
been a  Payment  Default  or the  maturity  of which  has  been so  accelerated,
aggregates $1 million, or (v) certain events involving  bankruptcy,  insolvency,
or  reorganization of the Company.  The Indenture  provides that the Trustee may
withhold  notice to the  holders of Notes of any  default  (except in payment of
principal,  premium,  if any,  or  interest  with  respect  to the Notes) if the
Trustee,  in good faith,  considers it in the interest of the Noteholders of the
Notes to do so.

         The Indenture provides that if an Event of Default (other than an Event
of Default with respect to certain events, including bankruptcy,  insolvency, or
reorganization  of the  Company)  shall have  occurred  and be  continuing,  the
Trustee  or the  holders of not less than 25% in  principal  amount of the Notes
then outstanding may declare the principal of and premium,  if any, on the Notes
to be due and payable immediately,  but if the Company shall pay or deposit with
the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay all matured  installments of interest on all
Notes and the principal and premiums,  if any, on all Notes that have become due
other than by acceleration and certain expenses and fees of the Trustee,  and if
all  defaults  (except the  nonpayment  of interest  on,  premium,  if any,  and
principal of any Notes which shall have become due by  acceleration)  shall have
been cured or waived and certain other  conditions are met, such declaration may
be  canceled  and past  defaults  may be waived by the  holders of a majority in
principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.

                                       27
<PAGE>

         The  holders  of a  majority  in  principal  amount of the  Notes  then
outstanding  shall  have the  right to  direct  the  time,  method  and place of
conducting any proceedings for any remedy  available to the Trustee,  subject to
certain  limitations  specified in the Indenture.  The Indenture  provides that,
subject to the duty of the Trustee following an Event of Default to act with the
required  standard  of care,  the  Trustee  will not be under an  obligation  to
exercise  any of its  rights or powers  under the  Indenture  at the  request or
direction  of any of the  holders,  unless  the  Trustee  receives  satisfactory
indemnity against any associated costs, liability, or expense.

Successor Corporation

         The Notes provide that the Company may not consolidate or merge with or
into or  transfer  all or  substantially  all of its assets to any other  person
unless the  corporation or entity formed by or surviving such  consolidation  or
merger (if other than the Company),  or to which such sale or  conveyance  shall
have  been  made,  expressly  assumes  all  the  obligations  of the  Notes  and
immediately  after giving effect to such  transaction  no Event of Default shall
occur or be continuing.

Satisfaction and Discharge

         The Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect
(except as to surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of Notes,
as expressly  provided for in the Indenture) as to all outstanding  Notes issued
under the Indenture when either (i) all such Notes theretofore authenticated and
delivered  (except lost,  stolen or destroyed  Notes which have been replaced or
paid) have been  delivered to the Trustee for  cancellation  and the Company has
paid all sums  payable  by it under  the  Indenture  or (ii) all such  Notes not
theretofore  delivered  to the  Trustee  for  cancellation  have  become due and
payable,  or will  become due and  payable  or are to be called  for  redemption
within one year, the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited
with the Trustee money or U.S. government obligations, or a combination thereof,
in such amounts as will be  sufficient  to pay the entire  indebtedness  on such
Notes and the Company has paid all sums  payable by it under the  Indenture.  In
addition,  the  Company  must  deliver an opinion  of counsel  stating  that all
conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been complied.

Modification and Waiver

         Modifications  and  amendments  of the  Indenture  may be  made  by the
Company  and the  Trustee  with the  consent  of the  holders of not less than a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes issued under the
Indenture;  provided,  however,  that no such  modification  or  amendment  may,
without the consent of the holder of each outstanding Note affected thereby, (i)
change the stated  maturity of the principal of, or any  installment of interest
on, any Note,  (ii) reduce the  principal  amount of, or the premium or interest
on,  the  Notes  (iii)  change  the coin or  currency  in which any Notes or any
premium or the interest  thereon is payable,  (iv) impair the right to institute
suit for the  enforcement  of any payment on or with  respect to the Notes,  (v)
reduce the  percentage in principal  amount of  outstanding  Notes  necessary to
waive  compliance  with certain  provisions of the Indenture or to waive certain
defaults,  (vi) modify any of the provisions relating to supplemental indentures
requiring  the consent of holders or  relating  to the waiver of past  defaults,
except to increase the percentage of outstanding Notes required for such actions
or to provide that certain other  provisions of the Indenture cannot be modified
or waived  without the consent of the holder of each Note affected  thereby,  or
(vii)  modify  any  of  the   provisions  of  the  Indenture   relating  to  the
subordination of the Notes in a manner adverse to the holders.

         The  Company  and the Trustee  may amend or  supplement  the  Indenture
without notice to or consent of any Noteholder,  in certain  events,  such as to
correct or supplement any inconsistent or deficient  provision in the Indenture,
to  comply  with  the  provisions  of the  Trust  Indenture  Act of  1939 if the
Indenture becomes qualified under such Act, or to appoint a successor Trustee.

                                       28
<PAGE>

Trustee and Escrow Agent

         First  Trust of New York,  N.A.  of New York,  New York,  will serve as
Trustee  under the Indenture and First Trust of  California,  N.A.,  will act as
Escrow Agent for the funds.

                                       29
<PAGE>
                     CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

         The  following  is a  brief  summary  of  certain  federal  income  tax
consequences  applicable  to  purchasers  of  Notes  in the  offering.  The  tax
consequences  to certain  purchasers,  such as dealers  in  securities,  foreign
persons,  mutual funds,  insurance companies and tax-exempt  entities,  that are
subject to special treatment under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
(the "Code") or under the laws of other jurisdictions may differ materially from
those outlined below. The following  discussion is also not intended to describe
the tax consequences to persons  acquiring the Notes subsequent to the Offering,
which are affected by other statutory provisions.  All prospective investors are
accordingly  urged  to  consult  their  own  tax  advisors  as to  the  specific
consequences  to them of acquisition of the Notes,  including the  applicability
and effect of federal, state, local, foreign and other tax laws.

         For  federal  income  tax  purposes,  all  holders of the Notes will be
required to include accrued interest in their taxable income under the "original
issue discount"  ("OID") rules of the Code,  regardless of whether such interest
has been paid or whether such holders  generally employ a cash or accrual method
of accounting. Holders will increase their tax basis for the Notes by the amount
of  accrued  OID and  decrease  such tax basis by the  amount of  principal  and
interest actually paid.

         Upon a sale or exchange of the Notes,  holders will  recognize  gain or
loss  measured by the  difference  between the amount  realized from the sale or
exchange  and  their  adjusted  tax  basis  for the  Notes  at the  time of such
transaction.  Provided that the Notes are held as capital  assets as of the date
of their  disposition,  any gain or loss  recognized by a holder will be capital
gain or loss and will be  long-term  capital gain or loss if the Notes have been
held for more than one year.  A  short-term  or  long-term  capital loss is only
allowable  as a current  deduction to the extent of capital  gains plus,  in the
case only of a non-corporate taxpayer,  $3,000 of ordinary income ($1,500 in the
case of a married individual filing a separate return).

                      DISCLOSURE OF COMMISSION POSITION ON
                  INDEMNIFICATION FOR SECURITIES ACT VIOLATIONS

         Under Section 78.751 of the Nevada  Revised  Statutes and the Company's
Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws,  the Company's  directors and officers may
be  indemnified  against  certain  liabilities  which  they  may  incur in their
capacities as such.

         Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act may be permitted to  directors,  officers,  and  controlling  persons of the
Company pursuant to the foregoing provisions or otherwise, it is the position of
the Commission that such  indemnification  is against public policy as expressed
in the  Securities  Act and is,  therefore,  unenforceable.  In the event that a
claim for  indemnification  against such liabilities  (other than the payment by
the Company of expenses  incurred or paid by a director,  officer or controlling
person  of the  Company  in  the  successful  defense  of any  action,  suit  or
proceeding) is asserted by such  director,  officer,  or  controlling  person in
connection with the securities being registered, the Company will, unless in the
opinion of its counsel  the matter has been  settled by  controlling  precedent,
submit  to a  court  of  appropriate  jurisdiction  the  question  whether  such
indemnification  by it is against  public policy as expressed in the  Securities
Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

         The Notes offered hereby are being offered to the public by the Company
on a "best efforts,  minimum-maximum"  basis. There can be no assurance that any
of the Notes will be sold. Unless $4,500,000  principal amount of Notes are sold
within 90 days of the date hereof,  or such later date as shall be determined by
the Board of  Directors  (but not to exceed  two  extension  periods  of 90 days
each),  all proceeds  received will be returned to the  investor,  with interest
accrued at the rate  established by the escrow agent,  and no sale of Notes will
be made.  All payments  will be mailed  within  three  business  days  following
receipt to an escrow  account  maintained by First Trust of California  N.A., as

                                       30
<PAGE>

escrow  agent,  and held  pending the sale of such minimum  principal  amount of
Notes within the specified period and satisfaction of other closing  conditions.
Such payments will only be withdrawn  from the escrow account for the purpose of
(i) paying the Company for the Notes hereunder if at least $4,500,000  principal
amount of Notes are sold  within  the  Offering  period,  as  extended,  and the
Construction  Loan is received  within 60 days following the end of the Offering
period, or (ii) returning payments to purchasers.  If the minimum amount is sold
within the  Offering  period and the other  closing  conditions  are  satisfied,
subscribers  will receive,  in addition to their Notes,  the interest  earned on
their  deposit in the escrow  account  if such  interest  is more than $5.00 per
subscriber.

         First  Trust  of  California  is  acting  only as an  escrow  agent  in
connection  with  the  offering  of the  Notes  described  herein,  and  has not
endorsed,  recommended  or guaranteed  the purchase,  value or repayment of such
Notes.

         Initially,  the Company does not plan to employ any  brokers,  dealers,
placement agents, or finders in connection with the Offering.  Certain employees
of the Company or RAVC may solicit responses to the Offering, but such employees
will not receive any  commissions or  compensation  for such services other than
their normal employment  compensation.  However, the Company may offer the Notes
through  brokers or dealers who may receive a commission  or fees of up to 6% of
the  amount  sold by such  person.  No such fees  shall be paid in  states  that
prohibit such fees.
                                  LEGAL MATTERS

         The  validity of the Notes  offered  hereby will be passed upon for the
Company by Ballard Spahr Andrews & Ingersoll, Salt Lake City, Utah.

                                     EXPERTS

         The financial statements of Royal Aloha Development Company at June 30,
1997,  and from  inception of the Company,  February 27, 1997, to June 30, 1997,
appearing in this prospectus and  Registration  Statement,  have been audited by
Ernst & Young LLP,  independent  auditors,  and the  information  under  caption
"Selected  Financial  Data" at June 30, 1997 and from  inception of the Company,
February  27,  1997,  to  June  30,  1997,  appearing  in  this  Prospectus  and
Registration  Statement,  have been derived from financial statements audited by
Ernst & Young LLP, as set forth in their report appearing elsewhere herein. Such
financial  statements and selected  financial data are included in reliance upon
such report given upon the authority of such firm as experts in  accounting  and
auditing.

         The  references  to  Donald  R.  Beach,  Appraiser-Consultant,  and the
appraisal given by him in the Prospectus and the appraisal made by him and filed
as an exhibit to the Registration  Statement have been included in reliance upon
his authority as an expert with respect to the matters contained therein. In the
opinion of Donald R. Beach,  the appraisal  was prepared in accordance  with the
standards and reporting  requirements  of the Uniform  Standards of Professional
Appraisal  Practice  as outlined  in Chapter  645C of the Nevada  Administrative
Code.

                                       31
<PAGE>
                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                         Royal Aloha Development Company

                 From inception, February 27, 1997, to June 30,
                    1997 with Report of Independent Auditors



<PAGE>


                         Royal Aloha Development Company

                              Financial Statements

               From inception, February 27, 1997, to June 30, 1997



                                    Contents

                                                                   Page

Report of Independent Auditors.....................................F-3

Balance Sheet......................................................F-4

Statement of Operations............................................F-5

Statement of Cash Flows............................................F-6

Notes to Financial Statements......................................F-7

                                       F-2

<PAGE>

                         Report of Independent Auditors


Board of Directors
Royal Aloha Development Company

We have  audited  the  accompanying  balance  sheet of Royal  Aloha  Development
Company as of June 30, 1997,  and the related  statements of operations and cash
flows from  inception,  February  27,  1997 to June 30,  1997.  These  financial
statements   are  the   responsibility   of  the   Company's   management.   Our
responsibility  is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based on
our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.
Those standards  require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance   about  whether  the  financial   statements  are  free  of  material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of Royal Aloha Development Company
at June 30,  1997,  and the  results  of its  operations  and its cash flow from
inception,  February 27, 1997 to June 30, 1997,  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted accounting principles.

                                                               ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Honolulu, Hawaii
July 11, 1997


                                       F-3

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



                         ROYAL ALOHA DEVELOPMENT COMPANY

                                  Balance Sheet

                                  June 30, 1997


Assets
Current Assets:
<S>                                                                              <C>                           <C>     
  Cash                                                                                                          $192,500
                                                                                                                --------        
Total current assets                                                                                             192,500

Property and equipment:
  Land                                                                             $  304,762
  Improvement and fixtures                                                            965,459
                                                                                   ----------       
                                                                                    1,270,221
  Less accumulated depreciation                                                       565,648                    704,573
                                                                                    ---------      
  Deferred financing costs (Note 4)                                                                               75,624
                                                                                                                --------
Total Assets                                                                                                    $972,697
                                                                                                                ========       

Liabilities and shareholder's equity Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable                                                                                              $ 76,285
                                                                                                                --------       
Total current liabilities                                                                                         76,285

Contingent liability (Note 5)

Shareholder's equity (Note 7):
  Common stock, non-par value; authorized 2,500
    shares, issued and outstanding 1 share                                                                             1
  Additional paid-in capital                                                                                     897,678
  Accumulated deficit                                                                                             (1,267)
                                                                                                                --------        
Total shareholder's equity                                                                                       896,412
                                                                                                                --------
Total liabilities and shareholder's equity                                                                      $972,697
                                                                                                                ========
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes.

                                       F-4
<PAGE>
                         ROYAL ALOHA DEVELOPMENT COMPANY

                             Statement of Operations

                            From inception, February 27, 1997 to June 30, 1997

Rental income (Note 2)                                            $ 2,500

Expenses
Maintenance and operating expenses (Note 2)                         2,500
Depreciation                                                          606
Director fees and expenses                                            661
                                                                  -------     
                                                                    3,767
                                                                  -------
Net loss before income taxes                                       (1,267)

Income taxes                                                           --
                                                                  -------     

Net Loss                                                          $(1,267)
                                                                  -------     


 See accompanying notes.

                                       F-5

<PAGE>

                         ROYAL ALOHA DEVELOPMENT COMPANY

                             Statement of Cash Flows

               From inception, February 27, 1997 to June 30, 1997

Operating activities
Net loss                                                           $  (1,267)
  Adjustments to reconcile excess of expenses over
   income to net cash provided by operating activities:
    Depreciation                                                         606
    Deferred financing costs                                         (75,624)
    Accounts payable                                                  76,285
                                                                   ---------  
Net cash provided by operating activities                                 --

Investing activities
Sale of common stock                                                       1
Additional cash contribution by shareholder                          192,499
                                                                   ---------
Net cash provided by investing activities                            192,500

Increase in cash                                                     192,500
Cash at date of inception, February 27, 1997                              --
                                                                   ---------
Cash at June 30, 1997                                              $ 192,500
                                                                   =========
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash activity
Capital contribution - property and equipment                      $ 705,179


See accompanying notes.

                                       F-6

<PAGE>

                         Royal Aloha Development Company

                          Notes to Financial Statements

                                  June 30, 1997


1.       Formation and Purpose of the Company

Royal Aloha Development Company (the Company),  is a wholly-owned  subsidiary of
Royal Aloha Vacation Club (RAVC). It was incorporated in Nevada, on February 27,
1997 and commenced operation on June 24, 1997 upon the transfer of cash and land
and  improvements in Las Vegas,  Nevada  comprising a 20 unit timeshare  resort.
Such  assets are  recorded  at RAVC's  historical  cost basis on the date of the
transfer.

The Company  intends to construct a new  timeshare  resort of up to 119 units on
the property  resulting in the creation of 6,069  vacation  ownership  interests
(VOIs).  Currently,  it is the intent of the  Company to retain up to 1,020 VOIs
for use by RAVC  members,  who have  been  previously  informed  by RAVC to this
effect. However, the ultimate number of VOIs retained will depend on the success
of the project,  market conditions at the time of completion of the project, and
other factors.

See Note 5 regarding  preliminary  planning  and design  costs  incurred by RAVC
prior to June 30, 1997.

2.       Operations

The Company's existing timeshare units are leased to RAVC for an amount equal to
the cost of operating and maintaining  them.  Thus, the Company will not realize
any cash flow from the operations thereof.  Administrative  expenses incurred by
RAVC on behalf  of the  Company  have been  nominal  in  amount  and  management
anticipates  that such costs will continue to be nominal until  construction  of
the resort is completed. RAVC has not charged these expenses to the Company.

3.       Accounting Policies

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at the historical cost incurred by RAVC.

Depreciation   is  recorded  for  the   improvements   and  fixtures  using  the
straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of 30 to 40 years.

The  carrying  value of the  property  and  equipment  at the time the  existing
improvements and fixtures are razed and construction of the new resort commences
will be assigned to the cost of the new resort.

Construction Costs of New Resort

All costs  incurred  subsequent  to July 1, 1997 in  connection  with  planning,
design, and construction of the planned resort will be capitalized. See Note 5.

Uses of Estimates

The preparation of financial  statements in conformity  with generally  accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the amounts reported in the financial  statements and accompanying notes.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Income Taxes

The Company is included in the  consolidated  federal income tax return of RAVC.
Federal  income taxes are  allocated to the Company on a separate  company basis
pursuant to an intercompany  federal income tax sharing  agreement.  At June 30,

                                      F-7
<PAGE>

1997, the Company has a net operating loss carry forward of approximately $1,200
for  income tax  purposes  that will  expire in 2012.  For  financial  reporting
purposes,  a deferred tax asset of approximately $200 has been fully offset by a
valuation allowance because of the uncertainty of its realization.

4.       Deferred Financing Costs

Costs incurred  through June 30, 1997 consist  principally of legal fees related
to the Company's  planned public  offering of  subordinated  notes.  Such costs,
together  with all other  costs  incurred in  connection  with  registering  and
selling  the notes will be  deferred  and  amortized  over the life of the notes
using the interest method.

5.       Contingent Liability

RAVC  incurred  approximately  $177,000,  through  June  30,  1997,  in costs to
organize  the Company  and for the  preliminary  planning  and design of the new
resort.  These  costs  have not been  charged  or  transferred  to the  Company.
However,  to the extent funds are available  after payment of all other costs to
complete  construction of the resort, RAVC intends to reimburse itself for these
expenditures.  It is not  currently  possible to  determine if such payment will
occur.

6.       Related Party Transactions

As sole shareholder,  RAVC controls the Company and provides  administrative and
operating  support to it. Two of the three  directors  of the  Company  are also
directors of RAVC,  and the other one is an officer of RAVC. The officers of the
Company are also officers of RAVC.

7.       Changes in Shareholder's Equity

On June 24, 1997 the Company  issued one share of its  non-par  common  stock to
RAVC in exchange  for cash,  property  and  equipment  with a carrying  value of
$897,679.  $1 was  recorded  as  common  stock  and  $897,678  was  recorded  as
additional paid-in capital.

                                       F-8
<PAGE>
                         ROYAL ALOHA DEVELOPMENT COMPANY

               __% EIGHT YEAR DEFERRED INTEREST SUBORDINATED NOTES

                             SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT


         1.  The  undersigned   hereby  tenders  this   Subscription   Agreement
("Subscription")  to Royal Aloha Development  Company, a Nevada corporation (the
"Company"),   to  purchase  the  Company's  __%  Eight  Year  Deferred  Interest
Subordinated  Notes (the  "Notes")  in the  principal  amount  indicated  on the
signature page hereof. The undersigned acknowledges that this Subscription shall
not become effective until it has been properly  executed by the undersigned and
accepted by the Company.  The Company may reject  Subscriptions,  in whole or in
part, for any reason.

         2.  The  undersigned   acknowledges   receipt  of  a  Prospectus  dated
_____________, 1997, (the "Prospectus"), describing the Company and the terms of
the Company's offer to sell the Notes. The undersigned further acknowledges that
he or his  representative  has read carefully and understands the Prospectus and
the terms of the offering. In particular,  the undersigned acknowledges that the
Notes  are the  unsecured,  subordinated  obligations  of the  Company,  that no
payments  will be made on the  Notes  until  the  Company  has  fully  paid  the
Construction  Loan,  and that there is no guaranty that the Company will be able
to pay the Notes when due.

         3. In evaluating an investment in the Notes,  the  undersigned  has not
relied upon any  representations or other information  (whether oral or written)
from the Company other than as set forth in the Prospectus.  The undersigned has
carefully  considered  and has,  to the extent  the  undersigned  believes  such
discussion necessary,  discussed with the undersigned's professional legal, tax,
accounting, and financial advisors the suitability of an investment in the Notes
for the undersigned's particular tax and financial condition. In particular, the
undersigned  understands that Development  Period Interest will be taxable as it
accrues, rather than when it is paid.

         4. The  undersigned  acknowledges  that there are  various  substantial
risks  attendant  to the  Company's  business  and an  investment  in the Notes,
including  loss of the entire amount of such  investment.  The  undersigned  has
considered  the risks  associated  with such an investment,  including,  but not
limited to, those set forth under the caption "Risk Factors" in the  Prospectus.
No  representations  or warranties  have been made concerning the success of the
business or the potential return on an investment in the Notes.

         5. The undersigned  acknowledges that no market is expected  to develop
in the Notes. Therefore,  the undersigned does not expect to be able to transfer
his Notes.

         6. The  undersigned  acknowledges  and agrees that except as  otherwise
provided in the Prospectus,  he is not entitled to cancel,  terminate, or revoke
this  Subscription  or any  agreements of the  undersigned  hereunder,  and such
Subscription  shall  survive  the death or  disability  of the  undersigned.  As
described in the Prospectus, the original ninety (90) day Offering period may be
extended  for up to two  additional  ninety (90) day periods,  and  subscription
funds may  remain in escrow  for up to sixty (60) days  following  the  Offering
period while the Construction Loan is being obtained.

         7. If this  Subscription  is  executed  and  delivered  on  behalf of a
partnership,  corporation,  trust  or  estate,  or  retirement  plan:  (i)  such
partnership,  corporation,  trust or  estate  or  retirement  plan has been duly
authorized  and is duly  qualified (a) to execute and deliver this  Subscription
and all other instruments  executed and delivered on behalf of such partnership,
corporation,  trust or estate or retirement plan in connection with the purchase
of the Notes,  and (b) to purchase and hold such Note; and (ii) the signature of
the party signing on behalf of such partnership, corporation, trust or estate or
retirement plan is binding upon such partnership,  corporation,  trust or estate
or retirement plan.

         8. The  undersigned  has  completed  and signed  the attached  Form W-8
or Substitute Form W-9 as applicable.

                           [Signature page to follow]

<PAGE>

                                [Signature page]


         Principal amount of Notes subscribed for: $__________________.

DATED this ___ day of __________, 199__.


                            ------------------------------------------------
                            (Signature)


                            ------------------------------------------------
                            (Name - Please Print)

                            ------------------------------------------------
                           (Signature of Spouse if Natural Persons Purchasing
                            Jointly or if Community Property State)

                            ------------------------------------------------
                           (Name of Spouse if Natural Persons Purchasing
                            Jointly or if Community Property State)


                            ------------------------------------------------
                            (Primary Place of Residence)


                            ------------------------------------------------
                            (City, State and ZIP Code)


                            ------------------------------------------------
                            (Telephone Number - Business)


                            ------------------------------------------------
                            (Social Security or Taxpayer I.D. No.)

ACCEPTED this ___ day of __________, 199___.

ROYAL ALOHA DEVELOPMENT COMPANY



By: __________________________________________
Print Name:
Title:


                                       S-2

<PAGE>
                                  INSTRUCTIONS

         The  instructions  below  should be  followed in  purchasing  the Notes
described in the Subscription Agreement.

         1. Your Subscription Agreement, your completed Substitute Form W-9, and
a check for the principal amount of Note purchased,  made payable to First Trust
of California,  National Association as Escrow Agent for Royal Aloha Development
Company (collectively,  the "Subscription  Documents"),  must be properly filled
in, signed,  dated, and sent or delivered to the Company at the address shown in
the Prospectus. If you are a not a United States citizen or resident, you should
file a Form W-8 instead of a Substitute Form W-9. Please contact the Company for
a copy of Form W-8.

         2.  Substitute Form W-9. Under the Federal Income Tax Law, a non-exempt
Subscriber  is  required  to  provide  the  Company  with  a  correct   Taxpayer
Identification  Number  ("TIN") on the  Substitute  Form W-9,  which is provided
under "Important Tax Information"  below.  Failure to provide the information on
the  Substitute  Form W-9 may subject the  Subscriber to 31% Federal  income tax
backup  withholding on the payment of any interest on the Notes. The box in Part
2 of Substitute  Form W-9 may be checked if the Subscriber has not been issued a
TIN and has  applied  for a number or  intends to apply for a number in the near
future.  If the box in Part 2 is checked and the Escrow  Agent or the Trustee is
not provided with a TIN by the time of payment, the Escrow Agent or Trustee will
withhold 31% on all payments to such  Subscriber of any interest  accrued on the
Subscriber's  Note.  Please review the section  "Important Tax  Information" for
additional details on what TIN to give the Company.

                            IMPORTANT TAX INFORMATION

         Under Federal income tax law, a Subscriber who purchases Notes from the
Company is required to provide the Company with such Subscriber's correct TIN on
Substitute Form W-9 below.  If such Subscriber is an individual,  the TIN is his
or her social security number. For businesses and other entities, the TIN is the
employer  identification number. If the Company is not provided with the correct
TIN,  the  Subscriber  may be subject to a $50 penalty  imposed by the  Internal
Revenue  Service.  In addition,  payments that are made to such  Subscriber with
respect to interest on the Notes may be subject to backup withholding.

         If Federal  income  tax  backup  withholding  applies,  the  Company is
required  to  withhold  31% of any  payments  made  to  the  Subscriber.  Backup
withholding is not an additional tax.  Rather,  the Federal income tax liability
of persons  subject to backup  withholding  will be reduced by the amount of the
tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund may be
obtained.

Purpose of Substitute Form W-9

         To avoid backup  withholding  on payments that are made to a Subscriber
with  respect to Notes  purchased,  the  Subscriber  is  required  to notify the
Company of his or her correct TIN by completing the Substitute Form W-9 attached
hereto  certifying  that the TIN provided on Substitute  Form W-9 is correct and
that (a) the  Subscriber has not been notified by the Internal  Revenue  Service
that he or she is subject to Federal  income tax backup  withholding as a result
of failure to report all  interest  or  dividends  or (b) the  Internal  Revenue
Service  has  notified  the  Subscriber  that he or she is no longer  subject to
Federal income tax backup withholding.

                                       S-3
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      Part 1--PLEASE PROVIDE YOUR TIN IN THE    Social security
                      BOX AT RIGHT AND CERTIFY BY SIGNING     number Or Employee
                      AND DATING BELOW:                        Identification  
SUBSTITUTE                                                        Number        
                                                            TIN _______________
                      ----------------------------------------------------------
Form W-9              Name (Please Print)_____________________  Part 2

Department of the     Address_________________________________  Awaiting TIN [ ]
Treasury Internal 
Revenue Service       City ___________ State __ Zip Code _____
                      ----------------------------------------------------------
Payer's  Request for  3--CERTIFICATION--UNDER  THE PENALTIES OF PERJURY,  I
Part Taxpayer           CERTIFY THAT:
Identification        (1)  The number shown  on this form is my correct taxpayer
Number (TIN) and           identification  number (or a TIN has not been  issued
Certification              to me but I have mailed or  delivered  an application
                           to receive  a  TIN or intend to  do  so in  the  near
                           future).   
                      (2)  I am not subject to backup withholding either because
                           I have  not been  notified by  the  Internal  Revenue
                           Service  (the "IRS")  that  I  am  subject  to backup
                           withholding as a result of a  failure  to report  all
                           interest or dividends or the IRS has notified me that
                           I am no longer  subject to backup withholding.
                      (3)  All other information  provided on this form is true,
                           correct and complete.
                      ----------------------------------------------------------

                      SIGNATURE:____________________________  DATE: ____________

                      You  must  cross  out  item (2) above  if  you  have  been
                      notified  by the  IRS that  you are  currently subject  to
                      backup  withholding  because  of  underreporting  interest
                      or  dividends on your tax return.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NOTE:    FAILURE  TO  COMPLETE  AND  RETURN  THIS  FORM  MAY  RESULT  IN  BACKUP
         WITHHOLDING  OF  31%  OF ANY  PAYMENTS  OF  INTEREST  ACCRUED  ON  YOUR
         INVESTMENT.  PLEASE REVIEW THE ENCLOSED GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF
         TAXPAYER  IDENTIFICATION  NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE  FORM W-9 FOR ADDITIONAL
         DETAILS. YOU MUST COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING CERTIFICATE IF YOU CHECKED THE
         BOX IN PART 2 OF THE SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              CERTIFICATE OF AWAITING TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

I certify under penalties of perjury that a taxpayer  identification  number has
not been issued to me and either (1) I have mailed or delivered  an  application
to receive a taxpayer  identification number to the appropriate Internal Revenue
Service Center or Social Security  Administration Office or (2) I intend to mail
or deliver an  application  in the near future.  I  understand  that if I do not
provide a  taxpayer  identification  number by the time of  payment,  31% of all
payments of the purchase price of the Shares made to me will be withheld until I
provide a number.

                                     SIGNATURE: ________________________________

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       S-4
<PAGE>
                          ============================

         NO PERSON IS AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY OFFERING INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY
REPRESENTATIONS  OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED OR INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE IN THIS
PROSPECTUS AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR  REPRESENTATIONS  MUST NOT
BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN
OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY SECURITIES OTHER THAN THE
NOTES OFFERED BY THIS  PROSPECTUS.  THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER
TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY NOTES IN ANY  CIRCUMSTANCES  IN
WHICH SUCH OFFER OR  SOLICITATION  IS  UNLAWFUL.  NEITHER  THE  DELIVERY OF THIS
PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL,  UNDER ANY  CIRCUMSTANCES,  CREATE
ANY  IMPLICATION  THAT THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE  AFFAIRS  OF THE  COMPANY
SINCE THE DATE HEREOF OR THAT THE INFORMATION  CONTAINED BY REFERENCE  HEREIN IS
CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO ITS DATE.

                               -------------------

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

AVAILABLE INFORMATION.......................................................  2
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY..........................................................  3
RISK FACTORS................................................................  5
USE OF PROCEEDS............................................................. 11
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA..................................................... 12
PLAN OF OPERATION........................................................... 13
BUSINESS OF THE COMPANY..................................................... 15
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY............................. 22
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION...................................................... 23
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT.............. 23
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS.............................. 23
DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES................................................... 25
CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES..................................... 30
DISCLOSURE OF COMMISSION POSITION ON INDEMNIFICATION FOR 
  SECURITIES ACT VIOLATIONS................................................. 30
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION........................................................ 30
LEGAL MATTERS............................................................... 31
EXPERTS  ................................................................... 31
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS......................................................  F-1
SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT..................................................... S-1

                            =========================

                            =========================




                         ROYAL ALOHA DEVELOPMENT COMPANY


                                   $8,500,000
                         % EIGHT YEAR DEFERRED INTEREST
                               SUBORDINATED NOTES


                              --------------------
                                   PROSPECTUS
                              --------------------



                                     , 1997




                              ====================

<PAGE>

                PART II - INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 24.          Indemnification of Directors and Officers


         Section  78.751  of  the  Nevada  Revised  Statutes   provides  that  a
corporation  may indemnify its officers,  directors,  employees,  and agents (or
persons who have served, at the corporation's  request, as officers,  directors,
employees, or agents of another corporation) against certain expenses, including
attorneys' fees, actually and reasonably incurred by them in connection with the
defense of any  action by reason of being or having  been  directors,  officers,
employees or agents.

         The Company's  Articles of  Incorporation  and Bylaws  provide that the
Company  shall  indemnify  its  officers  and  directors  to the fullest  extent
permitted by the Nevada Law.

         Insofar as indemnification  for liabilities under the Securities Act of
1933 may be permitted to directors,  officers or persons controlling the Company
pursuant to the foregoing provisions,  the Company has been informed that in the
opinion of the  Commission,  such  indemnification  is against  public policy as
expressed in the Act and is therefore unenforceable.


ITEM 25.          Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution


         The estimated  expenses in connection  with this Offering are set forth
below:

         Securities and Exchange Commission filing fee.................$2,576
         Blue Sky fees and expenses....................................50,410
         Accounting fees and expenses..................................30,000
         Legal fees and expenses......................................100,000
         Trustee and Escrow Agent Fees.................................40,000
         Printing and electronic transmission expenses.................20,000
         Postage........................................................5,000
         Miscellaneous...............................................  12,014
                                                                       ------ 
                  Total..........................................  $  250,000
                                                                   ========== 

ITEM 26.          Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

         On or about  June 24,  1997,the  Company  issued  all of its  currently
issued and outstanding  common stock to its parent  corporation RAVC in exchange
for the Property and cash. No commissions or similar remuneration were paid with
respect to such issuance. The issuance was a limited offering to a single entity
which  completely  controlled  the  issuer  before and after the  issuance.  The
offering is believed  exempt from  registration  pursuant to Section 4(2) of the
Securities Act.

                                      II-1

<PAGE>


ITEM 27(a).       Index of Exhibits

Exhibit Number

 3.1     Articles of  Incorporation  of  Royal Aloha Development  Company, filed
         February 27, 1997.

 3.2     Bylaws  of  Royal  Aloha  Development Company  adopted  by the Board of
         Directors  on March 5, 1997.

 4       Form of Indenture,  dated  __________,  between Royal Aloha Development
         Company and First Trust of New York,  N.A., as Trustee,  including Form
         of Note.

 5       Opinion of Ballard Spahr Andrews & Ingersoll.*

10.1     Escrow  Agreement, dated  ______, 1997 between Royal  Aloha Development
         Company and First Trust of California, N.A., as Escrow Agent.

10.2     Form  of   Marketing  Agreement  between  Success  of  Las  Vegas  Inc.
         and  Royal   Aloha  Development Company for sale of VOIs.*

10.3     Form  of  Management  Agreement  between  Royal   Aloha  Vacation  Club
         and  Royal  Aloha Development Company.*

10.4     Operating  Agreement  between  Royal Aloha   Vacation  Club  and  Royal
         Aloha Development Company.

10.5     Tax  Sharing  Agreement between Royal  Aloha  Vacation  Club  and Royal
         Aloha Development Company.

10.6     Interval International, Inc.  Preliminary  Qualification  letter  dated
         July 30, 1997.

23.1     Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.

23.2     Consent of Ballard  Spahr Andrews & Ingersoll  (included in its opinion
         filed as Exhibit 5).*

23.3     Consent of Donald R. Beach.

24       Power  of Attorney (included on  signature pages to  this  Registration
         Statement).

27       Financial Data Schedule.

99       Appraisal of Property by Donald R. Beach, C.A.E.S.P.A.
- ------------------
*        To be filed by Amendment.


ITEM 28.          Undertakings

                  Insofar as indemnification  for liabilities  arising under the
Securities Act of 1933 (the "Act") may be permitted to directors,  officers, and
controlling   persons  of  the  registrant   pursuant  to  its   Certificate  of
Incorporation,  as amended, its Bylaws, as amended or otherwise,  the registrant
has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities  and Exchange  Commission
such  indemnification  is against  public policy as expressed in the Act and is,
therefore, unenforceable.

                  In the event  that a claim for  indemnification  against  such
liabilities  (other than the payment by the  registrant of expenses  incurred or
paid by a  director,  officer or  controlling  person of the  registrant  in the
successful  defense of any  action,  suit or  proceeding)  is  asserted  by such
director,  officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been  settled by  controlling  precedent,  submit to a court of  appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such  indemnification  by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of
such issue.

                  The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

                  (1) For  purposes  of  determining  any  liability  under  the
         Securities  Act of  1933,  the  information  omitted  from  the form of
         prospectus filed as  part of this  registration  statement  in reliance
         upon  Rule 430A  and  contained  in a form of  prospectus  filed by the
         registrant  pursuant  to Rule  424(b)(1)  or (4) or  497(h)  under  the
         Securities Act  shall  be  deemed  to  be  part  of  this  registration
         statement as of the time it was declared effective.

<PAGE>
                  (2) For the purpose of  determining  any  liability  under the
         Securities Act of 1933, each  post-effective  amendment that contains a
         form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new  registration  statement
         relating to the securities  offered  therein,  and the offering of such
         securities  at that time  shall be deemed to be the  initial  bona fide
         offering thereof.

<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES

                  In accordance  with the  requirements of the Securities Act of
1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it
meets  all of the  requirements  for  filing on Form  SB-2 and  authorized  this
registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,  thereunto
duly authorized, in the City of Honolulu, State of Hawaii, on ________, 1997.

                         ROYAL ALOHA DEVELOPMENT COMPANY



                                  By:_____________________________________
                                     Jack R. Corteway
                                     President and Chief Executive Officer


                  KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE  PRESENTS,  that each  person  whose
signature  appears below  constitutes and appoints Jack R. Corteway,  Bernard J.
McKenna,  Theodore  Rohde and Stephen C.W. Lin and each or any one of them,  his
true and lawful  attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  with full power of substitution
and  resubstitution,  for him and in his name,  place and stead,  in any and all
capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments)
to this registration statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto,
and other  documents in connection  therewith,  with the Securities and Exchange
Commission,  granting unto said  attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them,
full  power  and  authority  to do and  perform  each and  every  act and  thing
requisite  and  necessary to be done in  connection  therewith,  as fully to all
intents and  purposes as he might or could do in person,  hereby  ratifying  and
confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or his or
their  substitute or substitutes,  may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue
hereof.

                  In accordance  with the  requirements of the Securities Act of
1933, this  registration  statement has been signed by the following  persons in
the capacities and on the date stated.


Signature                                 Title                     Date


____________________    President, Chief Executive Officer,     __________, 1997
Jack R. Corteway        Treasurer and Director (Principal 
                        Executive Officer)

____________________    Vice President, Controller and          __________, 1997
Stephen C. W. Lin       Secretary (Principal Financial 
                        Officer and Principal Accounting
                        Officer)

____________________    Director                                __________, 1997
Bernard J. McKenna


____________________    Director                                __________, 1997
Theodore A. Rohde


<PAGE>

                                INDEX OF EXHIBITS


Exhibit Number

 3.1     Articles of  Incorporation  of  Royal Aloha Development  Company, filed
         February 27, 1997.

 3.2     Bylaws  of  Royal  Aloha  Development Company  adopted  by the Board of
         Directors  on March 5, 1997.

 4       Form of Indenture,  dated  __________,  between Royal Aloha Development
         Company and First Trust of New York,  N.A., as Trustee,  including Form
         of Note.

 5       Opinion of Ballard Spahr Andrews & Ingersoll.*

10.1     Escrow  Agreement, dated  ______, 1997 between Royal  Aloha Development
         Company and First Trust of California, N.A., as Escrow Agent.

10.2     Form  of   Marketing  Agreement  between  Success  of  Las  Vegas  Inc.
         and  Royal   Aloha  Development Company for sale of VOIs.*

10.3     Form  of  Management  Agreement  between  Royal   Aloha  Vacation  Club
         and  Royal  Aloha Development Company.*

10.4     Operating  Agreement  between  Royal Aloha   Vacation  Club  and  Royal
         Aloha Development Company.

10.5     Tax  Sharing  Agreement between Royal  Aloha  Vacation  Club  and Royal
         Aloha Development Company.

10.6     Interval International, Inc.  Preliminary  Qualification  letter  dated
         July 30, 1997.

23.1     Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.

23.2     Consent of Ballard  Spahr Andrews & Ingersoll  (included in its opinion
         filed as Exhibit 5).*

23.3     Consent of Donald R. Beach.

24       Power  of Attorney (included on  signature pages to  this  Registration
         Statement).

27       Financial Data Schedule.

99       Appraisal of Property by Donald R. Beach, C.A.E.S.P.A.
- ------------------
*        To be filed by Amendment.




                            ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

                         ROYAL ALOHA DEVELOPMENT COMPANY


             The undersigned, for the purpose of forming a corporation, pursuant
to and by virtue of Chapter 78 of the Nevada  Revised  Statutes,  hereby adopts,
executes and acknowledges the following Articles of Incorporation.

                                    ARTICLE I

                                      NAME

             The  name  of  the  corporation  shall be  Royal  Aloha Development
Company.

                                   ARTICLE II

                                REGISTERED OFFICE

             The name of the  initial resident agent  and the street address  of
the initial registered office in the State of Nevada where process may be served
upon the corporation is Bible, Haney, Hoy, Trachok,  Wadhams & Woloson, 301 East
Clark Avenue, Las Vegas,  Clark County,  Nevada 89101. The corporation may, from
time to time, in the manner  provided by law,  change the resident agent and the
registered office within the State of Nevada.  The corporation may also maintain
an office or offices for the conduct of its  business,  either within or without
the State of Nevada.

                                   ARTICLE III

                                  CAPITAL STOCK

     Section 1.  Authorized  Shares.  The  aggregate  number of shares which the
corporation  shall have  authority to issue shall  consist of two thousand  five
hundred (2,500) shares of common stock at no par value.

<PAGE>

     Section 2. Consideration for Shares. The common stock authorized by Section
1 of this Article shall be issued for such consideration as shall be fixed, from
time to time, by the Board of Directors.

     Section 3.  Assessment  of Stock.  The capital  stock of this  corporation,
after the amount of the subscription  price has been fully paid in, shall not be
assessable  for any  purpose,  and no stock  issued as fully  paid shall ever be
assessable or assessed. No stockholder of the corporation is individually liable
for the debts or liabilities of the corporation.

     Section  4.  Cumulative  Voting  For  Directors.   No  stockholder  of  the
corporation  shall be  entitled  to  cumulative  voting  of his  shares  for the
election of directors.

     Section 5. Preemptive  Rights. No stockholder of the corporation shall have
any preemptive rights.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                             DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

     Section 1. Number of Directors.  The members of the governing  board of the
corporation  are styled as directors.  The Board of Directors of the corporation
shall consist of at least one (1) individual who shall be elected in such manner
as shall be provided in  the bylaws of the corporation.  The number of directors
may be  changed  from time to time in such  manner as shall be  provided  in the
bylaws of the corporation.

     Section  2.  Initial  Directors.  The names and post  office  box or street
addresses of the  directors  constituting  the first Board of  Directors,  which
shall be three (3) in number, are:

                  NAME                          ADDRESS
                  ----                          -------
                  Jack R. Corteway              301 E. Clark Ave., Ste. 700
                                                Las Vegas, NV 89101

<PAGE>

                  Bernard J. McKenna            301 E. Clark Ave., Ste. 700
                                                Las Vegas, NV 89101

                  Theodore A. Rohde             301 E. Clark Ave., Ste. 700
                                                Las Vegas, NV 89101

     Section 3. Limitation of Personal Liability.  No director or officer of the
corporation  shall be personally  liable to the corporation or its  stockholders
for damages  for breach of  fiduciary  duty as a director or officer,  provided,
however,  that the foregoing provision does not eliminate or limit the liability
of a director or officer of the corporation for:

          (a)       Acts or omissions which involve intentional misconduct,
                    fraud or a knowing violation of law; or

          (b)       The payment of distributions in violation of Nevada 
                    Revised Statutes 78.300.

     Section  4.  Payment  of  Expenses.  In  addition  to any  other  rights of
indemnification  permitted  by the law of the State of Nevada as may be provided
for by the  corporation  in its bylaws or by agreement, the expenses of officers
and  directors  incurred  in  defending  a civil  or  criminal  action,  suit or
proceeding, involving  alleged  acts or omissions of such officer or director in
his or her capacity as an officer or director of the corporation,  must be paid,
by  the  corporation  or  through  insurance  purchased  and  maintained  by the
corporation or through other financial arrangements made by the corporation,  as
they are incurred and in advance of the final disposition of the action, suit or
proceeding,  upon receipt of an  undertaking  by or on behalf of the director or
officer  to  repay  the  amount  if it is  ultimately  determined  by a court of
competent  jurisdiction  that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the
corporation.

<PAGE>

     Section 5. Repeal And Conflicts.  Any repeal or  modification of Sections 3
or 4 above approved by the stockholders of the corporation  shall be prospective
only. In the event of any conflict  between  Sections 3 or 4 of this Article and
any other Article of the corporation's Articles of Incorporation,  the terms and
provisions of Sections 3 or 4 of this Article shall control.

                                    ARTICLE V

                                  INCORPORATOR

     The name and post office box or street address of the incorporator  signing
these Articles of Incorporation is:

            NAME                                   ADDRESS
            ----                                   -------
            Dennis R. Haney                        301 E. Clark Ave., Ste. 700
                                                   Las Vegas, Nevada 89101

          IN WITNESS  WHEREOF, I have executed  these Articles of  Incorporation
this 27th day of February, 1997.

                                             /s/ Dennis R. Haney
                                             ---------------------
                                             Dennis R. Haney, Esq.


State of Nevada    )
                   ) SS.
County of Clark    )

     This instrument was  acknowledged  before me on February 27, 1997 by Dennis
R. Haney, Esq. as Incorporator of Royal Aloha Development Company.

                                             /s/ Cheryl Gex
                                             ------------------
                                             Notary Public
                                             (My commission expires: 3/2/98)
<PAGE>

                    CERTIFICATE OF ACCEPTANCE OF APPOINTMENT
                                BY RESIDENT AGENT

                IN THE MATTER OF ROYAL ALOHA DEVELOPMENT COMPANY


          1.   The undersigned,  Bible, Haney, Hoy,  Trachok, Wadhams & Woloson,
hereby  certifies  that on the 27th  day of  February,  1997,  it  accepted  the
appointment as Resident Agent of the above corporation.

          2.   The registered office  in this State is located at 301 East Clark
Ave., Ste. 700, City of Las Vegas, County of Clark, State of Nevada 89101.


               IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have  hereunto set my hand this 27th day of
February, 1997.

                                             RESIDENT AGENT,
                                             BIBLE, HANEY, HOY, TRACHOK,
                                             WADHAMS, & WOLOSON

                                             By: /s/ Dennis R. Haney
                                                ------------------------
                                                Dennis R. Haney, Esq.
                                                Authorized Signatory 




                                     BYLAWS
                                       of

                         ROYAL ALOHA DEVELOPMENT COMPANY


                                    ARTICLE I
                                  STOCKHOLDERS

     Section 1.01 Annual Meeting.  An annual meeting of the  stockholders of the
corporation shall be held on the second Saturday of May in each year, commencing
after  the  first  anniversary  of  incorporation,  but if such  date is a legal
holiday,  then on the next succeeding  business day, for the purpose of electing
directors  of the  corporation  to serve  during  the  ensuing  year and for the
transaction of such other  business as may properly come before the meeting.  If
the election of the directors is not held on the day  designated  herein for any
annual meeting of the stockholders, or at any adjournment thereof, the president
shall cause the election to be held at a special meeting of the  stockholders as
soon thereafter as is convenient.

     Section 1.02 Special Meetings.

                    (a)  Special meetings of  the stockholders may  be called by
     the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the president and shall be called
by the  Chairman  of the  Board of  Directors,  the  president  or the  Board of
Directors  at the  written  request of the  holders of not less than 51% of  the
voting power of any class of the corporation's stock entitled to vote.

                    (b)  No business  shall be acted upon  at a special  meeting
     except as set forth in the notice  calling the  meeting,  unless one of the
conditions for the holding of a meeting without notice set forth in Section 1.05
shall be satisfied, in which case any business may be transacted and the meeting
shall be valid for all purposes.

     Section  1.03 Place of  Meetings.  Any meeting of the  stockholders  of the
corporation  may be held at its  registered  office in the State of Nevada or at
such other place in or out of the United  States as the Board of  Directors  may
designate.  A waiver  of  notice  signed by  stockholders  entitled  to vote may
designate any place for the holding of such meeting.

     Section 1.04 Notice of Meetings.

                    (a)  The  president, a  vice  president,  the  secretary, an
     assistant  secretary  or any other  individual  designated  by the Board of
Directors shall sign and deliver written notice of any meeting at least ten (10)
days,  but not more than sixty (60) days,  before the date of such meeting.  The
notice  shall  state the place,  date and time of the meeting and the purpose or
purposes for which the meeting is called.

                                    1 of 18
<PAGE>

                    (b) In the  case of an annual meeting, any  proper  business
     may be  presented  for action,  except that action on any of the  following
items shall be taken only if the general nature of the proposal is stated in the
notice:

                         (1) Action with  respect to any contract or transaction
     between the  corporation  and one or more of its  directors  or officers or
between the corporation and any corporation, firm or association in which one or
more of the  corporation's  directors or officers is a director or officer or is
financially interested;

                         (2) Adoption   of   amendments   to   the  Articles  of
Incorporation; or

                         (3) Action with  respect to  a merger, share  exchange,
     reorganization,  partial or complete  liquidation,  or  dissolution  of the
corporation.

               (c) A copy of the  notice shall be personally delivered or mailed
     postage  prepaid  to each  stockholder  of record  entitled  to vote at the
meeting at the  address  appearing  on the records of the  corporation,  and the
notice  shall be deemed  delivered  the date the same is deposited in the United
States  mail  for  transmission  to  such  stockholder.  If the  address  of any
stockholder  does not appear  upon the  records of the  corporation,  it will be
sufficient to address any notice to such stockholder at the registered office of
the corporation.

               (d) The written certificate of the individual signing a notice of
     meeting, setting forth the substance of the notice or having a copy thereof
attached,  the date  the  notice  was  mailed  or  personally  delivered  to the
stockholders  and the  addresses to which the notice was mailed,  shall be prima
facie evidence of the manner and fact of giving such notice.

               (e) Any stockholder  may waive notice  of any meeting by a signed
writing, either before or after the meeting.

     Section 1.05 Meeting Without Notice.

               (a) Whenever  all   persons  entitled  to  vote  at  any  meeting
consent, either by:
                   (1) A writing on the records of the meeting or filed with the
                   secretary; or

                   (2) Presence at such  meeting and oral consent entered on the
                   minutes; or

                   (3) Taking part in  the deliberations at such meeting without
                   objection;

the  doings  of  such  meeting  shall  be  as  valid  as  if  had  at a  meeting
regularly called and noticed.

                                    2 of 18
<PAGE>
               (b) At such  meeting any business may  be transacted which is not
excepted from the written consent or to the  consideration of which no objection
for want of notice is made at the time.

               (c) If any  meeting be  irregular  for  want of notice or of such
consent,  provided a quorum was present at such meeting,  the proceedings of the
meeting  may be  ratified  and  approved  and  rendered  likewise  valid and the
irregularity  or defect therein waived by a writing signed by all parties having
the right to vote at such meeting.

               (d) Such consent or approval may be by proxy or attorney, but all
such proxies and powers of attorney must be in writing.

     Section 1.06 Determination of Stockholders of Record.

               (a) For the  purpose of determining  the stockholders entitled to
notice of and to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof,
or to express  consent to  corporate  action in  writing  without a meeting,  or
entitled to receive payment of any  distribution or the allotment of any rights,
or  entitled to exercise  any rights in respect of any  change,  conversion,  or
exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful  action,  the directors
may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) days
nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty
(60) days prior to any other action.

               (b) If no  record date is fixed, the  record date for determining
stockholders: (i) entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of stockholders
shall be at the close of  business  on the day next  preceding  the day on which
notice is given,  or, if notice is waived,  at the close of  business on the day
next  preceding  the day on which the meeting is held;  (ii) entitled to express
consent to  corporate  action in writing  without a meeting  shall be the day on
which the first written  consent is  expressed;  and (iii) for any other purpose
shall be at the close of  business  on the day on which  the Board of  Directors
adopts the resolution  relating  thereto.  A  determination  of  stockholders of
record  entitled  to notice of or to vote an any meeting of  stockholders  shall
apply to any adjournment of the meeting;  provided,  however,  that the Board of
Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

     Section 1.07 Quorum; Adjourned Meetings.

               (a) Unless the  Articles of Incorporation provide for a different
proportion,  stockholders holding at least a majority of the voting power of the
corporation's  stock,  represented  in  person  or by proxy,  are  necessary  to
constitute a quorum for the  transaction of business at any meeting.  If, on any
issue,  voting by classes is  required  by the laws of the State of Nevada,  the
Articles of  Incorporation  or these  Bylaws,  at least a majority of the voting
power within each such class is  necessary  to  constitute a quorum of each such
class.

               (b) If a  quorum is  not represented,  a majority  of the  voting
power so represented  may adjourn the meeting from time to time until holders of
the voting power  required to constitute a quorum shall be  represented.  At any
such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be represented,  any business may

                                    3 of 18
<PAGE>

be transacted  which might have been  transacted as  originally  called.  When a
stockholders'  meeting is adjourned to another time or place  hereunder,  notice
need not be given of the  adjourned  meeting if the time and place  thereof  are
announced at the meeting at which the  adjournment  is taken.  The  stockholders
present at a duly  convened  meeting may  continue to  transact  business  until
adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less
than a quorum of the voting power.

     Section 1.08 Voting.

               (a) Unless  otherwise  provided in the Articles of Incorporation,
or in the  resolution  providing  for the  issuance of the stock  adopted by the
Board  of  Directors  pursuant  to  authority  expressly  vested  in it  by  the
provisions of the Articles of Incorporation, each stockholder of record, or such
stockholder's  duly authorized proxy or  attorney-in-fact,  shall be entitled to
one (1)  vote for  each  share  of  voting  stock  standing  registered  in such
stockholder's name on the record date.

               (b) Except as  otherwise provided herein, all  votes with respect
to shares  standing in the name of an individual  on the record date  (including
pledged shares) shall be cast only by that individual or such  individual's duly
authorized proxy,  attorney-in-fact,  or voting trustee(s)  pursuant to a voting
trust.  With  respect  to shares  held by a  representative  of the  estate of a
deceased stockholder,  guardian, conservator, custodian or trustee, votes may be
cast by such holder upon proof of capacity,  even though the shares do not stand
in the name of such  holder.  In the  case of  shares  under  the  control  of a
receiver,  the  receiver  may cast votes  carried by such shares even though the
shares do not stand in the name of the receiver; provided, that the order of the
court of  competent  jurisdiction  which  appoints  the  receiver  contains  the
authority to cast votes carried by such shares. If shares stand in the name of a
minor,  votes may be cast only by the duly  appointed  guardian of the estate of
such minor if such guardian has provided the  corporation  with written proof of
such appointment.

               (c) With  respect  to  shares  standing  in  the  name of another
corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other legal entity on the
record  date,  votes  may be  cast:  (i) in the case of a  corporation,  by such
individual as the bylaws of such other corporation prescribe, by such individual
as may be  appointed  by  resolution  of the board of  directors  of such  other
corporation   or  by  such   individual   (including   the  officer  making  the
authorization)  authorized  in writing to do so by the  Chairman of the Board of
Directors,  president or any vice president of such  corporation and (ii) in the
case of a partnership,  limited  liability  company or other legal entity, by an
individual representing such stockholder upon presentation to the corporation of
satisfactory evidence of his authority to do so.

               (d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, no
votes may be cast for shares owned by this corporation or its  subsidiaries,  if
any. If shares are held by this  corporation or its  subsidiaries,  if any, in a
fiduciary  capacity,  no votes shall be cast with respect  thereto on any matter
except to the extent that the beneficial  owner thereof  possesses and exercises
either a right  to vote or to give  the  corporation  holding  the same  binding
instructions on how to vote.

                                     4 of 18
<PAGE>

               (e) Any holder of  shares entitled to vote on any matter may cast
a portion of the votes in favor of such  matter and  refrain  from  casting  the
remaining  votes or cast the same  against the  proposal,  except in the case of
elections  of  directors.  If such holder  entitled to vote fails to specify the
number of affirmative votes, it will be conclusively presumed that the holder is
casting affirmative votes with respect to all shares held.

               (f) With  respect to  shares standing in the name  of two or more
persons, whether fiduciaries,  members of a partnership,  joint tenants, tenants
in common,  husband and wife as  community  property,  tenants by the  entirety,
voting trustees,  persons entitled to vote under a stockholder  voting agreement
or otherwise and shares held by two or more persons  (including  proxy  holders)
having the same fiduciary  relationship in respect to the same shares, votes may
be cast in the following manner:

                    (1) If only one person votes, the  vote of such person binds
all.

                    (2) If  more  than one  person casts  votes, the  act of the
majority so voting binds all.

                    (3) If more  than one  person casts  votes, but  the vote is
evenly  split  on  a  particular   matter,   the  votes  shall  be  deemed  cast
proportionately, as split.

               (g) If a quorum is  present, unless the Articles of Incorporation
provide for a different proportion,  the affirmative vote of holders of at least
a majority of the voting power  represented  at the meeting and entitled to vote
on any matter shall be the act of the stockholders,  unless voting by classes is
required for any action of the  stockholders by the laws of the State of Nevada,
the Articles of  Incorporation  or these Bylaws,  in which case the  affirmative
vote of  holders of a least a  majority  of the voting  power of each such class
shall be required.

     Section 1.09 Proxies. At any meeting of stockholders,  any holder of shares
entitled to vote may designate,  in a manner  permitted by the laws of the State
of Nevada,  another person or persons to act as a proxy or proxies.  No proxy is
valid  after the  expiration  of six (6) months  from the date of its  creation,
unless it is coupled  with an  interest  or unless  otherwise  specified  in the
proxy.  In no event  shall the term of a proxy  exceed  seven (7) )ears from the
date of its creation.  Every proxy shall continue in full force and effect until
its  expiration or revocation in a manner  permitted by the laws of the State of
Nevada.

     Section 1.10 Order of Business.  At the annual  stockholder's  meeting, the
regular order of business shall be as follows:

               1. Determination of stockholders present and existence of quorum,
               in person or by proxy;

               2. Reading and approval of the minutes of the previous meeting or
               meetings;

                                     5 of 18
<PAGE>

               3. Reports of the Board of Directors, and, if any, the president,
               treasurer and secretary of the corporation;

               4. Reports of committees;

               5. Election of directors;

               6. Unfinished business;

               7. New business;

               8. Adjournment.

     Section 1.11 Absentees' Consent to Meetings. Transactions of any meeting of
the stockholders are as valid as though had at a meeting duly held after regular
call and notice if a quorum is  represented,  either in person or by proxy,  and
if,  either before or after the meeting,  each of the persons  entitled to vote,
not represented in person or by proxy (and those who, although  present,  either
object at the  beginning  of the  meeting  to the  transaction  of any  business
because the meeting has not been lawfully called or convened or expressly object
at the meeting to the  consideration of matters not included in the notice which
are legally required to be included  therein),  signs a written waiver of notice
and/or  consent to the  holding of the  meeting or an  approval  of the  minutes
thereof.  All such  waivers,  consents,  and  approvals  shall be filed with the
corporate records and made a part of the minutes of the meeting. Attendance of a
person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting,  except
when the person  objects at the beginning of the meeting to the  transaction  of
any business  because the meeting is not lawfully  called or convened and except
that  attendance  at a  meeting  is not a waiver  of any  right to object to the
consideration  of matters not properly  included in the notice if such objection
is  expressly  made at the time any such  matters are  presented at the meeting.
Neither  the  business  to be  transacted  at nor the  purpose of any regular or
special  meeting of  stockholders  need be  specified  in any written  waiver of
notice or consent,  except as otherwise  provided in Section  1.04(a) and (b) of
these Bylaws.

     Section 1.12 Telephonic Meetings. Stockholders may participate in a meeting
of the  stockholders  by means of a telephone  conference  or similar  method of
communication  by which all  individuals  participating  in the meeting can hear
each  other.  Participation   in   a  meeting  pursuant  to  this  Section  1.12
constitutes presence in person at the meeting.

     Section 1.13 Action  Without  Meeting.  Any action required or permitted to
be taken at a meeting of the  stockholders  may be taken  without a meeting if a
written  consent  thereto is signed by the  holders  of the voting  power of the
corporation  that would be  required at a meeting to  constitute  the act of the
stockholders.  Whenever  action  is taken  by  written  consent,  a  meeting  of
stockholders  need not be called or notice  given.  The  written  consent may be
signed in counterparts  and must be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of
the stockholders.

                                    6 of 18
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE II
                                    DIRECTORS

     Section 2.01 Number, Tenure, and Qualifications.  Unless a larger number is
required by the laws of the State of Nevada or the Articles of  Incorporation or
until  changed in the manner  provided  herein,  the Board of  Directors  of the
corporation shall consist of at least one (1) individual who shall be elected at
the annual meeting of the  stockholders  of the  corporation  and who shall hold
office for one (1) year or until his or her successor or successors  are elected
and qualify. A director need not be a stockholder of the corporation.

     Section 2.02 Change In Number. Subject  to any  limitations  in the laws of
the State of Nevada,  the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws,  the number
of directors may be changed from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board
of Directors or the stockholders.

     Section 2.03  Reduction In Number.  No reduction of the number of directors
shall have the  effect  of removing any director  prior to the expiration of his
term of office.

     Section 2.04  Resignation.  Any director may resign  effective  upon giving
written  notice to the Chairman of the Board of Directors,  the  president,  the
secretary,  or in the  absence  of all of them,  any other  officer,  unless the
notice specifies a later time for effectiveness of such resignation.  A majority
of the remaining  directors,  though less than a quorum, may appoint a successor
to take  office  when  the  resignation  becomes  effective,  each  director  so
appointed  to hold  office  during  the  remainder  of the term of office of the
resigning director.

     Section 2.05 Removal.

               (a)  The Board of Directors of the corporation, by majority vote,
may declare vacant the office of a director who has been declared incompetent by
an order of a court of competent jurisdiction or convicted of a felony.

               (b)  Any  director  may be  removed from  office by  the vote  or
written  consent of  stockholders representing  not less than two-thirds  of the
voting power of the issued and outstanding  stock entitled to vote,  except that
if the  corporation's  Articles of  Incorporation  provide  for the  election of
directors by  cumulative  voting,  no director may be removed from office except
upon the vote of stockholders  owning  sufficient  shares to have prevented such
director's election to office in the first instance.

      Section 2.06 Vacancies.

               (a)  All vacancies, including those  caused by an increase in the
number of  directors,  may be filled by a majority of the  remaining  directors,
though less than a quorum,  unless it is  otherwise  provided in the Articles of
Incorporation unless, in the case of removal of a director,  the stockholders by
a majority  of voting  power shall have  appointed  a  successor  to the removed
director.  Subject to the provisions of Subsection (b) below, (i) in the case of
the replacement of a director,  the appointed  director shall hold office during

                                    7 of 18
<PAGE>

the  remainder of the term of office of the replaced  director,  and (ii) in the
case of an increase in the number of  directors,  the appointed  director  shall
hold  office  until the next  meeting of  stockholders  at which  directors  are
elected.

               (b)  If, after  the filling of  any vacancy by the directors, the
directors  then in  office  who have  been  elected  by the  stockholders  shall
constitute  less than a majority of the directors then in office,  any holder or
holders of an  aggregate of five percent (5%) or more  of the total voting power
entitled  to vote may call a special  meeting of the  stockholders  to elect the
entire Board of Directors.  The term of office of any director  shall  terminate
upon such election of a successor.

     Section  2.07  Annual  and  Regular  Meetings.  Immediately  following  the
adjournment  of, and at the same place as, the annual or any special  meeting of
the  stockholders at which directors  are elected other than pursuant to Section
2.06 of this Article, the Board of Directors, including directors newly elected,
shall hold its annual meeting  without  notice,  other than this  provision,  to
elect  officers  and to transact  such  further  business as may be necessary or
appropriate.  The Board of Directors may provide by resolution the place,  date,
and hour for holding regular meetings between annual meetings.

     Section 2.08 Special  Meetings.  Special meetings of the Board of Directors
may be  called by the  Chairman  of the  Board of  Directors,  or if there be no
Chairman, by the president or secretary,  and shall be called by the Chairman of
the Board of Directors,  the president or the secretary  upon the request of any
two (2) directors.  If the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or if there be no
Chairman,  both the  president and  secretary,  refuses or neglects to call such
special meeting, a special meeting may be called by notice signed by any two (2)
directors.

     Section  2.09 Place of  Meetings.  Any  regular  or special  meeting of the
directors  of the  corporation  may be  held  at  such  place  as the  Board  of
Directors,  or in the absence of such  designation,  as the notice  calling such
meeting, may designate. A waiver of notice signed by directors may designate any
place for the holding of such meeting.

     Section  2.10 Notice of Meetings.  Except as otherwise  provided in Section
2.07, there shall be delivered to all directors, at least forty-eight (48) hours
before the time of such  meeting,  a copy of a written  notice of any meeting by
delivery of such notice  personally by mailing such notice postage prepaid or by
telegram.  Such notice shall be  addressed in the manner  provided for notice to
stockholders in Section 1.04(c). If mailed, the notice shall be deemed delivered
two (2)  business  days  following  the date the same is deposited in the United
States mail, postage prepaid.  Any director may waive notice of any meeting, and
the  attendance  of a  director  at a meeting  and oral  consent  entered on the
minutes of such meeting shall constitute  waiver of notice of the meeting unless
such  director  objects,  prior to the  transaction  of any  business,  that the
meeting was not lawfully called or convened.  Attendance for the express purpose
of objecting to the transaction of business because the meeting was not properly
called or  convened  shall not  constitute  presence  nor a waiver of notice for
purposes hereof.

                                    8 of 18
<PAGE>

     Section 2.11 Quorum; Adjourned Meetings.

               (a)  A majority of the directors  in office,  at a  meeting  duly
assembled, is necessary to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.

               (b)  At any meeting of the Board  of Directors  where a quorum is
not present, a majority of those present may adjourn, from time to time, until a
quorum is present, and no notice of such adjournment shall be required.  At any
adjourned  meeting  where a quorum is present,  any business  may be  transacted
which could have been transacted at the meeting originally called.

     Section  2.12 Board of  Directors'  Decisions.  The  affirmative  vote of a
majority of the  directors  present at a meeting at which a quorum is present is
the act of the Board of Directors.

     Section 2.13 Telephonic  Meetings.  Members of the Board of Directors or of
any committee  designated by the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting
of the Board of Directors or such  committee by means of a telephone  conference
or similar method of  communication  by which all persons  participating in such
meeting can hear each other. Participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section
2.13 constitutes presence in person at the meeting.

     Section 2.14 Action Without Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be
taken at a meeting of the Board of  Directors  or of a committee  thereof may be
taken  without a meeting  if,  before or after  the  action,  a written  consent
thereto  is  signed  by all of the  members  of the  Board of  Directors  or the
committee.  The written consent may be signed in counterparts  and must be filed
with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.

     Section 2.15 Powers and Duties.

               (a)  Except as  otherwise restricted in  the laws of the State of
Nevada or the Articles of Incorporation, the Board of Directors has full control
over the affairs of the corporation.  The Board of Directors may delegate any of
its authority to manage,  control or conduct the business of the  corporation to
any standing or special  committee or to any officer or agent and to appoint any
persons to be agents of the corporation with such powers, including the power to
subdelegate, and upon such terms as may be deemed fit.

               (b)  The Board  of Directors may  present to the  stockholders at
annual meetings of the  stockholders,  and when called for by a majority vote of
the  stockholders at an annual meeting or a special meeting of the  stockholders
shall so present, a full and clear report of the condition of the corporation.

               (c)  The Board of  Directors, in its  discretion, may  submit any
contract  or act for  approval  or  ratification  at any  annual  meeting of the
stockholders  or  any  special  meeting  properly  called  for  the  purpose  of
considering any such contract or act, provided a quorum is present.

                                    9 of 18
<PAGE>

     Section 2.16 Compensation. The directors and members of committees shall be
allowed and paid all  necessary  expenses  incurred in attending any meetings of
the Board of Directors or committees.  Subject to any  limitations  contained in
the laws of the State of Nevada,  the Articles of  Incorporation or any contract
or  agreement  to which  the  corporation  is a  party,  directors  may  receive
compensation  for their  services as  directors  as  determined  by the Board of
Directors, but only during such times as the corporation may legally declare and
pay distributions on its stock, unless the payment of such compensation is first
approved by the stockholders entitled to vote for the election of directors.

     Section  2.17  Board  of  Directors'  Officers;   Chairman  Presiding  Over
Meetings.

               (a)  At its  annual  meeting, the Board  of Directors  may elect,
from among its members,  a Chairman of the Board of Directors,  who may serve as
the chief  executive  officer of the corporation and who may preside at meetings
of the Board of Directors and at meetings of the stockholders. If no Chairman of
the  Board of  Directors  is  elected,  or if the  stockholders  or the Board of
Directors  determine  that the  Chairman  of the  Board of  Directors  shall not
preside at a meeting of the  stockholders or of the Board,  respectively,  or if
the Chairman of the Board of Directors  elects not to preside at a meeting or is
absent, the stockholders and the Board of Directors may appoint a chairman,  who
need not be from among their or its members,  who may preside over such meetings
of the stockholders and the Board of Directors, respectively, or, in the absence
of any such  appointment,  the  president  shall  preside at such  meetings  and
perform such other duties as shall be prescribed by the Board of Directors.  The
Board of  Directors  shall  also  elect  such  other  officers  of the  Board of
Directors and for such term as it may, from time to time, determine advisable.

               (b)  Any vacancy in any office  of the Board of Directors because
of  death,  resignation,  removal  or  otherwise  may be  filled by the Board of
Directors for the unexpired portion of the term of such office.

     Section 2.18 Order of Business. The order of business at any meeting of the
Board of Directors shall be as follows:

               1.  Determination of members present and existence of quorum;

               2.  Reading and approval of the minutes of any previous meeting
               or meetings;

               3. Reports of officers and committeemen;

               4. Election of officers (annual meeting);

               5. Unfinished business;

               6. New business;

               7. Adjournment.

                                    10 of 18
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE III
                                    OFFICERS

     Section 3.01 Election. The Board of Directors, at its annual meeting, shall
elect a  president, a secretary and a treasurer to hold office for a term of one
(1) year or until their  successors  are chosen and qualify.  Any individual may
hold two or more  offices.  The Board of Directors  may,  from time to time,  by
resolution,  elect a chief  executive  officer and one or more vice  presidents,
assistant  secretaries  and  assistant  treasurers  and  appoint  agents  of the
corporation, prescribe their duties and fix their compensation.

     Section  3.02  Removal;  Resignation.  Any  officer  or  agent  elected  or
appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed by it with or without  cause.
Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice to the  corporation.  Any
such  removal or  resignation  shall be subject to the  rights,  if any,  of the
respective  parties under any contract  between the corporation and such officer
or agent.

     Section  3.03  Vacancies.  Any  vacancy  in any  office  because  of death,
resignation,  removal or otherwise  may be filled by the Board of Directors  for
the unexpired portion of the term of such office.

     Section 3.04 President; Chief Executive Officer.

               (a)  The president may also be the chief executive officer of the
corporation,  or,  if the  Chairman  of the  Board  of  Directors  or any  other
individual has been  designated as the chief  executive  officer,  the president
shall be the chief operations officer of the corporation, in either case subject
to the  supervision  and control of the Board of Directors.  The president shall
direct the corporate  affairs,  with full power to execute all  resolutions  and
orders of the Board of Directors not  expressly  delegated to some other officer
or agent of the corporation.

               (b)  The president shall have full power and  authority on behalf
of the  corporation  to attend and to act and to vote,  or designate  such other
officer or agent of the  corporation  to attend  and to act and to vote,  at any
meetings of the  stockholders  of any  corporation in which the  corporation may
hold stock and, at any such meetings, shall possess and may exercise any and all
rights  and  powers  incident  to the  ownership  of such  stock.  The  Board of
Directors, by resolution from time to time, may confer like powers on any person
or persons in place of the president to exercise such powers for these purposes.

               (c)  The chief  executive officer  shall perform such  duties  as
usually  pertain to the position of chief  executive  officer and such duties as
may be prescribed by the Board of Directors.

     Section 3.05 Vice Presidents.  The Board of Directors may elect one or more
vice  presidents  who shall be vested  with all the powers and  perform  all the
duties of the  president  whenever the  president is absent or unable to act and
such  other  duties  as shall be  prescribed  by the Board of  Directors  or the
president.

                                    11 of 18
<PAGE>

     Section 3.06 Secretary.  The secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, the
minutes of proceedings of the  stockholders  and the Board of Directors in books
provided for that purpose.  The secretary shall attend to the giving and service
of all notices of the  corporation,  may sign with the  president in the name of
the  corporation  all contracts in which the corporation is authorized to enter,
shall have the custody or designate  control of the corporate seal,  shall affix
the corporate seal to all  certificates of stock duly issued by the corporation,
shall have charge or  designate  control of stock  certificate  books,  transfer
books  and  stock  ledgers,  and such  other  books  and  papers as the Board of
Directors or appropriate  committee may direct,  and shall, in general,  perform
all duties incident to the office of the secretary.

     Section 3.07 Assistant Secretaries. The  Board of Directors may appoint one
or more assistant secretaries who shall have such powers and perform such duties
as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the secretary.

     Section 3.08 Treasurer.  The treasurer shall be the chief financial officer
of the  corporation  subject  to the  supervision  and  control  of the Board of
Directors,  and  shall  have  custody  of all the funds  and  securities  of the
corporation.  When necessary or proper, the treasurer shall endorse on behalf of
the corporation for collection checks,  notes, and other obligations,  and shall
deposit  all  monies to the credit of the  corporation  in such bank or banks or
other  depository  as the Board of Directors may  designate,  and shall sign all
receipts and vouchers for payments  made by the  corporation.  Unless  otherwise
specified by the Board of  Directors,  the treasurer may sign with the president
all bills of exchange and promissory notes of the  corporation,  shall also have
the care and custody of the stocks, bonds, certificates,  vouchers,  evidence of
debts,  securities,  and such other property belonging to the corporation as the
Board of Directors shall  designate,  and shall sign all papers required by law,
by these Bylaws, or by the Board of Directors to be signed by the treasurer. The
treasurer  shall  enter,  or cause to be  entered,  regularly  in the  financial
records  of the  corporation,  to be kept for that  purpose,  full and  accurate
accounts  of all monies  received  and paid on account of the  corporation  and,
whenever  required  by the Board of  Directors,  the  treasurer  shall  render a
statement of any or all accounts.  The treasurer shall at all  reasonable  times
exhibit  the books of  account  to any  director  of the  corporation  and shall
perform all acts incident to the position of treasurer subject to the control of
the  Board of  Directors.  The  treasurer  shall,  if  required  by the Board of
Directors,  give bond to the  corporation  in such sum and with such security as
shall be approved by the Board of Directors for the faithful  performance of all
the duties of treasurer and for restoration to the corporation,  in the event of
the treasurer's  death,  resignation,  retirement or removal from office, of all
books, records,  papers,  vouchers,  money and other property in the treasurer's
custody or control and  belonging to the  corporation.  The expense of such bond
shall be borne by the corporation.

     Section 3.09 Assistant  Treasurers.  The Board of Directors may appoint one
or more assistant  treasurers who shall have such powers and perform such duties
as may be  prescribed by the Board of Directors or the  treasurer.  The Board of
Directors may require an assistant  treasurer to give a bond to the  corporation
in such  sum  and  with  such  security  as it may  approve,  for  the  faithful
performance  of the duties of assistant  treasurer,  and for  restoration to the
corporation,  in the  event of the  assistant  treasurer's  death,  resignation,
retirement  or removal from office,  of all books,  records,  papers,  vouchers,
money and other  property in the  assistant  treasurer's  custody or control and

                                    12 of 18
<PAGE>

belonging  to the  corporation.  The  expense of such bond shall be borne by the
corporation.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                                  CAPITAL STOCK

     Section 4.01 Issuance.  Shares of the corporation's authorized stock shall,
subject to any provisions or limitations of the laws of the State of Nevada, the
Articles  of   Incorporation  or  any  contracts  or  agreements  to  which  the
corporation may be a party, be issued in such manner,  at such times,  upon such
conditions  and for such  consideration  as shall be  prescribed by the Board of
Directors.

     Section 4.02 Certificates.  Ownership in the corporation shall be evidenced
by  certificates  for shares of stock in such form as shall be prescribed by the
Board of  Directors,  shall be under  the seal of the  corporation  and shall be
manually  signed by the president or a vice  president and also by the secretary
or an  assistant  secretary;  provided,  however,  whenever any  certificate  is
countersigned or otherwise  authenticated by a transfer agent or transfer clerk,
and by a registrar,  then a facsimile of the  signatures of said officers of the
corporation may be printed or  lithographed  upon the certificate in lieu of the
actual signatures.  If the Corporation uses facsimile signatures of its officers
on its stock  certificates,  it shall not act as registrar of its own stock, but
its transfer agent and registrar may be identical if the  institution  acting in
those dual capacities  countersigns  any stock  certificates in both capacities.
Each  certificate  shall  contain  the name of the record  holder,  the  number,
designation,  if any,  class or series of shares  represented,  a  statement  or
summary  of any  applicable  rights,  preferences,  privileges  or  restrictions
thereon,  and a statement, if applicable,  that the shares are  assessable.  All
certificates  shall be consecutively  numbered.  If provided by the stockholder,
the name, address and federal tax identification number of the stockholder,  the
number of shares,  and the date of issue shall be entered in the stock  transfer
records of the corporation.

     Section 4.03 Surrendered; Lost or Destroyed Certificates.  All certificates
surrendered to the  corporation,  except those  representing  shares of treasury
stock, shall be canceled and no new certificate shall be issued until the former
certificate for a like number of shares shall have been canceled, except that in
case of a lost,  stolen,  destroyed or mutilated  certificate,  a new one may be
issued therefor.  However,  any stockholder applying for the issuance of a stock
certificate  in lieu of one  alleged to have been  lost,  stolen,  destroyed  or
mutilated shall, prior to the issuance of a replacement, provide the corporation
with his,  her or its  affidavit  of the  facts  surrounding  the  loss,  theft,
destruction  or  mutilation  and,  if  required  by the Board of  Directors,  an
indemnity  bond in an amount not less than twice the current market value of the
stock,  and upon such  terms as the treasurer  or the Board of  Directors  shall
require which shall indemnify the corporation  against any loss, damage, cost or
inconvenience  arising  as a  consequence  of  the  issuance  of  a  replacement
certificate.

     Section 4.04  Replacement  Certificate.  When the Articles of Incorporation
are amended in any way affecting the  statements  contained in the  certificates
for  outstanding  shares  of  capital  stock of the  corporation  or it  becomes
desirable  for  any  reason,  in the  discretion  of  the  Board  of  Directors,

                                    13 of 18
<PAGE>

including,  without  limitation,  the  merger of the  corporation  with  another
corporation or the reorganization of the corporation,  to cancel any outstanding
certificate  for shares and issue a new certificate  therefor  conforming to the
rights  of the  holder,  the  Board  of  Directors  may  order  any  holders  of
outstanding  certificates  for shares to surrender and exchange the same for new
certificates within a reasonable time to be fixed by the Board of Directors. The
order may provide that a holder of any certificate(s)  ordered to be surrendered
shall not be  entitled to vote,  receive  distributions  or  exercise  any other
rights of  stockholders  of record until the holder has complied with the order,
but the order  operates  to suspend  such  rights  only  after  notice and until
compliance.

     Section  4.05  Transfer  of Shares.  No transfer of stock shall be valid as
against the corporation except on surrender and cancellation of the certificates
therefor  accompanied by an assignment or transfer by the registered  owner made
either in person or under  assignment.  Whenever any transfer shall be expressly
made for collateral  security and not absolutely,  the collateral  nature of the
transfer  shall be  reflected  in the entry of  transfer  in the  records of the
corporation.

     Section 4.06 Transfer Agent; Registrars. The Board of Directors may appoint
one or more transfer  agents,  transfer clerk and registrars of transfer and may
require  all  certificates  for  shares of stock to bear the  signature  of such
transfer agent, transfer clerk and/or registrar of transfer.

     Section 4.07 Stock Transfer  Records.  The stock transfer  records shall be
closed  for a period  of at least  ten (10) days  prior to all  meetings  of the
stockholders and shall be closed for the payment of distributions as provided in
Article V hereof and during such periods as, from time to time,  may be fixed by
the Board of Directors, and, during such periods, no stock shall be transferable
for  purposes  of  Article V and no voting  rights  shall be deemed  transferred
during such  periods.  Subject to the forgoing  limitations,  nothing  contained
herein shall cause transfers during such periods to be void or voidable.

     Section 4.08 Miscellaneous. The Board of Directors shall have the power and
authority to make such rules and regulations not inconsistent herewith as it may
deem expedient concerning the issue,  transfer, and registration of certificates
for shares of the corporation's stock.

                                    ARTICLE V
                                  DISTRIBUTIONS

     Section 5.01  Distributions  may be declared,  subject to the provisions of
the laws of the State of Nevada and the Articles of Incorporation,  by the Board
of  Directors  at any  regular  or  special  meeting  and may be  paid in  cash,
property, shares of corporate stock, or any other medium. The Board of Directors
may fix in advance a record  date,  as  provided in Section  1.06,  prior to the
distribution for the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to receive any
distribution. The Board of Directors may close the stock transfer books for such
purpose  for a period of not more  than ten (10) days  prior to the date of such
distribution.

                                    14 of 18
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE VI
                  RECORDS; REPORTS; SEAL; AND FINANCIAL MATTERS

     Section 6.01 Records. All original records of the corporation shall be kept
by or  under  the  direction  of  the  secretary  or at  such  places  as may be
prescribed by the Board of Directors.

     Section 6.02 Directors' and Officers'  Right of Inspection.  Every director
and officer shall have the absolute right at any  reasonable  time for a purpose
reasonably related to the  exercise  of such individual's  duties to inspect and
copy all of the corporation's books, records, and documents of every kind and to
inspect  the  physical  properties  of the  corporation  and/or  its  subsidiary
corporations. Such inspection may be made in person or by agent or attorney.

     Section 6.03  Corporate  Seal.  The Board of Directors  may, by resolution,
authorize a seal, and the seal may be used by causing it, or a facsimile,  to be
impressed  or  affixed  or  reproduced  or  otherwise.   Except  when  otherwise
specifically  provided  herein,  any officer of the  corporation  shall have the
authority to affix the seal to any document requiring it.

     Section 6.04 Fiscal Year-End.  The fiscal year-end of the corporation shall
be such  date as may be fixed  from time to time by  resolution  of the Board of
Directors.

     Section 6.05  Reserves.  The Board of Directors may create,  by resolution,
such  reserves as the directors  may,  from time to time,  in their  discretion,
think proper to provide for  contingencies,  or to equalize  distributions or to
repair or maintain any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as
the Board of Directors may deem beneficial to the corporation, and the directors
may  modify or  abolish  any such  reserves  in the  manner  in which  they were
created.

                                   ARTICLE VII
                                INDEMNIFICATION

     Section 7.01 Indemnification and Insurance.

               (a) Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

                    (i) For  purposes  of  this  Article, (A) "Indemnitee" shall
mean each  director or officer who was or is a party to, or is  threatened to be
made a party to, or is otherwise  involved in, any  Proceeding  (as  hereinafter
defined),  by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director  or officer
of the  corporation  or is or was serving in any  capacity at the request of the
corporation as a director,  officer,  employee, agent, partner, or fiduciary of,
or in any other  capacity for,  another  corporation or any  partnership,  joint
venture,  trust,  or  other  enterprise;  and (B)  "Proceeding"  shall  mean any
threatened, pending or completed action or suit (including without limitation an
action,  suit or  proceeding  by or in the  right of the  corporation),  whether
civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

                                    15 of 18
<PAGE>

                    (ii) Each Indemnitee  shall be indemnified and held harmless
by the  corporation  for all actions  taken by him or her and for all  omissions
(regardless  of the date of any such action or omission),  to the fullest extent
permitted by Nevada law,  against all  expense,  liability  and loss  (including
without limitation  attorneys' fees,  judgments,  fines, taxes,  penalties,  and
amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by the
Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding.

                    (iii) Indemnification  pursuant  to   this   Section   shall
continue  as to an  Indemnitee  who has ceased to be a director  or officer  and
shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators.

               (b) Indemnification of Employees and Other Persons.

                   The corporation may, by action of  its Board of Directors and
to the extent  provided in such action, indemnify employees and other persons as
though they were Indemnitees.

               (c) Non-Exclusivity of Rights.

                   The rights to  indemnification provided in this Article shall
not be  exclusive  of any other  rights  that any person  may have or  hereafter
acquire  under  any  statute,   provision  of  the  corporation's   Articles  of
Incorporation  or Bylaws,  agreement,  vote of  stockholders  or  directors,  or
otherwise.

               (d) Insurance. 

                   The corporation  may purchase and  maintain insurance or make
other  financial  arrangements on behalf of any person who is or was a director,
officer,  employee  or agent of the  corporation,  or is or was  serving  at the
request of the corporation as a director,  officer, employee or agent of another
corporation,  partnership,  joint  venture,  trust or other  enterprise  for any
liability asserted against him or her and liability and expenses incurred by him
or her in his or her  capacity as a  director,  officer,  employee or agent,  or
arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation has the
authority to indemnify him or her against such liability and expenses.

               (e) Other Financial Arrangements.

                   The  other financial  arrangements which  may be  made by the
corporation may include the following (i) the creation of a trust fund; (ii) the
establishment  of a  program  of  self-insurance;  (iii)  the  securing  of  its
obligation of  indemnification  by granting a security interest or other lien on
any assets of the  corporation;  (iv) the  establishment  of a letter of credit,
guarantee or surety.  No financial  arrangement made pursuant to this subsection
may  provide   protection  for  a  person  adjudged  by  a  court  of  competent
jurisdiction,  after  exhaustion  of all  appeals  therefrom,  to be liable  for
intentional  misconduct,  fraud,  or a knowing  violation  of law,  except  with
respect to advancement of expenses or indemnification ordered by a court.

                                    16 of 18
<PAGE>

               (f) Other   Matters   Relating,   to   Insurance   or   Financial
Arrangements.

                   Any insurance  or other financial arrangement  made on behalf
of a person  pursuant to this section may be provided by the  corporation or any
other  person  approved  by the Board of  Directors,  even if all or part of the
other person's  stock or other  securities is owned by the  corporation.  In the
absence of fraud:

                    (i)  the  decision  of  the  Board of  Directors  as to  the
propriety  of the terms  and  conditions  of any  insurance  or other  financial
arrangement  made  pursuant  to this  section  and the  choice of the  person to
provide the insurance or other financial arrangement is conclusive; and

                    (ii) the insurance or other financial arrangement:

                         (A) is not void or voidable; and

                         (B) does  not  subject  any  director  approving  it to
                             personal  liability  for  his  action,  even  if  a
                             director approving the insurance or other financial
                             arrangement  is  a  beneficiary of the insurance or
                             other financial arrangement.

     Section  7.02  Amendment.  The  provisions  of  this  Article  relating  to
indemnification  shall constitute a contract between the corporation and each of
its directors  and officers  which may be modified as to any director or officer
only with that  person's  consent or as  specifically  provided in this Section.
Notwithstanding  any other provision of these Bylaws relating to their amendment
generally,  any  repeal or  amendment  of this  Article  which is adverse to any
director  or  officer  shall  apply  to  such  director  or  officer  only  on a
prospective   basis  and  shall  not  limit  the  rights  of  an  Indemnitee  to
indemnification  with respect to any action or failure to act occurring prior to
the time of such repeal or  amendment.  Notwithstanding  any other  provision of
these Bylaws,  no repeal or amendment of these Bylaws shall affect any or all of
this Article so as to limit or reduce the  indemnification  in any manner unless
adopted by (a) the  unanimous  vote of the  directors  of the  corporation  then
serving,  or (b) by the  stockholders  as set  forth  in  Article  VIII  hereof;
provided that no such amendment shall have retroactive effect  inconsistent with
the preceding sentence.

     Section  7.03 Changes in Nevada Law.  References  in this Article to Nevada
law or to any  provision  thereof shall be to such law as it existed on the date
this Article was adopted or as such law thereafter may be changed; provided that
(a) in the case of any change  which  expands  the  liability  of  directors  or
officers or limits the  indemnification  rights or the rights to  advancement of
expenses which the corporation may provide, the rights to limited liability,  to
indemnification and to the advancement of expenses provided in the corporation's
Articles of  Incorporation  and/or these Bylaws shall continue as theretofore to
the extent  permitted  by law; and (b) if such change  permits the  corporation,
without the requirement of any further action by  stockholders or directors,  to
limit further the liability of directors (or limit the liability of officers) or
to  provide  broader  indemnification  rights or rights  to the  advancement  of

                                    17 of 18
<PAGE>

expenses  than the  corporation  was  permitted to provide prior to such change,
then liability  thereupon shall be so limited and the rights to  indemnification
and the advancement of expenses shall be so broadened to the extent permitted by
law.

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                               AMENDMENT OR REPEAL

     Section 8.01 Amendment.  Except as otherwise  restricted in the Articles of
Incorporation or these Bylaws:

               (a) Any provision  of these  Bylaws may  be altered,  amended  or
repealed at the annual or any regular meeting of the Board of Directors  without
prior notice,  or at any special  meeting of the Board of Directors if notice of
such alteration,  amendment or repeal be contained in the notice of such special
meeting.

               (b) These Bylaws  may also be  altered, amended, or repealed at a
duly convened meeting of the stockholders by the affirmative vote of the holders
of  51% of  the  voting   power  of  the  corporation  entitled  to   vote.  The
stockholders  may  provide  by  resolution  that any Bylaw  provision  repealed,
amended,  adopted or altered by them may not be  repealed,  amended,  adopted or
altered by the Board of Directors.

                                  CERTIFICATION

               The undersigned  duly elected secretary of  the corporation, does
hereby certify  that the foregoing Bylaws were adopted by the Board of Directors
on the 5 day of March, 1997.


                                          /s/ Jack R. Corteway
                                          --------------------------
                                          Jack R. Corteway, Secretary


                                    18 of 18



                         ROYAL ALOHA DEVELOPMENT COMPANY

                                     Issuer




                                       AND



                  FIRST TRUST OF NEW YORK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

                                     Trustee



                                    INDENTURE

                          Dated as of __________, 199_



              [__]% Eight Year Deferred Interest Subordinated Notes


<PAGE>
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            PAGE


                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS
Section 1.1  Definitions....................................................  2
Section 1.2  Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act..............  6
Section 1.3  Rules of Construction..........................................  6

                                   ARTICLE II

                   ISSUE, DESCRIPTION, EXECUTION, REGISTRATION
                              AND EXCHANGE OF NOTES
Section 2.1  Designation, Amount and Issue of Notes.........................  7
Section 2.2  Form of Notes..................................................  7
Section 2.3  Date and Denomination of Notes; Payments of Interest...........  7
Section 2.4  Execution of Notes.............................................  8
Section 2.5  Exchange and Registration of Transfer of Notes.................  9
Section 2.6  Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes..................... 10
Section 2.7  Temporary Notes................................................ 11
Section 2.8  Cancellation of Notes Paid, Etc................................ 12
Section 2.9  CUSIP Numbers.................................................. 12

                                   ARTICLE III

                       REDEMPTION AND REPURCHASE OF NOTES
Section 3.1  Redemption Prices.............................................. 12
Section 3.2  Notice of Redemption; Selection of Notes....................... 12
Section 3.3  Payment of Notes Called for Redemption......................... 14

                                   ARTICLE IV

                       PARTICULAR COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY
Section 4.1  Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest..................... 14
Section 4.2  Maintenance of Office or Agency................................ 15
Section 4.3  Appointments to Fill Vacancies in Trustee's Office............. 15
Section 4.4  Provisions as to Paying Agent.................................. 15
Section 4.5  Corporate Existence............................................ 16
Section 4.6  Stay, Extension and Usury Laws................................. 17
Section 4.7  Compliance Statement; Notice of Defaults ...................... 17

                                        ii
<PAGE>
                                                                            PAGE


Section 4.8  Taxes.......................................................... 17
Section 4.9  Insurance...................................................... 17

                                    ARTICLE V

                        NOTEHOLDERS' LISTS AND REPORTS BY
                                   THE COMPANY
Section 5.1  Noteholders' Lists............................................. 18
Section 5.2  Reports by Company............................................. 18

                                   ARTICLE VI

                              DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
Section 6.1  Events of Default.............................................. 18
Section 6.2  Payments of Notes on Default; Suit Therefor.................... 20
Section 6.3  Application of Monies Collected by Trustee..................... 22
Section 6.4  Proceedings by Noteholder...................................... 23
Section 6.5  Proceedings by Trustee......................................... 24
Section 6.6  Remedies Cumulative and Continuing............................. 24
Section 6.7  Direction of Proceedings and Waiver of Defaults by
               Majority of Noteholders...................................... 24
Section 6.8  Notice of Defaults............................................. 25
Section 6.9  Undertaking to Pay Costs....................................... 25

                                   ARTICLE VII

                             CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE
Section 7.1  Duties and Responsibilities of Trustee......................... 25
Section 7.2  Reliance on Documents, Opinions, Etc........................... 26
Section 7.3  No Responsibility for Recitals, Etc............................ 27
Section 7.4  Trustee, Paying Agents or Registrar May Own Notes.............. 27
Section 7.5  Monies to Be Held in Trust..................................... 27
Section 7.6  Compensation and Expenses of Trustee........................... 28
Section 7.7  Officers' Certificate as Evidence.............................. 28
Section 7.8  Resignation or Removal of Trustee.............................. 28
Section 7.9  Acceptance by Successor Trustee................................ 29
Section 7.10 Successor, by Merger, Etc...................................... 30

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                           CONCERNING THE NOTEHOLDERS
Section 8.1  Action by Noteholders.......................................... 30

                                        iii
<PAGE>
                                                                            PAGE

Section 8.2  Proof of Execution by Noteholders.............................. 31
Section 8.3  Who Are Deemed Absolute Owners................................. 31
Section 8.4  Company-Owned Notes Disregarded................................ 31
Section 8.5  Revocation of Consents, Future Holders Bound................... 32

                                     ARTICLE IX

                                NOTEHOLDERS' MEETINGS
Section 9.1  Purposes for Which Meetings May be Called...................... 32
Section 9.2  Manner of Calling Meetings; Record Date........................ 32
Section 9.3  Call of Meeting by Company or Noteholders...................... 33
Section 9.4  Who May Attend and Vote at Meetings............................ 33
Section 9.5  Manner of Voting at Meetings and Record to be Kept............. 33
Section 9.6  Exercise of Rights of Trustee and Noteholders Not To
               Be Hindered or Delayed....................................... 34

                                    ARTICLE X

                             SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES
Section 10.1  Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of
                Noteholders................................................. 34
Section 10.2  Supplemental Indentures With Consent of Noteholders........... 35
Section 10.3  Effect of Supplemental Indentures............................. 36
Section 10.4  Notation on Notes............................................. 36
Section 10.5  Evidence of Compliance of Supplemental Indenture to
                Be Furnished to the Trustee................................. 36

                                   ARTICLE XI

                    CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, SALE, CONVEYANCE,
                               TRANSFER AND LEASE
Section 11.1  Company May Consolidate, Etc. on Certain Terms................ 37
Section 11.2  Successor Company To Be Substituted........................... 37
Section 11.3  Opinion of Counsel To Be Given to Trustee..................... 37

                                   ARTICLE XII

                    SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE;
                                UNCLAIMED MONEYS
Section 12.1  Termination of Obligations upon Cancellation of the
                Notes....................................................... 38
Section 12.2  Survival of Certain Obligations............................... 38

                                        iv

<PAGE>
                                                                            PAGE

Section 12.3  Acknowledgment of Discharge by Trustee........................ 38
Section 12.4  Application of Trust Assets................................... 39
Section 12.5  Repayment to the Company; Unclaimed Money..................... 39
Section 12.6  Reinstatement................................................. 39

                                  ARTICLE XIII

                    IMMUNITY OF INCORPORATORS, SHAREHOLDERS,
                             OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
Section 13.1  Indenture and Notes Solely Corporate Obligations.............. 40

                                   ARTICLE XIV

                                  SUBORDINATION
Section 14.1  Agreement to Subordinate...................................... 40
Section 14.2  Certain Definitions........................................... 40
Section 14.3  Liquidation; Dissolution; Bankruptcy.......................... 41
Section 14.4  Default on Senior Indebtedness................................ 42
Section 14.5  When Distribution Must Be Paid Over........................... 42
Section 14.6  Notice by Company............................................. 43
Section 14.7  Subrogation................................................... 43
Section 14.8  Relative Rights............................................... 43
Section 14.9  Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Company.................. 43
Section 14.10  Distribution or Notice to Representative..................... 44
Section 14.11  Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent........................... 44
Section 14.12  Authorization to Effect Subordination........................ 45
Section 14.13  Amendments................................................... 45

                                   ARTICLE XV

                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
Section 15.1  Provisions Binding on Company's Successors.................... 45
Section 15.2  Official Acts by Successor Company............................ 45
Section 15.3  Addresses for Notices, Etc.................................... 45
Section 15.4  Communications by Holders with Other Holders.................. 46
Section 15.5  Governing Law................................................. 47
Section 15.6  Evidence of Compliance with Conditions Precedent;
                Certificates to Trustee..................................... 47
Section 15.7  Legal Holidays................................................ 47
Section 15.8  No Security Interest Created.................................. 48
Section 15.9  Benefits of Indenture......................................... 48

                                        v

<PAGE>
                                                                            PAGE

Section 15.10  Table of Contents, Headings Etc.............................. 48
Section 15.11  Authenticating Agent......................................... 48
Section 15.12  Execution in Counterparts.................................... 49

                                                 vi
<PAGE>

                  INDENTURE, dated as of _________ __, 199_, by and between
ROYAL ALOHA DEVELOPMENT COMPANY, a Nevada corporation (the "Company"), and FIRST
TRUST OF NEW YORK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking corporation (the
"Trustee").


                              W I T N E S S E T H :


                  WHEREAS,  for its lawful corporate  purposes,  the Company has
duly  authorized  the  issuance  of  its  [__]%  Eight  Year  Deferred  Interest
Subordinated Notes (the "Notes"), in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed
$8,500,000 and to provide the terms and  conditions  upon which the Notes are to
be  authenticated,  issued and  delivered,  the Company has duly  authorized the
execution and delivery of this Indenture; and

                  WHEREAS,  the Notes, the certificate of  authentication  to be
borne by the Notes,  a form of assignment  and a  certificate  of transfer to be
borne by the Notes are to be  substantially  in the forms  hereinafter  provided
for; and

                  WHEREAS, all acts and things necessary to make the Notes, when
executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee or a duly
authorized  authenticating  agent,  as in this  Indenture  provided,  the valid,
binding and legal obligations of the Company, and to constitute these presents a
valid agreement  according to its terms,  have been done and performed,  and the
execution of this Indenture and the issuance  hereunder of the Notes have in all
respects been duly authorized.

                  NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

                  That in order to declare the terms and  conditions  upon which
the Notes  are,  and are to be,  authenticated,  issued  and  delivered,  and in
consideration of the premises and of the purchase and acceptance of the Notes by
the holders thereof,  the Company  covenants and agrees with the Trustee for the
equal and proportionate  benefit of the respective  holders from time to time of
the Notes (except as otherwise provided below) as follows:

<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS


                  Section 1.1 Definitions. The terms defined in this Section 1.1
(except as herein otherwise  expressly  provided or unless the context otherwise
requires) for all purposes of this  Indenture and of any indenture  supplemental
hereto  shall have the  respective  meanings  specified in this Section 1.1. All
other terms used in this Indenture  that are defined in the Trust  Indenture Act
(as hereinafter  defined) or that are by reference defined in the Securities Act
(as hereinafter  defined),  except as herein otherwise expressly provided for or
unless the context otherwise requires,  shall have the meanings assigned to such
terms in said Trust  Indenture Act and in said Securities Act as in force on the
date of this Indenture.  The words "herein," "hereof,"  "hereunder" and words of
similar  import  refer to this  Indenture  as a whole and not to any  particular
Article or Section.

                  Board of Directors:  The term "Board of Directors"  shall mean
the Board of  Directors of the Company or a committee of such Board of Directors
duly authorized to act for it.

                  Board  Resolution:  The term "Board  Resolution"  shall mean a
copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the
Company to have been duly  adopted by the Board of  Directors  and to be in full
force and effect on the date of such certification.

                  Business Day: The term  "Business Day" shall mean a day, other
than a  Saturday,  a Sunday or a day on which the  banking  institutions  in the
State and City of New York are authorized or obligated by law or executive order
to close or a day that is declared a national or New York state holiday.

                  Commission:  The term  "Commission"  shall mean the Securities
and Exchange  Commission,  as from time to time  constituted,  created under the
Exchange  Act or, if at any time after the  execution  of this  instrument  such
Commission  is not existing and  performing  the duties now assigned to it under
the Trust Indenture Act, the body performing such duties at such time.

                  Company: The term "Company" shall mean Royal Aloha Development
Company, a Nevada corporation, and subject to the provisions of Article XI,
shall include its successors and assigns.

                  Construction Loan: The term "Construction Loan" shall mean the
Construction Loan Agreement, dated ____________, 1997,  between the  Company and
__________________, and any amendment thereto or successor agreement.

                                        2
<PAGE>

                  Corporate  Trust  Office of the Trustee:  The term  "Corporate
Trust Office of the Trustee," or other  similar  term,  shall mean the office of
the Trustee at which at any particular  time its corporate  trust business shall
be  principally  administered,  which  office  is, at the date as of which  this
Indenture  is dated,  located at 100 Wall  Street,  New York,  New York,  10005,
Attention: Corporate Trust Administration.

                  default:  The term "default"  shall mean any event that is, or
after notice or passage of time, or both, would be, an Event of Default.

                  Development  Period  Interest:  The term  "Development  Period
Interest" shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.3.

                  Event of Default:  The term "Event of Default"  shall mean any
event specified in Section 6.1(a) through (d).

                  Exchange  Act:  The  term   "Exchange   Act"  shall  mean  the
Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as  amended,  and the rules and  regulations
promulgated thereunder.

                  Indenture:  The term "Indenture" shall mean this instrument as
originally  executed or, if amended or  supplemented as herein  provided,  as so
amended or supplemented.

                  Interest Payment Date: The term "Interest  Payment Date" shall
mean each ______ and __________, beginning ______, 199_.

                  Nonpayment Default:  The term "Nonpayment  Default" shall have
the meaning specified in Section 14.4(b).

                  Note or Notes:  The terms "Note" or "Notes" shall mean any one
or  more,  as the  case may be,  of the  [___]%  Eight  Year  Deferred  Interest
Subordinated Notes authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.

                  Noteholder;  holder:  The terms  "Noteholder"  or  "holder" as
applied to any Note, or other similar terms (but excluding the term  "beneficial
holder"),  shall mean any person in whose name at the time a particular  Note is
registered on the Note registrar's books.

                  Note register: The term "Note register" shall have the meaning
specified in Section 2.5.

                  Note  registrar:  The term  "Note  registrar"  shall  have the
meaning specified in Section 2.5.

                  Officers' Certificate:  The term "Officers' Certificate," when
used  with  respect  to the  Company,  shall  mean a  certificate  signed by two
authorized  officers  which shall  include (a) any of the  President,  the Chief
Executive  Officer,  or the Chief  Financial  Officer and (b) any  Treasurer  or

                                       3
<PAGE>

Assistant Treasurer or Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Company, that
is delivered to the Trustee.  Each such certificate shall include the statements
provided for in Section 15.6 if and to the extent  required by the provisions of
such Section.

                  Opinion of Counsel:  The term "Opinion of Counsel"  shall mean
an opinion in writing  signed by legal  counsel,  who may be an  employee  of or
counsel to the  Company or other  counsel  acceptable  to the  Trustee,  that is
delivered  to the  Trustee.  Each such  opinion  shall  include  the  statements
provided for in Section 15.6 if and to the extent  required by the provisions of
such Section.

                  outstanding: The term "outstanding" with reference to Notes as
of any particular time shall mean, subject to the provisions of Section 8.4, all
Notes authenticated and delivered by the Trustee under this Indenture, except

                  (a)      Notes   theretofore  canceled   by   the  Trustee  or
                  delivered   to   the  Trustee for cancellation;

                  (b)  Notes,  or  portions  thereof,  for  which  monies in the
         necessary  amount  shall have been  deposited in trust with the Trustee
         for payment, redemption or repurchase;  provided that if such Notes are
         to be redeemed prior to the maturity thereof, notice of such redemption
         shall have been given pursuant to Article III or provision satisfactory
         to the Trustee shall have been made for giving such notice;

                  (c) Notes paid pursuant to Section 2.6 hereof or Notes in lieu
         of  or  in   substitution   for  which  other  Notes  shall  have  been
         authenticated and delivered pursuant to the terms of Section 2.6 unless
         proof  satisfactory to the Trustee is presented that any such Notes are
         held by bona fide holders in due course; and

                  (d)      Notes not deemed outstanding pursuant to Section 3.2.

                  Payment  Default:  The term "Payment  Default"  shall have the
meaning specified in Section 14.4(a).

                  person:  The  term  "person"  shall  mean  a  corporation,  an
association,  a  partnership,  an  individual,  a joint  venture,  a joint stock
company, a trust, an unincorporated organization or a government or an agency or
a political subdivision thereof.

                  Predecessor   Note:  The  term   "Predecessor   Note"  of  any
particular  Note shall mean every  previous Note  evidencing all or a portion of
the same debt as that evidenced by such  particular  Note; and, for the purposes

                                       4
<PAGE>

of this definition,  any Note  authenticated  and delivered under Section 2.6 in
lieu of a lost,  destroyed  or stolen Note shall be deemed to evidence  the same
debt as the lost, destroyed or stolen Note.

                  record  date:  The term  "record  date"  with  respect  to any
Interest Payment Date shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3 hereof.

                  Responsible  Officer:  The  term  "Responsible  Officer"  with
respect to the Trustee,  shall mean an officer of the Trustee  assigned and duly
authorized by the Trustee to administer its corporate trust matters.

                  Securities  Act:  The term  "Securities  Act"  shall  mean the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  and the rules and  regulations  promulgated
thereunder.

                  Subsidiary:  The term  "Subsidiary"  of any  specified  person
shall mean (i) a corporation a majority of whose capital stock with voting power
under  ordinary  circumstances  to elect  directors  is at the time  directly or
indirectly  owned  by such  person  or  (ii)  any  other  person  (other  than a
corporation)   in  which  such  person  or  such  person  and  a  Subsidiary  or
Subsidiaries  of such  person or a  Subsidiary  or  Subsidiaries  of such person
directly  or  indirectly,  at the date of  determination  thereof,  has at least
majority ownership.

                  Successor Company: The term "Successor Company" shall have the
meaning specified in Section 11.1.

                  Trust Indenture Act: The term "Trust Indenture Act" shall mean
the Trust  Indenture Act of 1939, as amended,  as it was in force at the date of
execution of this Indenture,  except as provided in Section 10.3;  provided that
in the event said Trust  Indenture Act of 1939 is amended after the date hereof,
the term  "Trust  Indenture  Act" shall  mean,  to the extent  required  by such
amendment, said Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as so amended.

                  Trustee:  The term  "Trustee"  shall mean  First  Trust of New
York, National Association, its successors and any corporation resulting from or
surviving any  consolidation  or merger to which it or its  successors  may be a
party  and any  successor  trustee  at the time  serving  as  successor  trustee
hereunder.

                  U.S.  Government   Obligations:   The  term  "U.S.  Government
Obligations" shall mean securities that are (i) direct obligations of the United
States of America  for the payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged
or (ii)  obligations  of a person  controlled or supervised by, and acting as an
agency or instrumentality of, the United States of America the timely payment of
which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the
United States of America,  which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable
at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt
issued by a bank (as  defined  in  Section  3(a)(2)  of the  Securities  Act) as
custodian  with  respect to any such U.S.  Government  Obligation  or a specific
payment of principal or interest on any such U.S. Government  Obligation held by

                                       5
<PAGE>

such  custodian  for the  account  of the  holder  of such  depository  receipt;
provided  that (except as required by law) such  custodian is not  authorized to
make any  deduction  from the amount  payable  to the holder of such  depository
receipt  from any  amount  received  by such  custodian  in  respect of the U.S.
Government Obligation or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the
U.S. Government Obligation evidenced by such depository receipt.

                  Section   1.2    Incorporation   by    Reference   of    Trust
Indenture Act.

                  Whenever  this  Indenture  refers to a provision  of the Trust
Indenture Act, the provision is  incorporated by reference in and made a part of
this Indenture.

                  The following Trust Indenture Act terms used in this Indenture
have the following meanings:

                  "indenture securities" means the Notes;

                  "indenture security holder" means a holder of Notes;

                  "indenture to be qualified" means this Indenture;

                  "indenture trustee" or "institutional trustee" means the
                    Trustee;

                  "obligor" on the Notes means the Company and any other obligor
                    on the Notes.

                  All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the
Trust Indenture Act, defined by Trust Indenture Act reference to another statute
or defined by Commission rule under the Trust Indenture Act have the meanings so
assigned to them.

                  Section 1.3  Rules of Construction.

                  Unless the context otherwise requires:

                  (1)      a term has the meaning assigned to it;

                  (2)      an  accounting term  not  otherwise  defined  has the
         meaning assigned to it in accordance with generally accepted accounting
         principles;

                  (3)      "or" is not exclusive;

                  (4)      words in the singular include  the plural, and in the
         plural include the singular; and

                  (5)      provisions    apply   to   successive   events    and
         transactions.

                                       6
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE II

                   ISSUE, DESCRIPTION, EXECUTION, REGISTRATION
                              AND EXCHANGE OF NOTES


                  Section 2.1 Designation,  Amount and Issue of Notes. The Notes
shall be designated as "[__]% Eight Year Deferred Interest  Subordinated Notes."
Notes not to exceed  the  aggregate  principal  amount  of  $8,500,000  upon the
execution of this Indenture, or from time to time thereafter, may be executed by
the Company and  delivered  to the Trustee for  authentication,  and the Trustee
shall thereupon authenticate and make available for delivery said Notes upon the
written order of the Company,  signed by its (a) Chief Executive Officer, Presi-
dent, or Chief Financial Officer,  and (b) any Treasurer or Assistant  Treasurer
or  Secretary  or any  Assistant  Secretary,  without any further  action by the
Company hereunder.

                  Section  2.2  Form of  Notes.  The  Notes  will be  issued  in
definitive form in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto, and registered in
the name of the holders  thereof,  and shall be duly executed by the Company and
authenticated by the Trustee or the authenticating agent as provided herein.

                  Any of the Notes may have such letters, numbers or other marks
of  identification  and such notations,  legends and endorsements as the Company
officers  executing  the same may approve  (execution  thereof to be  conclusive
evidence of such  approval) and as are not  inconsistent  with the provisions of
this Indenture, or as may be required to comply with any law or with any rule or
regulation  made  pursuant  thereto or with any rule or  regulation of any stock
exchange on which the Notes may be listed, or to conform to usage.

                  The  terms  and  provisions  contained  in the  form  of  Note
attached as Exhibit A hereto shall constitute,  and are hereby expressly made, a
part of  this  Indenture  and to the  extent  applicable,  the  Company  and the
Trustee,  by their execution and delivery of this Indenture,  expressly agree to
such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby.

                  Section  2.3 Date  and  Denomination  of  Notes;  Payments  of
Interest. The Notes shall be issuable in registered form only without coupons in
denominations of $1,000 principal amount and integral multiples  thereof.  Every
Note shall be dated the date of its  authentication,  shall bear  interest  from
___________,  199_, which interest shall be payable semiannually on each ______,
and  __________,  commencing on the first Interest  Payment Date occurring after
the  principal  of and  interest on the  Construction  Loan is paid in full,  as
specified on the face of the form of Note.

                  That interest which accrues from the original date of issuance
of the Notes  through the Interest  Payment Date  preceding  the first  Interest
Payment Date occurring  after the principal of and interest on the  Construction

                                       7
<PAGE>

Loan  is  paid  in  full  is  hereinafter  referred  to as  "Development  Period
Interest."

                  The person in whose name any Note (or its Predecessor Note) is
registered  at the close of  business  on any  record  date with  respect to any
Interest  Payment Date shall be entitled to receive the interest payable on such
Interest  Payment Date  notwithstanding  the  cancellation of such Note upon any
transfer or exchange  subsequent  to the record date and prior to such  Interest
Payment Date. Interest may be paid by check mailed to the address of such person
as it appears on the Note  register.  The term "record date" with respect to any
Interest Payment Date shall mean the ______ or ___________ preceding said ______
or ____________.

                  Interest  on the  Notes  shall be  computed  on the basis of a
360-day year composed of twelve 30-day months.

                  Development  Period  Interest  that is not  paid on the  first
Interest  Payment  Date  occurring  after the  principal  of and interest on the
Construction  Loan is paid in full  shall  forthwith  cease to be payable to the
Noteholder  on the  relevant  record  date by  virtue  of his  having  been such
Noteholder.  The  Company  may elect to make  payment of any or all  Development
Period  Interest to the  persons in whose  names the Notes (or their  respective
Predecessor  Notes) are  registered at the close of business on a special record
date for the payment of such Development  Period Interest,  which shall be fixed
in the following manner.  The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the
amount of  Development  Period  Interest to be paid on each Note and the date of
the  payment  (which  shall be not less than 25 days  after the  receipt  by the
Trustee of such notice,  unless the Trustee shall consent to an earlier date for
its  convenience),  and at the same time,  the Company  shall  deposit  with the
Trustee an amount of money equal to the  aggregate  amount to be paid in respect
of such Development  Period Interest or shall make arrangements  satisfactory to
the Trustee for such  deposit  prior to the date of the proposed  payment,  such
money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the persons entitled
to such Development Period Interest as in this clause provided.  Thereupon,  the
Trustee  shall fix a special  record  date for the  payment of such  Development
Period Interest,  which shall be not more than 15 days and not less than 10 days
prior to the date of the  payment and not less than 10 days after the receipt by
the Trustee of the notice of the proposed  payment.  The Trustee shall  promptly
notify  the  Company of such  special  record  date and,  in the name and at the
expense of the Company,  shall cause  notice of the payment of such  Development
Period  Interest and the special record date therefor to be mailed,  first-class
postage  prepaid,  to each  Noteholder  at his address as it appears in the Note
register, not less than 10 days prior to such special record date. Notice of the
proposed payment of such Development Period Interest and the special record date
therefor having been so mailed,  such Development  Period Interest shall be paid
to the persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective  Predecessor Notes)
were registered at the close of business on such special record date.

                  Section 2.4  Execution of Notes.  The Notes shall be signed in
the name and on behalf of the Company by the  signature  of its Chief  Executive
Officer,  President, or Chief Financial Officer and attested by the signature of

                                       8
<PAGE>

its  Treasurer,   Assistant  Treasurer,   Secretary  or  any  of  its  Assistant
Secretaries  (any of which  signatures  may be printed,  engraved  or  otherwise
reproduced  thereon,  by facsimile or otherwise).  Only such Notes as shall bear
thereon a certificate of  authentication  substantially in the form set forth on
form of Note  attached  as Exhibit A manually  executed  by the  Trustee  (or an
authenticating  agent  appointed  by the Trustee as provided by Section  15.12),
shall be entitled to the benefits of this  Indenture  or be valid or  obligatory
for any  purpose.  Such  certificate  by the Trustee (or such an  authenticating
agent) upon any Note executed by the Company  shall be conclusive  evidence that
the Note so authenticated has been duly authenticated  and  delivered  hereunder
and that the holder is entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.

                  In case any  officer of the  Company who shall have signed any
of the Notes shall  cease to be such  officer  before the Notes so signed  shall
have been  authenticated  and  delivered by the  Trustee,  or disposed of by the
Company,  such Notes nevertheless may be authenticated and delivered or disposed
of as though the person who signed such Notes had not ceased to be such  officer
of the  Company;  and any Note may be signed on  behalf of the  Company  by such
persons  as, at the actual  date of the  execution  of such  Note,  shall be the
proper  officers of the Company,  although at the date of the  execution of this
Indenture any such person was not such an officer.

                  Section 2.5  Exchange and  Registration  of Transfer of Notes.
The Company shall cause to be kept at the Corporate  Trust Office of the Trustee
a register  (the  register  maintained in such office and in any other office or
agency of the Company designated  pursuant to Section 4.2 being herein sometimes
collectively  referred  to as the "Note  register")  in which,  subject  to such
reasonable  regulations as it may  prescribe,  the Company shall provide for the
registration of Notes and of transfers of Notes.  Such Note register shall be in
written form or in any form capable of being  converted into written form within
a reasonable  period of time. The Trustee is hereby  appointed "Note  registrar"
for the purpose of registering  Notes and transfers of Notes as herein provided.
The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars.

                  Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note to the
Note registrar or any co-registrar and satisfaction of the requirements for such
transfer  set forth in this  Section 2.5,  the Company  shall  execute,  and the
Trustee shall  authenticate and make available for delivery,  in the name of the
designated  transferee or  transferees,  one or more new Notes of any authorized
denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount.

                  Notes  may be  exchanged  for  other  Notes of any  authorized
denominations and of a like aggregate  principal  amount,  upon surrender of the
Notes to be  exchanged  at any such office or agency.  Whenever any Notes are so
surrendered  for  exchange,  the Company  shall  execute,  and the Trustee shall
authenticate  and make  available  for delivery,  the Notes that the  Noteholder
making the  exchange  is  entitled to receive  bearing  certificate  numbers not
contemporaneously outstanding.

                                       9
<PAGE>

                  All  Notes  presented  or  surrendered  for   registration  of
transfer or for exchange shall (if so required by the Company,  the Trustee, the
Note registrar or any  co-registrar)  be duly  endorsed,  or be accompanied by a
written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company,  executed by
the Noteholder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing.

                  No service  charge shall be charged to the  Noteholder for any
exchange  or  registration  of  transfer  of Notes,  but the Company may require
payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax,  assessments or other governmental
charges that may be imposed in connection therewith.

                  None of the Company,  the Trustee,  the Note  registrar or any
co-registrar  shall be  required  to  exchange or register a transfer of (a) any
Notes  for a period  of 15 days  next  preceding  the  mailing  of a  notice  of
redemption,  (b) any Notes called for redemption or, if a portion of any Note is
selected or called for redemption,  such portion thereof  selected or called for
redemption.

                  All Notes  issued upon any transfer or exchange of Notes shall
be the valid  obligations of the Company,  evidencing the same debt and entitled
to the same benefits  under this  Indenture as the Notes  surrendered  upon such
registration of transfer or exchange.  All Notes, the transfer,  exchange and/or
registration  of which is  effectuated  by the Trustee  pursuant to this Section
2.5, shall be accompanied by an Officers'  Certificate of the Company,  executed
by a Responsible Officer thereof, certifying that such transfer, exchange and/or
registration is authorized by the Company and permitted hereunder.

                  Section 2.6  Mutilated,  Destroyed,  Lost or Stolen Notes.  In
case any Note shall  become  mutilated  or be  destroyed,  lost or  stolen,  the
Company in its discretion may execute,  and upon its request,  the Trustee or an
authenticating  agent  appointed  by the  Trustee  shall  authenticate  and make
available  for  delivery  a new  Note  bearing  a number  not  contemporaneously
outstanding  in exchange and  substitution  for the mutilated Note or in lieu of
and in substitution for the Note so destroyed,  lost or stolen.  The Company may
charge such  applicant  for the expenses of the Company in replacing a Note.  In
every case the applicant for a substituted Note shall furnish to the Company, to
the Trustee and, if applicable,  to such  authenticating  agent such security or
indemnity  as may be  required  by them to save each of them  harmless  from any
loss, liability,  cost or expense caused by or connected with such substitution,
and in every  case of  destruction,  loss or theft,  the  applicant  shall  also
furnish  to  the  Company,   to  the  Trustee  and,  if   applicable,   to  such
authenticating agent evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction,  loss or
theft of such Note and of the ownership thereof.

                  The Trustee or such authenticating  agent may authenticate any
such  substituted Note and deliver the same upon the receipt of such security or
indemnity as the Trustee,  the Company and, if applicable,  such  authenticating
agent may require.  Upon the issuance of any  substituted  Note, the Company may
require the payment of a sum  sufficient to cover any tax or other  governmental
charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses  connected

                                       10
<PAGE>

therewith.  In case any Note that has  matured or is about to mature or has been
called for redemption  shall become  mutilated or be destroyed,  lost or stolen,
the Company may,  instead of issuing a  substitute  Note,  pay or authorize  the
payment  of the  same  (without  surrender  thereof,  except  in the  case  of a
mutilated  Note),  as the case may be, if the  applicant  for such payment shall
furnish  to  the  Company,   to  the  Trustee  and,  if   applicable,   to  such
authenticating  agent such  security or  indemnity as may be required by them to
save each of them harmless from any loss,  liability,  cost or expense caused by
or connected with such substitution,  and in case of destruction, loss or theft,
evidence satisfactory to the Company, the Trustee and, if applicable, any paying
agent,  of the  destruction,  loss or  theft of such  Note and of the  ownership
thereof.

                  Every  substitute  Note issued  pursuant to the  provisions of
this  Section 2.6 in lieu of any Note that is  destroyed,  lost or stolen  shall
constitute an additional contractual  obligation of the Company,  whether or not
the destroyed,  lost or stolen Note shall be enforceable by anyone, and shall be
entitled to all the benefits of (but shall be subject to all the limitations set
forth in) this  Indenture  equally  and  proportionately  with any and all other
Notes duly issued hereunder.  To the extent permitted by law, all Notes shall be
held and owned upon the express  condition  that the  foregoing  provisions  are
exclusive with respect to the  replacement  or payment of mutilated,  destroyed,
lost or stolen  Notes and shall  preclude  any and all other  rights or remedies
notwithstanding any law or statute existing or hereafter enacted to the contrary
with respect to the  replacement  or payment of negotiable  instruments or other
securities without their surrender.

                  Section  2.7  Temporary  Notes.  Pending  the  preparation  of
definitive  Notes, the Company may execute and the Trustee or an  authenticating
agent  appointed  by the Trustee  shall,  upon  written  request of the Company,
authenticate  and make  available  for  delivery  temporary  Notes  (printed  or
lithographed).  Temporary Notes shall be issuable in any authorized denomination
and shall be  substantially  in the form of the  definitive  Notes but with such
omissions,  insertions  and  variations  as  may  be  appropriate  for temporary
Notes, all as may be determined by the Company.  Every such temporary Note shall
be  executed  by  the  Company  and   authenticated   by  the  Trustee  or  such
authenticating  agent upon the same  conditions  and in  substantially  the same
manner, and with the same effect, as the definitive Notes.  Without unreasonable
delay  the   Company   shall   execute  and  deliver  to  the  Trustee  or  such
authenticating  agent  definitive Notes and thereupon any or all temporary Notes
may be surrendered in exchange therefor,  at each office or agency maintained by
the Company pursuant to Section 4.2 and the Trustee or such authenticating agent
shall  authenticate  and  make  available  for  delivery  in  exchange  for such
temporary Notes an equal aggregate  principal amount of definitive  Notes.  Such
exchange  shall be made by the Company at its own expense and without any charge
therefor.  Until so  exchanged,  the  temporary  Notes shall in all  respects be
entitled to the same  benefits  and subject to the same  limitations  under this
Indenture as definitive Notes authenticated and delivered hereunder.

                                       11
<PAGE>

                  Section  2.8  Cancellation  of  Notes  Paid,  Etc.  All  Notes
surrendered for the purpose of payment, redemption,  exchange or registration of
transfer  shall,  if  surrendered to the Company or any paying agent or any Note
registrar,  be  surrendered  to the Trustee and  promptly  canceled by it or, if
surrendered to the Trustee,  shall be promptly canceled by it and no Notes shall
be issued in lieu thereof except as expressly permitted by any of the provisions
of this Indenture. If required by the Company, the Trustee shall return canceled
Notes to the  Company.  If the  Company  shall  acquire  any of the Notes,  such
acquisition   shall  not  operate  as  a  redemption  or   satisfaction  of  the
indebtedness  represented  by such Notes unless and until the same are delivered
to the Trustee for cancellation.

                  Section  2.9 CUSIP  Numbers.  The Company in issuing the Notes
may use "CUSIP"  numbers  (if then  generally  in use),  and, if so, the Trustee
shall use CUSIP numbers in notices of  redemption  as a convenience  to holders;
provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the
correctness  of such  numbers  either as printed on the Notes or as contained in
any notice of a  redemption  and that  reliance  may be placed only on the other
identification  numbers printed on the Notes,  and any such redemption shall not
be  affected by any defect in or omission  of such  numbers.  The Company  shall
promptly notify the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP numbers.

                                   ARTICLE III

                       REDEMPTION AND REPURCHASE OF NOTES

                  Section 3.1 Redemption Prices. The Notes are not redeemable at
the option of the Company  prior to  __________,  200_.  At any time on or after
that date, the Notes may be redeemed at the Company's option, upon notice as set
forth in Section 3.2, in whole at any time or in part from time to time,  at the
declining  redemption  prices set forth below  (expressed in  percentages of the
principal  amount)  plus  accrued  and  unpaid  interest  (including  any unpaid
Development  Period  Interest)  thereon  to the  applicable  redemption  date if
redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning:

                                                                Redemption
        Date                                                        Price

        [Year 3]         ......................................           %
        [Year 4]         ......................................
        [Year 5]         ......................................
        [Year 6] and thereafter................................
                  Section 3.2 Notice of Redemption;  Selection of Notes. In case
the Company shall desire to exercise the right to redeem all or, as the case may
be,  any part of the Notes  pursuant  to  Section  3.1,  it shall fix a date for
redemption and, in the case of any redemption pursuant to Section 3.1, it or, at

                                       12
<PAGE>

its written  request  accompanied  by the proposed  form of notice of redemption
(which  must be  received  by the Trustee at least 10 days prior to the date the
Trustee is requested to give notice as described below,  unless a shorter period
is agreed to by the Trustee for its convenience), the Trustee in the name of and
at the expense of the Company, shall mail or cause to be mailed a notice of such
redemption  at least 30 and not more  than 60 days  prior to the date  fixed for
redemption  to the  holders of Notes so to be  redeemed as a whole or in part at
their last  addresses  as the same appear on the Note  register,  provided  that
subject to the  approval  of the form of notice by the  Trustee  if the  Company
shall give such notice, it shall also give such notice,  and notice of the Notes
to be redeemed,  to the Trustee.  Such mailing shall be by first class mail. The
notice, if mailed in the manner herein provided,  shall be conclusively presumed
to have been duly given,  whether or not the holder receives such notice. In any
case,  failure  to give such  notice by mail or any  defect in the notice to the
holder of any Note  designated  for  redemption  as a whole or in part shall not
affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Note.

                  Each such notice of redemption  shall identify the Notes to be
redeemed  (including CUSIP numbers),  specify the aggregate  principal amount of
Notes to be redeemed,  the date fixed for  redemption,  the redemption  price at
which Notes are to be  redeemed,  the place or places of payment,  that  payment
shall be made upon  presentation  and  surrender  of such Notes,  that  interest
accrued  to the date fixed for  redemption  shall be paid as  specified  in said
notice  and that on and after  said date,  interest  thereon  or on the  portion
thereof to be redeemed shall cease to accrue. If fewer than all the Notes are to
be redeemed,  the notice of redemption  shall identify the Notes to be redeemed.
In case any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption  shall
state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed and shall state
that on and after the date fixed for redemption,  upon surrender of such Note, a
new Note or Notes in principal  amount equal to the unredeemed  portion  thereof
shall be issued.

                  On or prior to the Business Day prior to the  redemption  date
specified in the notice of redemption given as provided in this Section 3.2, the
Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with one or more paying agents (or, if
the Company is acting as its own paying agent, set aside,  segregate and hold in
trust as provided in Section 4.4) an amount of money sufficient to redeem on the
redemption  date all the  Notes so  called  for  redemption  at the  appropriate
redemption  price,  together  with  accrued  interest  to  the  date  fixed  for
redemption.  If fewer than all the Notes are to be redeemed,  the Company  shall
give the Trustee  written  notice in the form of an  Officers'  Certificate  not
fewer than 45 days (or such shorter  period of time as may be  acceptable to the
Trustee) prior to the redemption  date as to  the aggregate  principal amount of
Notes to be redeemed.

                  If fewer than all the Notes are to be  redeemed,  the  Trustee
shall select the Notes or portions thereof to be redeemed (in principal  amounts
of $1,000 or integral multiples thereof), by lot or, in its discretion, on a pro
rata basis.  The Notes (or  portions  thereof) so selected  shall be deemed duly
selected for redemption for all purposes hereof.

                                       13
<PAGE>

                  Section 3.3 Payment of Notes Called for Redemption.  If notice
of redemption  has been given as above  provided,  the Notes or portion of Notes
with respect to which such notice has been given shall become due and payable on
the date and at the place or  places  stated  in such  notice at the  applicable
redemption  price,  together with interest thereon accrued to the date fixed for
redemption,  and on and after said date (unless the Company shall default in the
payment of such Notes at the redemption  price,  together with interest  thereon
accrued to said  date),  interest on the Notes or portion of Notes so called for
redemption shall cease to accrue,  and such Notes shall cease except as provided
in Sections  7.5 and 12.3 to be  entitled to any benefit or security  under this
Indenture,  and the holders thereof shall have no right in respect of such Notes
except the right to receive the  redemption  price  thereof and unpaid  interest
thereon to the date fixed for redemption.  On presentation and surrender of such
Notes at a place of  payment  in said  notice  specified,  the said Notes or the
specified  portions  thereof  shall be paid and  redeemed  by the Company at the
applicable  redemption price, together with interest accrued thereon to the date
fixed for redemption; provided that any semi-annual payment of interest becoming
due on the date fixed for  redemption  shall be  payable to the  holders of such
Notes  registered  as such on the relevant  record date subject to the terms and
provisions of Section 2.3 hereof.

                  Upon  presentation  of any Note  redeemed  in part  only,  the
Company shall execute and the Trustee shall  authenticate and make available for
delivery to the holder  thereof,  at the expense of the  Company,  a new Note or
Notes, of authorized denominations,  in principal amount equal to the unredeemed
portion of the Notes so presented.

                  If any Note  called for  redemption  shall not be so paid upon
surrender  thereof for  redemption,  the principal and premium,  if any,  shall,
until  paid or duly  provided  for,  bear  interest  from  the  date  fixed  for
redemption at the rate borne by the Note.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                       PARTICULAR COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

                  Section 4.1 Payment of Principal,  Premium and  Interest.  The
Company  covenants and agrees that it shall duly and  punctually pay or cause to
be paid the principal of and premium,  if any, and interest on each of the Notes
at the places,  at the respective times and in the manner provided herein and in
the Notes.  Each  installment  of interest  on the Notes due on any  semi-annual
Interest  Payment Date may be paid by mailing checks for the interest payable to
or upon the written order of the holders of Notes entitled thereto as they shall
appear on the Note  register.  An  installment of principal or interest shall be
considered  paid on the date due if the Trustee or paying  agent (other than the
Company,  a Subsidiary  of the Company or any Affiliate of any of them) holds on

                                       14
<PAGE>

that  date  money  designated  for  and  sufficient  to pay the  installment  of
principal  or  interest  and is not  prohibited  from  paying  such money to the
holders of the Notes pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

                  Section 4.2 Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Company shall
maintain an office or agency where the Notes may be surrendered for registration
of transfer or exchange or for  presentation  for payment or for  redemption and
where  notices  and  demands to or upon the  Company in respect of the Notes and
this  Indenture may be served.  The Company shall give prompt  written notice to
the Trustee of the location,  and any change in the location,  of such office or
agency.  If at any time the Company  shall fail to  maintain  any such office or
agency or shall fail to furnish  the  Trustee  with the  address  thereof,  such
presentations,  surrenders,  notices  and  demands  may be made or served at the
Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

                  The Company may also from time to time  designate  one or more
other offices or agencies  where the Notes may be presented or  surrendered  for
any or all such  purposes and may from time to time  rescind such  designations.
The  Company  shall  give  prompt  written  notice  to the  Trustee  of any such
designation  or  rescission  and of any change in the location of any such other
office or agency.

                  The Company hereby initially  designates the Trustee as paying
agent,  Note registrar and the office of Corporate Trust  Administration  of the
Trustee  located in New York,  New York,  as the office or agency of the Company
for the purposes set forth in the first paragraph of this Section 4.2.

                  So long as the  Trustee  is the Note  registrar,  the  Trustee
agrees to mail, or cause to be mailed, the notices set forth in Section 7.8(a).

                  Section  4.3  Appointments  to  Fill  Vacancies  in  Trustee's
Office. The Company, whenever necessary to avoid or fill a vacancy in the office
of Trustee,  shall appoint, in the manner provided in Section 7.8, a Trustee, so
that there shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder.

                  Section 4.4  Provisions as to Paying Agent.

                  (a) If the Company shall appoint a paying agent other than the
Trustee, or if the Trustee shall appoint such a paying agent, the Company or the
Trustee,  as the case may be,  shall  cause such  paying  agent to  execute  and
deliver to the  Trustee an  instrument  in which such agent shall agree with the
Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section 4.4:

                  (1) that it shall  hold all sums held by it as such  agent for
         the payment of the  principal of,  premium,  if any, or interest on the
         Notes  (whether such sums have been paid to it by the Company or by any
         other  obligor on the Notes) in trust for the benefit of the holders of
         the Notes;

                                       15
<PAGE>

                  (2)  that it shall  give the  Trustee  written  notice  of any
         failure by the Company  (or by any other  obligor on the Notes) to make
         any payment of the  principal of,  premium,  if any, or interest on the
         Notes when the same shall be due and payable; and

                  (3) that at any time  during  the  continuance  of an Event of
         Default,  upon request of the Trustee,  it shall  forthwith  pay to the
         Trustee all sums so held in trust.

                  The Company  shall,  before each due date of the principal of,
premium,  if any, or interest on the Notes,  deposit with the paying agent a sum
sufficient to pay such principal, premium, if any, or interest, and (unless such
paying agent is the Trustee) the Company  shall  promptly  notify the Trustee of
any failure to take such action.

                  (b) If the  Company  shall  act as its own  paying  agent,  it
shall,  on or before  each due date of the  principal  of,  premium,  if any, or
interest on the Notes, set aside, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of
the holders of  the Notes a sum  sufficient to pay such principal,  premium,  if
any, or interest so becoming  due and shall notify the Trustee of any failure to
take such action and of any failure by the Company (or any other  obligor  under
the Notes) to make any payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest
on the Notes when the same shall become due and payable.

                  (c)   Anything   in   this   Section   4.4  to  the   contrary
notwithstanding,  the Company  may, at any time,  for the purpose of obtaining a
satisfaction  and discharge of this Indenture,  or for any other reason,  pay or
cause to be paid to the  Trustee  all sums held in trust by the  Company  or any
paying agent  hereunder as required by this Section 4.4, such sums to be held by
the  Trustee  upon the  trusts  herein  contained  and upon such  payment by the
Company or any paying  agent to the  Trustee,  the Company or such paying  agent
shall be released from all further liability with respect to such sums.

                  (d)   Anything   in   this   Section   4.4  to  the   contrary
notwithstanding, the agreement to hold sums in trust as provided in this Section
4.4 is subject to Sections 12.2 and 12.3.

                  Section 4.5  Corporate  Existence.  Subject to Article XI, the
Company  shall do or cause to be done all things  necessary to preserve and keep
in full  force  and  effect  (i) its  corporate  existence,  and the  corporate,
partnership or other  existence of any Subsidiary of the Company,  in accordance
with the  respective  organizational  documents (as the same may be amended from
time to time) of the Company or any such Subsidiary and (ii) the rights (charter
and  statutory),  licenses and  franchises of the Company and its  Subsidiaries;
provided  that the Company  shall not be  required  to preserve  any such right,
license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of
its Subsidiaries if the Board of Directors shall determine that the preservation
thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and
its Subsidiaries,  taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not materially
adverse to the holders of the Notes.

                                       16
<PAGE>

                  Section  4.6 Stay,  Extension  and  Usury  Laws.  The  Company
covenants  (to the extent  that it may  lawfully do so) that it shall not at any
time insist upon, plead or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or
advantage of, any stay,  extension or usury law or other law that would prohibit
or forgive the Company  from  paying all or any portion of the  principal  of or
interest on the Notes as contemplated  herein,  wherever enacted,  now or at any
time hereafter in force,  or that may affect the covenants or the performance of
this  Indenture;  and the Company  (to the extent it may  lawfully do so) hereby
expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it
shall not, by resort to any such law,  hinder,  delay or impede the execution of
any power  herein  granted  to the  Trustee,  but shall  suffer  and  permit the
execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

                  Section 4.7  Compliance Statement; Notice of Defaults

                  (a) The Company shall  deliver to the Trustee  within 120 days
after  the end of each  fiscal  year of the  Company  an  Officers'  Certificate
stating  whether or not to the best knowledge of the signers thereof the Company
is in  compliance  (without  regard to periods of grace or notice  requirements)
with all conditions and covenants under this Indenture, and if the Company shall
not be in compliance,  specifying such  non-compliance and the nature and status
thereof of which such signer may have knowledge.

                  (b) The Company shall file with the Trustee  written notice of
the occurrence of any default or Event of Default within 10 days of its becoming
aware of any such default or Event of Default.

                  Section 4.8 Taxes. The Company shall pay or discharge or cause
to be paid or  discharged,  before the same  shall  become  delinquent,  (i) all
taxes, assessments and governmental charges (including withholding taxes and any
penalties,  interest and  additions to taxes) levied or imposed upon the Company
or its  Subsidiaries  or upon the income,  profits or property of the Company or
any such Subsidiary and (ii) all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies
that, if unpaid,  might by law become a lien upon the property of the Company or
any such  Subsidiary;  provided that the Company shall not be required to pay or
discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment,  charge or
claim whose amount,  applicability  or validity is being contested in good faith
by appropriate proceedings and for which disputed amounts adequate reserves have
been made.

                  Section 4.9 Insurance.  The Company shall provide, or cause to
be provided,  for itself and its Subsidiaries,  insurance (including appropriate
self-insurance)  against loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured against
by corporations similarly  situated and  owning like properties,  including, but
not limited to, public liability insurance,  with reputable insurers or with the
government  of the  United  States of  America  or an agency or  instrumentality
thereof,  in such amounts with such  deductibles and by such methods as shall be
determined in good faith by the Board of Directors to be appropriate.

                                       17
<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE V

                        NOTEHOLDERS' LISTS AND REPORTS BY
                                   THE COMPANY


                  Section 5.1 Noteholders'  Lists. The Trustee shall preserve in
as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to
it of the names and  addresses  of holders of Notes.  If the  Trustee is not the
Note  registrar,  the Company shall furnish to the Trustee on or before at least
seven Business Days preceding each Interest Payment Date and at such other times
as the Trustee may request in writing a list in such form and as of such date as
the  Trustee  reasonably  may require of the names and  addresses  of holders of
Notes.

                  Section 5.2 Reports by Company.  The Company  shall deliver to
the Trustee within 15 days after it files the same with the  Commission,  copies
of all  reports  and  information  (or  copies  of such  portions  of any of the
foregoing as the Commission may by its rules and regulations prescribe), if any,
which the Company is required to file with the Commission pursuant to Section 13
or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

                  Delivery of such  reports,  information  and  documents to the
Trustee is for  informational  purposes only and the  Trustee's  receipt of such
shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or
determinable  from  information  contained  therein,   including  the  Company's
compliance  with any of its  covenants  hereunder  (as to which the  Trustee  is
entitled to rely exclusively on Officers' Certificates).


                                   ARTICLE VI

                              DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES


                  Section  6.1  Events  of  Default.  In case one or more of the
following  Events of Default  (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and
whether it shall be voluntary or  involuntary or be effected by operation of law
or pursuant to any judgment,  decree or order of any court or any order, rule or
regulation of any  administrative or governmental  body) shall have occurred and
be continuing:

                  (a) default in the payment of  the  principal of  or  premium,
         if  any,   on  the  Notes when  due at  maturity,  upon  redemption  or
         otherwise; or

                  (b) except for  Development  Period  Interest,  default in the
         payment of any  installment  of  interest  on the Notes as and when the

                                       18
<PAGE>

         same shall become due and payable (whether or not such payment shall be
         prohibited by Article XIV of this  Indenture),  and continuance of such
         default for a period of 30 days; or

                  (c) a failure on the part of the  Company  to duly  observe or
         perform any other covenants or agreements on the part of the Company in
         this Indenture  (other than a default in the performance or breach of a
         covenant or agreement that is specifically dealt with elsewhere in this
         Section 6.1) that  continues  for a period of 90 days after the date on
         which written  notice of such failure,  requiring the Company to remedy
         the same,  shall have been given to the Company by the  Trustee,  or to
         the Company and a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, by the holders of
         at least  25% in  aggregate  principal  amount of the Notes at the time
         outstanding determined in accordance with Section 8.4; or

                  (d) an event of default  occurs under any mortgage,  indenture
         or instrument  under which there may be issued or by which there may be
         secured or evidenced any indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company
         or any of its  Subsidiaries  (or the payment of which is  guaranteed by
         the Company or any of its  Subsidiaries),  whether such indebtedness or
         guarantee now exists or shall be created  after the date hereof,  which
         default (i) is caused by a failure to pay principal or interest on such
         indebtedness  prior to the  expiration of the grace period  provided in
         such  indebtedness  (a  "Payment  Default")  or  (ii)  results  in  the
         acceleration of such indebtedness  prior to its expressed maturity and,
         in each case, the principal amount of such indebtedness,  together with
         the principal amount of any other such  indebtedness  under which there
         has  been a  Payment  Default  or the  maturity  of  which  has been so
         accelerated, aggregates $1 million or more; or

                  (e) the  Company  shall  commence  a  voluntary  case or other
         proceeding  seeking  liquidation,  reorganization  or other relief with
         respect  to itself or its debts  under any  bankruptcy,  insolvency  or
         other  similar  law  now  or  hereafter  in  effect,   or  seeking  the
         appointment  of a trustee,  receiver,  liquidator,  custodian  or other
         similar  official of it or any  substantial  part of its  property,  or
         shall  consent to any such  relief or to the  appointment  of or taking
         possession  by any  such  official  in an  involuntary  case  or  other
         proceeding  commenced against it or shall make a general assignment for
         the benefit of  creditors  or shall fail  generally to pay its debts as
         they become due; or

                  (f) an involuntary case or other proceeding shall be commenced
         against the Company seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief
         with  respect to it or its debts under any  bankruptcy,  insolvency  or
         other similar law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the appointment
         of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official
         of it or any  substantial  part of its property,  and such  involuntary
         case or other  proceeding  shall remain  undismissed and unstayed for a
         period of 60 consecutive days;

then, and in each and every such case (other than an Event of Default  specified
in Section  6.1(e) or (f)),  unless the principal of all of the Notes shall have
already  become due and  payable,  either the Trustee or the holders of not less
than 25% in aggregate  principal amount of the Notes then outstanding  hereunder

                                       19
<PAGE>

determined in  accordance  with Section 8.4, by notice in writing to the Company
(and to the Trustee if given by  Noteholders),  may declare  the  principal  of,
premium,  if any, on the Notes and the  interest  accrued  thereon to be due and
payable  immediately,  and upon any such  declaration  the same shall become and
shall be immediately due and payable, anything in this Indenture or in the Notes
contained to the contrary  notwithstanding.  If an Event of Default specified in
Section 6.1(e) or (f) occurs and is  continuing,  the principal of all the Notes
and the interest  accrued  thereon  shall be  immediately  due and payable.  The
foregoing  provision is subject to the conditions that if, at any time after the
principal of the Notes shall have been so declared  due and payable,  and before
any  judgment  or decree  for the  payment  of the  monies  due shall  have been
obtained or entered as  hereinafter  provided,  the  Company  shall pay or shall
deposit with the Trustee a sum  sufficient  to pay all matured  installments  of
interest upon all Notes and the principal of and premium, if any, on any and all
Notes that shall have become due otherwise than by  acceleration  (with interest
on overdue installments of interest (to the extent that payment of such interest
is enforceable under applicable law) and on such principal and premium,  if any,
at the rate borne by the Notes,  to the date of such  payment  or  deposit)  and
amounts due to the Trustee  pursuant to Section 7.6, and if any and all defaults
under this  Indenture,  other than the nonpayment of principal of,  premium,  if
any, and accrued  interest on Notes that shall have become due by  acceleration,
shall have been cured or waived  pursuant to Section 6.7, then and in every such
case the holders of a majority in aggregate  principal  amount of the Notes then
outstanding,  by written notice to the Company and to the Trustee, may waive all
defaults or Events of Default and  rescind  and annul such  declaration  and its
consequences;  but no such waiver or rescission and annulment shall extend to or
shall  affect any  subsequent  default or Event of Default,  or shall impair any
right consequent thereto.  The Company shall notify a Responsible Officer of the
Trustee, promptly upon becoming aware thereof, of any Event of Default.

                  In case the Trustee shall have  proceeded to enforce any right
under  this  Indenture  and such  proceedings  shall have been  discontinued  or
abandoned  because of such waiver or  rescission  and annulment or for any other
reason or shall have been determined adversely to the Trustee, then and in every
such case the  Company,  the holders of Notes and the Trustee  shall be restored
respectively to their several  positions and rights  hereunder,  and all rights,
remedies and powers of the Company,  the holders of Notes and the Trustee  shall
continue as though no such proceeding had been taken.

                  Section 6.2 Payments of Notes on Default;  Suit Therefor.  The
Company covenants that (a) in case a default shall be made in the payment of any
installment  of  interest  upon any of the Notes as and when the same shall have
become due and payable and such default shall have  continued for a period of 30
days,  or (b) in case a default shall be made in the payment of the principal of
or  premium,  if any, on any of the Notes as and when the same shall have become
due and  payable,  whether at  maturity of the Notes or in  connection  with any
redemption,  then,  upon demand of the  Trustee,  the  Company  shall pay to the
Trustee, for the benefit of the holders of the Notes, the whole amount that then
shall have become due and payable on all such Notes for principal  of,  premium,

                                       20
<PAGE>

if any, or interest, or both, as the case may be, with interest upon the overdue
principal,  premium, if any, and (to the extent that payment of such interest is
enforceable  under applicable law) upon the overdue  installments of interest at
the rate borne by the Notes;  and, in addition  thereto,  such further amount as
shall be  sufficient  to cover the costs and expenses of  collection,  including
reasonable  compensation to the Trustee, its agents,  attorneys and counsel, and
any expenses or liabilities incurred by the Trustee hereunder other than through
its negligence or bad faith.  Until such demand by the Trustee,  the Company may
pay the  principal  of and  premium,  if any,  and  interest on the Notes to the
registered holders, whether or not the Notes are overdue.

                  In case the Company  shall fail  forthwith to pay such amounts
upon such  demand,  the  Trustee,  in its own name and as  trustee of an express
trust,  shall be entitled and empowered to institute any actions or  proceedings
at law or in equity  for the  collection  of the sums so due and  unpaid and may
prosecute any such action or  proceeding  to judgment or final  decree,  and may
enforce  any such  judgment  or final  decree  against  the Company or any other
obligor  on the Notes  and  collect  in the  manner  provided  by law out of the
property of the Company or any other obligor on the Notes wherever  situated the
monies adjudged or decreed to be payable.

                  In case there shall be pending  proceedings for the bankruptcy
or for the reorganization of the Company or any other obligor on the Notes under
Title 11 of the United  States  Code or any other  applicable  law, or in case a
receiver,  assignee  or trustee in  bankruptcy  or  reorganization,  liquidator,
sequestrator  or  similar  official  shall  have  been  appointed  for or  taken
possession of the Company or such other obligor,  the property of the Company or
such other obligor, or in the case of any other judicial proceedings relative to
the  Company  or such  other  obligor  upon the Notes,  or to the  creditors  or
property of the Company or such other  obligor,  the  Trustee,  irrespective  of
whether  the  principal  of the Notes  shall then be due and  payable as therein
expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee
shall have made any demand pursuant to the provisions of this Section 6.2, shall
be entitled and empowered,  by intervention in such proceedings or otherwise, to
file and prove a claim or claims for the whole amount of principal,  premium, if
any, and  interest  owing and unpaid in respect of the Notes and, in case of any
judicial proceedings, to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents
as may be  necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee and
of the Noteholders allowed in such judicial  proceedings relative to the Company
or any other  obligor  on the  Notes,  its or their  creditors,  or its or their
property  and to collect  and receive  any monies or other  property  payable or
deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same after the deduction of
any amounts due the Trustee  under  Section 7.6; and any  receiver,  assignee or
trustee  in  bankruptcy  or  reorganization,  liquidator,  custodian  or similar
official is hereby  authorized by each of the  Noteholders to make such payments
to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of
such payments directly to the Noteholders,  to pay to the Trustee any amount due
it for reasonable compensation, expenses, advances and disbursements,  including
counsel fees incurred by it up to the date of such  distribution.  To the extent
that  such  payment  of   reasonable   compensation,   expenses,   advances  and
disbursements  out of the estate in any such proceedings shall be denied for any

                                       21
<PAGE>

reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a lien on, and shall be paid out
of, any and all distributions,  dividends, monies, securities and other property
that the holders of the Notes may be  entitled  to receive in such  proceedings,
whether in  liquidation  or under any plan of  reorganization  or arrangement or
otherwise.

                  Nothing  herein  contained  shall be deemed to  authorize  the
Trustee to authorize or consent to or adopt on behalf of any Noteholder any plan
of  reorganization  or  arrangement  affecting  the  Notes or the  rights of any
Noteholder,  or to authorize  the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any
Noteholder in any such proceeding.

                  All  rights of  action  and of  asserting  claims  under  this
Indenture, or under any of the Notes, may be enforced by the Trustee without the
possession of any of the Notes or the  production  thereof on any trial or other
proceeding relative thereto,  and any such suit or proceeding  instituted by the
Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any
recovery of judgment  shall,  after  provision for the payment of the reasonable
compensation,  expenses,  disbursements and advances of the Trustee,  its agents
and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the holders of the Notes.

                  In any  proceedings  brought by the  Trustee  pursuant to this
Indenture  or any  supplement  hereto  (and  in any  proceedings  involving  the
interpretation  of any provision of this Indenture to which the Trustee shall be
a party),  the Trustee  shall be held to represent all the holders of the Notes,
and it shall not be  necessary  to make any holders of the Notes  parties to any
such proceedings.

                  Section 6.3  Application of Monies  Collected by Trustee.  Any
monies  collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article VI shall be applied in
the  order  following,  at the  date  or  dates  fixed  by the  Trustee  for the
distribution of such monies, upon presentation of the several Notes and stamping
thereon the payment,  if only partially  paid, and upon  surrender  thereof,  if
fully paid:

                  First:  To the  payment of  all amounts  due the Trustee under
         Section 7.6;

                  Second:  Subject to the provisions of Article XIV, in case the
         principal  of the  outstanding  Notes  shall not have become due and be
         unpaid, to the payment of interest on the Notes in default in the order
         of the maturity of the installments of such interest, with interest (to
         the extent that such  interest has been  collected by the Trustee) upon
         the  overdue  installments  of interest at the rate borne by the Notes,
         such payments to be made ratably to the persons entitled thereto; and

                                       22
<PAGE>
                  Third:  Subject to the  provisions of Article XIV, in case the
         principal  of  the   outstanding   Notes  shall  have  become  due,  by
         declaration  or otherwise,  and be unpaid,  to the payment of the whole
         amount then owing and unpaid upon the Notes for principal,  premium, if
         any, and interest,  with interest on the overdue principal and premium,
         if any, and (to the extent that such interest has been collected by the
         Trustee) upon overdue installments of interest at the rate borne by the
         Notes; and in case such monies shall be insufficient to pay in full the
         whole amounts so due and unpaid upon the Notes,  then to the payment of
         such principal,  premium,  if any, and interest  without  preference or
         priority  of  principal  and  premium,  if any,  over  interest,  or of
         interest over principal and premium,  if any, or of any  installment of
         interest over any other  installment  of interest,  or of any Note over
         any other Note, ratably to the aggregate of such principal and premium,
         if any, and accrued and unpaid interest.

                  Section 6.4  Proceedings by Noteholder.  No holder of any Note
shall  have any right by  virtue  of or by  availing  of any  provision  of this
Indenture to institute  any suit,  action or proceeding in equity or at law upon
or  under  or with  respect  to this  Indenture,  or for  the  appointment  of a
receiver, trustee,  liquidator,  custodian or other similar official, or for any
other remedy  hereunder,  unless such holder  previously shall have given to the
Trustee written notice of an Event of Default and of the continuance thereof, as
hereinbefore  provided,  and  unless  also the  holders  of not less than 25% in
aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding shall have made written
request upon the Trustee to institute such action, suit or proceeding in its own
name as Trustee  hereunder and shall have offered to the Trustee such reasonable
indemnity as it may require  against the costs,  expenses and  liabilities to be
incurred  therein or  thereby,  and the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of
such notice, request and offer of indemnity,  shall have neglected or refused to
institute any such action,  suit or  proceeding,  and no direction  inconsistent
with such  written  request  shall have been given to the  Trustee  pursuant  to
Section 6.7; it being understood and intended, and being expressly covenanted by
the taker and  holder of every Note with  every  other  taker and holder and the
Trustee, that no one or more holders of Notes shall have any right in any manner
whatever by virtue of or by  availing  of any  provision  of this  Indenture  to
affect,  disturb or prejudice the rights of any other holder of Notes, to obtain
or seek to obtain  priority  over or  preference  to any other such holder or to
enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and
for the equal,  ratable and common  benefit of all  holders of Notes  (except as
otherwise  provided herein).  For the protection and enforcement of this Section
6.4, each and every  Noteholder and the Trustee shall be entitled to such relief
as can be given either at law or in equity.

                  Notwithstanding  any other provision of this Indenture and any
provision of any Note, the right of any holder of any Note to receive payment of
the  principal of,  premium,  if any, and interest on such Note, on or after the
respective  due dates  expressed  in such  Note,  or to  institute  suit for the
enforcement  of any such payment on or after such  respective  dates against the
Company  shall not be impaired  or  affected  without the consent of such holder
except as otherwise set forth herein.

                                       23
<PAGE>
                  Section 6.5  Proceedings  by  Trustee.  In case of an Event of
Default and subject to the provisions of Section 7.6 hereof,  the Trustee may in
its  discretion  proceed to protect and enforce the rights  vested in it by this
Indenture by such  appropriate  judicial  proceedings  as the Trustee shall deem
most  effectual  to protect and enforce  any of such  rights,  either by suit in
equity or by action at law or by proceeding in bankruptcy or otherwise,  whether
for the specific  enforcement  of any  covenant or  agreement  contained in this
Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted in this Indenture or to
enforce  any  other  legal or  equitable  right  vested in the  Trustee  by this
Indenture or by law.

                  Section 6.6  Remedies  Cumulative  and  Continuing.  Except as
provided in Section 2.6, all powers and remedies given by this Article VI to the
Trustee or to the Noteholders  shall, to the extent  permitted by law, be deemed
cumulative  and not exclusive of such powers and remedies or of any other powers
and remedies  available to the Trustee or the holders of the Notes,  by judicial
proceedings  or  otherwise,  to enforce the  performance  or  observance  of the
covenants and agreements  contained in this Indenture,  and no delay or omission
of the  Trustee  or of any holder of any of the Notes to  exercise  any right or
power accruing upon any default or Event of Default  occurring and continuing as
aforesaid  shall  impair any such right or power or shall be  construed  to be a
waiver of any such  default or any  acquiescence  therein;  and,  subject to the
provisions of Section 6.4, every power and remedy given by this Article VI or by
law to the Trustee or to the Noteholders may be exercised from time to time, and
as often as shall be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Noteholders.

                  Section 6.7 Direction of Proceedings and Waiver of Defaults by
Majority of Noteholders. The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount
of the Notes at the time outstanding (determined in accordance with Section 8.4)
shall have the right to direct  the time,  method  and place of  conducting  any
proceeding  for any remedy  available to the Trustee or exercising  any trust or
power conferred on the Trustee; provided that (a) such direction shall not be in
conflict  with any rule of law or with this  Indenture  and (b) the  Trustee may
take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with
such direction.  The holders of a majority in aggregate  principal amount of the
Notes at the time outstanding (determined in accordance with Section 8.4) may on
behalf of the  holders  of all of the Notes  waive any past  default or Event of
Default  hereunder and its  consequences  except (i) a default in the payment of
interest  or  premium,  if any,  on, or the  principal  of,  the Notes or (ii) a
default in  respect of a covenant  or  provisions  hereof  that under  Article X
cannot be  modified  or amended  without the consent of the holders of all Notes
then outstanding.  Whenever any default or Event of Default hereunder shall have
been waived as permitted  by this Section 6.7,  said default or Event of Default
shall for all  purposes of the Notes and this  Indenture  be deemed to have been
cured and to be not continuing  and the Company,  the Trustee and the holders of
the Notes shall as reasonably possible be restored to their former positions and
rights  hereunder;  but no such waiver shall extend to any  subsequent  or other
default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

                                       24
<PAGE>
                  Section 6.8 Notice of Defaults.  The Trustee shall,  within 90
days after the occurrence of a default,  mail to all  Noteholders,  as the names
and  addresses  of such  holders  appear upon the Note  register,  notice of all
defaults  of which a  Responsible  Officer  has actual  knowledge,  unless  such
defaults  shall  have been cured or waived  before  the  giving of such  notice;
provided that, except in the case of default in the payment of the principal of,
premium, if any, or interest on any of the Notes, the Trustee shall be protected
in  withholding  such  notice  if and so long as a  Responsible  Officer  of the
Trustee in good faith  determine that the  withholding of  such notice is in the
interests of the Noteholders.

                  Section  6.9  Undertaking  to Pay Costs.  All  parties to this
Indenture agree, and each holder of any Note by his acceptance  thereof shall be
deemed to have agreed,  that any court may, in its discretion,  require,  in any
suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture,  or in any
suit against the Trustee for any action  taken or omitted by it as Trustee,  the
filing by any party  litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of
such suit and that such court may in its  discretion  assess  reasonable  costs,
including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses, against any party litigant in
such  suit,  having  due  regard to the  merits  and good faith of the claims or
defenses  made by such party  litigant;  provided  that the  provisions  of this
Section 6.9 shall not apply to any suit  instituted by the Trustee,  to any suit
instituted by any  Noteholder or group of  Noteholders  holding in the aggregate
more  than  10% in  principal  amount  of the  Notes  at  the  time  outstanding
determined  in  accordance  with  Section 8.4 or to any suit  instituted  by any
Noteholder for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of,  premium,  if
any, or interest on any Note on or after the due date expressed in such Note.

                                   ARTICLE VII

                             CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE


                  Section 7.1  Duties and Responsibilities of Trustee.

                 (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the
         Trustee  shall  exercise  the rights  and  powers  vested in it by this
         Indenture  and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise as
         a prudent  man would  exercise  or use under the  circumstances  in the
         conduct of his own affairs.

                  (b)      Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

                           (i)  the  Trustee  need  perform  only  those  duties
                  that are  specifically  set forth  in  this Indenture  and  no
                  others; and

                           (ii) in the  absence  of bad faith on its  part,  the
                  Trustee  may  conclusively  rely,  as  to  the  truth  of  the
                  statements  and  the  correctness  of the  opinions  expressed

                                       25
<PAGE>
                  therein,  upon  certificates  or  opinions  furnished  to  the
                  Trustee and conforming to the  requirements of this Indenture;
                  provided that in the case of any such certificates or opinions
                  that by any provision hereof are  specifically  required to be
                  furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to
                  examine the same to  determine  whether or not they conform to
                  the  requirements  of this  Indenture (but need not confirm or
                  investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other
                  facts stated therein).

                  (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own
         negligent  action,  its own negligent failure to act or its own willful
         misconduct, except that:

                           (i) this  paragraph  (c) does  not  limit the  effect
                  of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.1;

                           (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of
                  judgment  made in good faith by a  Responsible  Officer of the
                  Trustee  unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in
                  ascertaining the pertinent facts  reasonably  available to the
                  Trustee; and

                           (iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to
                  any  action  it  takes  or  omits  to take in  good  faith  in
                  accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section
                  6.7.

                  (d) Every  provision of this Indenture that in any way relates
         to the Trustee is subject to  paragraphs  (a), (b), (c) and (e) of this
         Section 7.1.

                  (e) The Trustee may refuse to perform any duty or exercise any
         right or power or extend or risk its own funds or  otherwise  incur any
         financial  liability  unless it receives  indemnity  satisfactory to it
         against any loss, liability or expense.

                  Section 7.2 Reliance on Documents,  Opinions,  Etc.  Except as
otherwise provided in Section 7.1:

                  (a) The Trustee may rely and shall be protected in acting upon
         any resolution,  certificate,  statement,  instrument, opinion, report,
         notice, request, consent, order, bond, debenture, coupon or other paper
         or document believed by it in good faith to be genuine and to have been
         signed or presented by the proper party or parties;

                  (b) Any  request,  direction,  order or demand of the  Company
         mentioned  herein  shall  be  sufficiently  evidenced  by an  Officers'
         Certificate  (unless  other  evidence  in  respect  thereof  be  herein
         specifically  prescribed or required by the Trust  Indenture  Act); and
         any  resolution  of the  Board of  Directors  may be  evidenced  to the
         Trustee by a copy thereof  certified  by the  Secretary or an Assistant
         Secretary of the Company;

                                       26
<PAGE>
                  (c) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its  selection and
         any  advice  or  opinion  of  counsel   shall  be  full  and   complete
         authorization  and protection in respect of any action taken or omitted
         by it  hereunder  in good faith and in  accordance  with such advice or
         opinion of counsel;

                  (d) The  Trustee  may  execute  any of the  trusts  or  powers
         hereunder  or perform  any duties  hereunder  either  directly or by or
         through  agents or attorneys,  and the Trustee shall not be responsible
         for any  misconduct  or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney
         appointed by it with due care hereunder; no paying agent who is not the
         Trustee  shall be deemed an agent of the  Trustee,  and the Trustee (in
         its  capacity  as  Trustee)  shall  not be  responsible  for any act or
         omission by any such paying agent;

                  (e) The Trustee  shall be under no  obligation to exercise any
         of the rights or powers vested in it by the Indenture at the request or
         direction of any of the holders  pursuant to this Indenture unless such
         holders  have  offered the  Trustee  reasonable  security or  indemnity
         against the costs,  expenses and liabilities  that would be incurred by
         it in compliance with such request or direction.

                  (f) Subject to the provisions of Section  7.1(c),  the Trustee
         shall  not be liable  for any  action it takes or omits to take in good
         faith that it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers;

                  (g) The Trustee  shall not be deemed to have  knowledge of any
         Event of Default or other fact or event upon the occurrence of which it
         may be required to take action  hereunder unless one of its Responsible
         Officers has actual knowledge thereof obtained by a written statement.

                  Section 7.3 No Responsibility for Recitals,  Etc. The recitals
contained  herein  and in the Notes  (except  in the  Trustee's  certificate  of
authentication) shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and the Trustee
assumes no responsibility  for the correctness of the same. The Trustee makes no
representations  as to the validity or  sufficiency  of this Indenture or of the
Notes.  The Trustee shall not be  accountable  for the use or application by the
Company of any Notes or the proceeds of any Notes authenticated and delivered by
the Trustee in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture.

                  Section 7.4 Trustee, Paying Agents or Registrar May Own Notes.
The Trustee,  any paying agent or any Note  registrar,  in its individual or any
other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes with the same rights it
would have if it were not Trustee, paying agent or Note registrar.

                  Section  7.5  Monies  to Be  Held  in  Trust.  Subject  to the
provisions of Section 12.4, all monies received by the Trustee shall, until used
or applied as herein provided,  be held in trust for the purposes for which they
were  received.  Money  held by the  Trustee  in  trust  hereunder  need  not be

                                       27
<PAGE>

segregated  from other funds  except to the extent  required by law. The Trustee
shall be under no liability  for interest on any money  received by it hereunder
except as may be agreed to in writing  from time to time by the  Company and the
Trustee.

                  Section 7.6 Compensation and Expenses of Trustee.  The Company
covenants  and agrees to pay to the Trustee  from time to time,  and the Trustee
shall be entitled  to, such  compensation  as the Company and the Trustee  shall
from time to time agree in writing, for all services rendered by it hereunder in
any capacity  (which  shall not be limited by any  provision of law in regard to
the compensation of a trustee of an express trust), and the Company shall pay or
reimburse   the  Trustee   upon  its  request  for  all   reasonable   expenses,
disbursements  and advances  incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance  with
any of the provisions of  this Indenture (including  the reasonable compensation
and the  expenses  and  disbursements  of its  counsel  and of all  persons  not
regularly in its employ) except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may
arise from its negligence or bad faith.  The Company also covenants to indemnify
each of the  Trustee  or any  predecessor  Trustee  in any  capacity  under this
Indenture  and its agents  and any  authenticating  agent for,  and to hold them
harmless  against,  any and all  loss,  liability,  damage,  claim  or  expense,
including  taxes (other than taxes based on the income of the Trustee)  incurred
without  negligence  or bad faith on the part of the  Trustee  or such  agent or
authenticating  agent, as the  case may be, and  arising out of or in connection
with the  acceptance or  administration  of this trust or in any other  capacity
hereunder,  including the costs and expenses of defending themselves against any
claim of liability in the premises.  The  obligations  of the Company under this
Section 7.6 to  compensate  or indemnify the Trustee and to pay or reimburse the
Trustee for  expenses,  disbursements  and  advances  shall be secured by a lien
prior to that of the Notes upon all  property and funds held or collected by the
Trustee as such,  except  funds held in trust for the  benefit of the holders of
particular Notes. The obligation of the Company under this Section shall survive
the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

                  Section  7.7  Officers'  Certificate  as  Evidence.  Except as
otherwise  provided  in  Section  7.1,  whenever  in the  administration  of the
provisions  of this  Indenture  the Trustee shall deem it necessary or desirable
that a matter be proved or  established  prior to taking or omitting  any action
hereunder,  such matter  (unless  other  evidence  in respect  thereof be herein
specifically  prescribed)  may, in the absence of negligence or bad faith on the
part of the Trustee,  be deemed to be conclusively  proved and established by an
Officers' Certificate delivered to the Trustee, and such Officers'  Certificate,
in the absence of negligence  or bad faith on the part of the Trustee,  shall be
full  warrant to the  Trustee  for any  action  taken or omitted by it under the
provisions of this Indenture upon the faith thereof.

                  Section 7.8  Resignation or Removal of Trustee.

                   (a) The  Trustee  may at any time  resign by  giving  written
         notice of such resignation to the Company;  and the Company shall mail,
         or cause to be mailed,  notice thereof to the holders of Notes at their
         addresses as they shall appear on  the  Note register.  Upon  receiving

                                       28
<PAGE>
         such  notice of  resignation,  the  Company  shall  promptly  appoint a
         successor  trustee by written  instrument,  in  duplicate,  executed by
         order of the Board of Directors,  one copy of which instrument shall be
         delivered  to the  resigning  Trustee  and one  copy  to the  successor
         trustee.

                  (b) In case the Trustee shall become  incapable of acting,  or
         shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or a receiver of the Trustee
         or of its property shall be appointed, or any public officer shall take
         charge or control of the Trustee or of its  property or affairs for the
         purpose of  rehabilitation,  conservation or liquidation,  then, in any
         such case,  the  Company may remove the Trustee and appoint a successor
         trustee by written instrument,  in duplicate,  executed by order of the
         Board of Directors,  one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to
         the Trustee so removed and one copy to the  successor  trustee,  or any
         Noteholder  who has been a bona  fide  holder of a Note or Notes for at
         least six months  may,  on behalf of himself  and all others  similarly
         situated,  petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal
         of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor  trustee.  Such court
         may  thereupon,  after such  notice,  if any, as it may deem proper and
         prescribe, remove the Trustee and appoint a successor trustee.

                  (c) The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of
         the Notes at the time  outstanding  may at any time  remove the Trustee
         and nominate a successor  trustee,  which shall be deemed  appointed as
         successor trustee unless within ten days after notice to the Company of
         such nomination the Company objects thereto,  in which case the Trustee
         so  removed  or any  Noteholder,  upon the  terms  and  conditions  and
         otherwise as provided in the next paragraph,  may petition any court of
         competent jurisdiction for an appointment of a successor trustee.

                  If no successor  trustee shall have been so appointed and have
accepted  appointment within 60 days after removal or the mailing of such notice
of resignation to the  Noteholders,  the Trustee  resigning or being removed may
petition   any  court   of  competent  jurisdiction  for the  appointment  of  a
successor  trustee,  or,  in the case of  either  resignation  or  removal,  any
Noteholder  who has been a bona fide  holder of a Note or Notes for at least six
months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any
such court for the appointment of a successor trustee. Such court may thereupon,
after  such  notice,  if any,  as it may deem  proper and  prescribe,  appoint a
successor trustee.

                  (d) Any  resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment
         of a  successor  trustee  pursuant  to any of the  provisions  of  this
         Section 7.8 shall become  effective  upon  acceptance of appointment by
         the successor trustee as provided in Section 7.9.

                  Section 7.9  Acceptance  by Successor  Trustee.  Any successor
trustee  appointed  as provided in Section 7.8 shall  execute,  acknowledge  and
deliver to the Company and to its  predecessor  trustee an instrument  accepting
such  appointment  hereunder,  and thereupon,  the resignation or removal of the
predecessor  trustee shall become effective and such successor trustee,  without
any further act,  deed or  conveyance,  shall become vested with all the rights,

                                       29
<PAGE>

powers, duties and obligations of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as
if originally named as trustee herein; but on the written request of the Company
or of the successor  trustee,  the Trustee ceasing to act shall, upon payment of
any amounts then due it pursuant to the  provisions of Section 7.6,  execute and
deliver an instrument  transferring to such successor trustee all the rights and
powers of the  Trustee  so ceasing to act.  Upon  request of any such  successor
trustee,  the Company shall execute any and all  instruments in writing for more
fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor trustee all such
rights and powers. Any Trustee ceasing to act shall, nevertheless, retain a lien
upon all property  and funds held or  collected by such trustee as such,  except
for funds  held in trust for the  benefit of holders  of  particular  Notes,  to
secure any amounts then due it pursuant to the provisions of Section 7.6.

                  Upon  acceptance  of  appointment  by a  successor  trustee as
provided  in this  Section  7.9,  the  Company  shall mail or cause to be mailed
notice of the  succession  of such Trustee  hereunder to the holders of Notes at
their addresses as they shall appear on the Note register.  If the Company fails
to mail such  notice  within 10 days  after  acceptance  of  appointment  by the
successor trustee, the successor trustee shall cause such notice to be mailed at
the expense of the Company.

                  Section 7.10 Successor,  by Merger,  Etc. Any corporation into
which  the  Trustee  may  be  merged  or  converted  or  with  which  it  may be
consolidated,  or any  corporation  resulting  from any  merger,  conversion  or
consolidation  to  which  the  Trustee  shall  be a  party,  or any  corporation
succeeding to all or  substantially  all of the corporate  trust business of the
Trustee,  shall be the successor to the Trustee  hereunder without the execution
or  filing  of any paper or any  further  act on the part of any of the  parties
hereto;  provided that such  successor  trustee shall have combined  capital and
surplus  immediately  following such succession which is not significantly  less
than that of the Trustee immediately prior to such succession.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                           CONCERNING THE NOTEHOLDERS

                  Section 8.1 Action by Noteholders.  Whenever in this Indenture
it is provided that the holders of a specified percentage in aggregate principal
amount of the Notes may take any action  (including  the making of any demand or
request, the giving of any notice,  consent or waiver or the taking of any other
action),  the fact that at the time of taking any such  action,  the  holders of
such  specified  percentage  have  joined  therein may be  evidenced  (a) by any
instrument or any number of instruments of similar tenor executed by Noteholders
in person or by agent or proxy  appointed  in writing,  (b) by the record of the
holders of Notes  voting in favor  thereof at any  meeting of  Noteholders  duly
called  and held in  accordance  with the  provisions  of Article IX or (c) by a
combination  of such  instrument  or  instruments  and any such record of such a
meeting of Noteholders.  Whenever the Company or the Trustee solicits the taking

                                       30
<PAGE>

of any action by the holders of the Notes, the Company or the Trustee may fix in
advance of such solicitation,  a date as the record date for determining holders
entitled  to take such  action.  The record  date shall be not more than 15 days
prior to the date of commencement of solicitation of such action.

                  Section 8.2 Proof of Execution by Noteholders.  Subject to the
provisions of Sections 7.1 and 9.5,  proof of the execution of any instrument by
a Noteholder or by agent or proxy shall be sufficient if made in accordance with
Section 7.2 hereof. The holding of Notes shall be proved by the Note register or
by a certificate of the Note registrar.

                  The record of any Noteholders'  meeting shall be proved in the
manner provided in Section 9.5.

                  Section 8.3 Who Are Deemed Absolute Owners.  The Company,  the
Trustee,  any paying agent and any Note  registrar  may deem the person in whose
name such Note shall be registered  upon the books of the Company to be, and may
treat such person as, the absolute  owner of such Note (whether or not such Note
shall be overdue and  notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing
thereon) for the purpose of receiving  payment of or on account of the principal
of, premium,  if any, and interest on such Note and for all other purposes;  and
neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any paying agent nor any Note  registrar
shall be affected by any notice to the  contrary.  All such  payments so made to
any holder for the time being, or upon order of such holder, shall be valid and,
to the extent of the sum or sums so paid, effectual to satisfy and discharge the
liability for monies payable upon any such Note.

                  Section 8.4 Company-Owned  Notes  Disregarded.  In determining
whether the holders of the requisite  aggregate  principal  amount of Notes have
concurred  in  any  direction,  consent,  waiver  or  other  action  under  this
Indenture, Notes that are owned by the Company or any other obligor on the Notes
or by any person  directly or indirectly  controlling  or controlled by or under
direct or indirect  common  control with the Company or any other obligor on the
Notes shall be disregarded  and deemed not to be outstanding  for the purpose of
any such  determination;  provided that for the purposes of determining  whether
the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, consent, waiver
or other action,  only Notes that a Responsible  Officer of the Trustee actually
knows  are so owned  shall be so  disregarded.  Notes so owned  that  have  been
pledged in good faith may be regarded as  outstanding  for the  purposes of this
Section 8.4 if the pledgee shall  establish to the  satisfaction  of the Trustee
the pledger's  right to vote such Notes and that the pledgee is not the Company,
any other obligor on the Notes or a person directly or indirectly controlling or
controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company or any
such other obligor.  In the case of a dispute as to such right,  any decision by
the Trustee  taken upon the advice of counsel  shall be full  protection  to the
Trustee.  Upon request of the Trustee,  the Company shall furnish to the Trustee
promptly an Officers'  Certificate  listing and  identifying  all Notes, if any,

                                       31
<PAGE>

known by the  Company  to be owned or held by or for the  account  of any of the
above  described  persons;  and subject to Section  7.1,  the  Trustee  shall be
entitled to accept such  Officers'  Certificate  as  conclusive  evidence of the
facts  therein  set forth and of the fact that all Notes not listed  therein are
outstanding for the purpose of any such determination.

                  Section 8.5 Revocation of Consents,  Future Holders Bound.  At
any time prior to (but not after) the evidencing to the Trustee,  as provided in
Section  8.1,  of the taking of any action by the holders of the  percentage  in
aggregate  principal  amount  of  the  Notes  specified  in  this  Indenture  in
connection with such action,  any holder of a Note that is shown by the evidence
to be included in the Notes the holders of which have  consented  to such action
may, by filing written notice with the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office and
upon proof of holding as provided in Section  8.2,  revoke such action so far as
concerns such Note. Except as aforesaid,  any such action taken by the holder of
any Note shall be  conclusive  and binding  upon such holder and upon all future
holders  and  owners  of such  Note  and of any  Notes  issued  in  exchange  or
substitution therefor, irrespective of whether any notation in regard thereto is
made upon such Note or any Note issued in exchange or substitution therefor.

                                   ARTICLE IX

                              NOTEHOLDERS' MEETINGS

                  Section  9.1  Purposes  for Which  Meetings  May be Called.  A
meeting of Noteholders  may be called at any time and from time to time pursuant
to the provisions of this Article IX for any of the following purposes:

                  (i) to give any notice to the Company or to the Trustee, or to
         give any directions to the Trustee, or to consent to the waiving of any
         default  hereunder  and its  consequences,  or to take any other action
         authorized to be taken by Noteholders pursuant to any of the provisions
         of Article VI;

                  (ii) to  remove the  Trustee  and  appoint a successor trustee
         pursuant to the provisions of Article VII;

                  (iii) to   consent   to   the   execution   of  an   indenture
         or indentures supplemental hereto pursuant to the provisions of Section
         10.2; or

                  (iv) to take any other action  authorized to be taken by or on
         behalf of the holders of any specified  aggregate  principal  amount of
         the  Notes  under  any  other  provisions  of this  Indenture  or under
         applicable law.

                  Section  9.2  Manner of Calling  Meetings;  Record  Date.  The
Trustee  may at any time  call a  meeting  of  Noteholders  to take  any  action
specified  in Section 9.1, to be held at such time and at such place in the City
of New York,  State of New York,  as  the  Trustee  shall  determine.  Notice of

                                       32
<PAGE>

every meeting of the  Noteholders,  setting forth the time and the place of such
meeting and in general  terms the action  proposed to be taken at such  meeting,
shall be mailed  not less than 30 nor more than 60 days  prior to the date fixed
for the meeting to such  Noteholders at their addresses as such addresses appear
in the Note  register.  For the purpose of determining  Noteholders  entitled to
notice of any meeting of  Noteholders,  the Company,  upon written notice to the
Trustee,  shall fix in advance a date as the record date for such determination,
such date to be a  business  day not more than 10 days  prior to the date of the
mailing of such notice as hereinabove  provided.  Only persons in whose name any
Note shall be  registered  in the Note  register  at the close of  business on a
record  date  fixed  by the  Trustee  as  aforesaid,  or by the  Company  or the
Noteholders  as  provided  in Section  9.3,  shall be  entitled to notice of the
meeting of Noteholders with respect to which such record date was so fixed.

                  Section 9.3 Call of Meeting by Company or Noteholders. In case
at any time the Company,  pursuant to a resolution  of its Board of Directors or
the  holders  of at least 10% in  aggregate  principal  amount of the Notes then
outstanding shall have requested the Trustee to call a meeting of Noteholders to
take any action  authorized in Section 9.1 by written  request  setting forth in
reasonable  detail  the  action  proposed  to be taken at the  meeting,  and the
Trustee  shall not have  mailed  notice  of such  meeting  within 20 days  after
receipt of such request,  then the Company or the holders of Notes in the amount
above  specified,  as the case may be, may fix the record date with  respect to,
and determine the time and the place for, such meeting and may call such meeting
to take any action  authorized  in Section  9.1,  by mailing  notice  thereof as
provided in Section  9.2.  The record  date fixed as  provided in the  preceding
sentence  shall be set forth in a written  notice to the  Trustee and shall be a
business  day not less than 15 nor more than 20 days after the date on which the
original request is sent to the Trustee.

                  Section 9.4 Who May Attend and Vote at Meetings.  Only persons
entitled  to receive  notice of a meeting of  Noteholders  and their  respective
proxies duly  appointed by an instrument in writing shall be entitled to vote at
such  meeting.  The only persons who shall be entitled to be present or to speak
at any  meeting of  Noteholders  shall be the  persons  entitled to vote at such
meeting and their counsel and any representatives of the Trustee and its counsel
and any representatives of the Company and its counsel.  When a determination of
Noteholders  entitled  to vote at any  meeting of  Noteholders  has been made as
provided in this Section,  such  determination  shall apply to any  adjournments
thereof.

                  Section  9.5  Manner of Voting at  Meetings  and  Record to be
Kept. The vote upon any resolution submitted to any meeting of Noteholders shall
be by written  ballots on each of which shall be subscribed the signature of the
Noteholder or proxy casting such ballot and the identifying number or numbers of
the Notes held or  represented  in respect  of which  such  ballot is cast.  The
chairman of the meeting  shall  appoint two  inspectors of votes who shall count
all votes cast at the meeting for or against any  resolution  and who shall make
and file with the secretary of the meeting  their  verified  written  reports in
duplicate  of all  votes  cast at the  meeting.  A record  in  duplicate  of the
proceedings of each meeting of Noteholders shall be prepared by the secretary of
the meeting and there shall be attached to said record the  original  reports of

                                       33
<PAGE>

the  inspectors of votes on any vote by ballot taken  thereat and  affidavits by
one or more persons  having  knowledge of the facts  setting forth a copy of the
notice of the  meeting  and  showing  that said notice was mailed as provided in
Section 9.2. The record shall show the  identifying  numbers of the Notes voting
in favor of or against any resolution.  Each counterpart of such record shall be
signed and  verified by the  affidavits  of the  chairman  and  secretary of the
meeting and one of the  counterparts  shall be  delivered to the Company and the
other to the Trustee to be preserved by the Trustee.

                  Any  counterpart  record  so  signed  and  verified  shall  be
conclusive  evidence  of the  matters  therein  stated  and shall be the  record
referred to in clause (b) of Section 8.1.

                  Section 9.6 Exercise of Rights of Trustee and  Noteholders Not
To Be Hindered or Delayed.  Nothing in this Article IX contained shall be deemed
or  construed  to  authorize  or  permit,  by reason of any call of a meeting of
Noteholders  or any rights  expressly or impliedly  conferred  hereunder to make
such  call,  any  hinderance  or delay in the  exercise  of any  right or rights
conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Noteholders under any of the
provisions of this Indenture or of the Notes.

                                    ARTICLE X

                             SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

                  Section  10.1  Supplemental   Indentures  Without  Consent  of
Noteholders. The Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee
may from time to time and at any time  enter  into an  indenture  or  indentures
supplemental hereto for one or more of the following purposes:

                  (a)  subject to  Article  XIV,  to  convey,  transfer, assign,
         mortgage or  pledge  to the  Trustee as  security for  the  Notes,  any
         property or assets;

                  (b) to evidence the  succession  of  another   person  to  the
         Company,  or  successive  successions,  and  the  assumption  by    the
         Successor Company of the  covenants, agreements  and obligations of the
         Company pursuant to Article XI;

                  (c) to  add to the  covenants  of  the  Company  such  further
         covenants, restrictions or conditions as the Board of Directors and the
         Trustee  shall  consider  to be for the benefit of the holders of Notes
         and to make the  occurrence,  or the occurrence and  continuance,  of a
         default in any such additional covenants,  restrictions or conditions a
         default or an Event of Default permitting the enforcement of all or any
         of the several remedies provided in this Indenture as herein set forth;
         provided that in respect of any such additional  covenant,  restriction
         or condition,  such supplemental indenture may provide for a particular

                                       34
<PAGE>

         period of grace after  default  (which  period may be shorter or longer
         than that allowed in the case of other  defaults) or may provide for an
         immediate  enforcement  upon such  default  or may  limit the  remedies
         available to the Trustee upon such default;

                  (d) to cure any  ambiguity or to  correct or   supplement  any
         provision contained herein or in  any  supplemental  indenture that may
         be defective or inconsistent with any other provision contained  herein
         or in any supplemental indenture, or to make   such other provisions in
         regard to matters or questions arising under this Indenture that  shall
         not  adversely   affect   the   interests   of   the  holders  of   the
         Notes as evidenced by an Officers' Certificate or opinion of counsel to
         such effect;

                  (e) to  evidence   and   provide  for   the   acceptance    of
         appointment  hereunder by  a successor  Trustee  with  respect  to  the
         Notes; or

                  (f) to  modify,  eliminate  or add to the  provisions  of this
         Indenture to such extent necessary to effect the  qualification of this
         Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act (if  applicable),  or under any
         similar federal statute hereafter enacted (if applicable).

                  The Trustee is hereby  authorized  to join with the Company in
the  execution  of  any  such  supplemental   indenture,  to  make  any  further
appropriate  agreements and  stipulations  that may be therein  contained and to
accept the conveyance,  transfer and assignment of any property thereunder,  but
the Trustee shall not be obligated to, but may in its discretion, enter into any
supplemental  indenture  that  affects  the  Trustee's  own  rights,  duties  or
immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

                  Any  supplemental  indenture  authorized by the  provisions of
this  Section  10.1 may be executed  by the Company and the Trustee  without the
consent  of  the  holders  of  any  of  the  Notes  at  the  time   outstanding,
notwithstanding any of the provisions of Section 10.2.

                  Section   10.2   Supplemental   Indentures   With  Consent  of
Noteholders.  With the consent  (evidenced  as provided in Article  VIII) of the
holders of not less than a majority in aggregate  principal  amount of the Notes
at the time outstanding,  the Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution and
the  Trustee,  may from time to time and at any time enter into an  indenture or
indentures  supplemental  hereto for the purpose of adding any  provisions to or
changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or
any  supplemental  indenture  or of  modifying  in any  manner the rights of the
holders of the Notes;  provided that no such  supplemental  indenture  shall (i)
without the consent of the  holders of each Note so  affected,  extend the fixed
maturity  of any Note,  or  reduce  the rate or extend  the time of  payment  of
interest  thereon,  or reduce the principal  amount thereof or premium,  if any,
thereon or reduce any amount payable on redemption  thereof, or impair or affect
the right of any  Noteholder to institute  suit for the payment  thereof or make
the principal  thereof or interest or premium,  if any,  thereon  payable in any
coin or currency other than that provided in the Notes, modify the subordination

                                       35
<PAGE>

provisions in a manner adverse to the holders of the Notes,  or (ii) without the
consent of the holders of all the Notes then  outstanding,  reduce the aforesaid
percentage  of Notes,  the holders of which are  required to consent to any such
supplemental indenture.

                  Upon the request of the  Company,  accompanied  by a copy of a
Board Resolution  certified by its Secretary or Assistant Secretary  authorizing
the execution of any such supplemental  indenture,  and upon the filing with the
Trustee of evidence  of the consent of  Noteholders  as  aforesaid,  the Trustee
shall join with the  Company in the  execution  of such  supplemental  indenture
unless such supplemental  indenture affects the Trustee's own rights,  duties or
immunities  under this Indenture or otherwise,  in which case the Trustee may in
its  discretion,  but shall not be obligated  to,  enter into such  supplemental
indenture.

                  It shall not be necessary  for the consent of the  Noteholders
under  this  Section  10.2  to  approve  the  particular  form  of any  proposed
supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve
the substance thereof.

                  Section   10.3   Effect  of   Supplemental   Indentures.   Any
supplemental  indenture  executed  pursuant to the  provisions of this Article X
shall  comply  with  the  Trust  Indenture  Act,  as  then  in  effect,  if such
supplemental  indenture is then  required to so comply.  Upon  the  execution of
any  supplemental  indenture  pursuant to the provisions of this Article X, this
Indenture  shall be and be deemed  to be  modified  and  amended  in  accordance
therewith and the respective rights, limitation of rights,  obligations,  duties
and immunities under this Indenture of the Trustee,  the Company and the holders
of Notes shall  thereafter  be  determined,  exercised  and  enforced  hereunder
subject in all respects to such  modifications  and amendments and all the terms
and conditions of any such  supplemental  indenture shall be and be deemed to be
part of the terms and conditions of this Indenture for any and all purposes.

                  Section  10.4  Notation  on  Notes.  Notes  authenticated  and
delivered  after the  execution of any  supplemental  indenture  pursuant to the
provisions of this Article X may bear a notation in form approved by the Company
as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture,  but they need not
do so. After notice to the Trustee, if the Company shall determine to add such a
notation,  new Notes so modified  as to conform,  in the opinion of the Board of
Directors,  to  any  modification  of  this  Indenture  contained  in  any  such
supplemental  indenture may, at the Company's expense,  be prepared and executed
by the Company,  authenticated by the Trustee (or an  authenticating  agent duly
appointed by the Trustee  pursuant to Section  15.11) and  delivered in exchange
for the Notes then outstanding, upon surrender of such Notes then outstanding.

                  Section 10.5 Evidence of Compliance of Supplemental  Indenture
to Be Furnished to the Trustee. The Trustee shall be furnished with and, subject
to the  provisions  of Section  7.1,  may rely  conclusively  upon an  Officers'

                                       36
<PAGE>

Certificate  and  an  Opinion  of  Counsel  as  conclusive   evidence  that  any
supplemental  indenture  executed pursuant hereto complies with the requirements
of this Article X.
                                   ARTICLE XI

                    CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, SALE, CONVEYANCE,
                               TRANSFER AND LEASE

                  Section 11.1 Company May  Consolidate,  Etc. on Certain Terms.
The  Company  shall  not  consolidate  with or merge  with or into,  or  convey,
transfer  or lease  all or  substantially  all of its  assets  (determined  on a
consolidated  basis)  to any  person  unless:  (i)  either  the  Company  is the
resulting,  surviving  or  transferee  person (the  "Successor  Company") or the
Successor  Company  is a person  organized  and  existing  under the laws of the
United  States  or any  State  thereof  or the  District  of  Columbia,  and the
Successor  Company  (if not the  Company)  expressly  assumes by a  supplemental
indenture,  executed and delivered to the Trustee,  in form  satisfactory to the
Trustee,  all the obligations of the Company under this Indenture and the Notes,
(ii) immediately  after giving effect to such  transaction,  no Event of Default
has happened and is continuing and (iii) the Company  delivers to the Trustee an
Officers'  Certificate  and an  Opinion  of  Counsel,  each  stating  that  such
consolidation,  merger or transfer  and such  supplemental  indenture  (if  any)
comply with this Indenture.

                  Section 11.2 Successor  Company To Be Substituted.  In case of
any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer or lease and upon the
assumption by the Successor  Company,  by supplemental  indenture,  executed and
delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the due and
punctual  payment of the principal of,  premium,  if any, and interest on all of
the Notes  and the due and  punctual  performance  of all of the  covenants  and
conditions  of this  Indenture to be performed  by the Company,  such  Successor
Company  shall  succeed to and be  substituted  for the  Company,  with the same
effect as if it had been  named  herein as the party  hereto.  When a  Successor
Company  duly  assumes  all the  obligations  of the  Company  pursuant  to this
Indenture  and the  Notes,  the  predecessor  shall  be  released  from all such
obligations.

                  Section  11.3  Opinion of Counsel To Be Given to Trustee.  The
Trustee,  subject to Section 7.1, shall receive an Officers'  Certificate and an
Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that any such  consolidation,  merger,
sale,  conveyance,  transfer or lease and any such assumption  complies with the
provisions of this Article XI.

                                       37
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE XII

                    SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE;
                                UNCLAIMED MONEYS

                  Section 12.1 Termination of Obligations  upon  Cancellation of
the Notes. The Company may terminate all of its obligations under this Indenture
(subject to Section 12.2) when:

                  (a) (i) all  Notes  theretofore  authenticated  and  delivered
         (other  than  Notes that have been  destroyed,  lost or stolen and that
         have  been  replaced  or paid as  provided  in  Section  2.6) have been
         delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; and

                      (ii)  the   Company   has  paid  or   caused  to  be  paid
         all other sums payable hereunder and under the Notes by the Company; or

                  (b) (i) the Notes not previously  delivered to the Trustee for
         cancellation shall have become due and payable or are by their terms to
         become  due  and  payable  within  one  year  or are to be  called  for
         redemption under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee upon delivery
         of notice,  (ii) the Company shall have irrevocably  deposited with the
         Trustee,  as trust funds, cash in an amount sufficient to pay principal
         of, premium, if any, and interest on the outstanding Notes, to maturity
         or redemption,  as the case may be, (iii) such deposit shall not result
         in a breach  or  violation  of, or  constitute  a  default  under,  any
         agreement or instrument  pursuant to which the Company is a party or by
         which it or its property is bound and (iv) the Company has delivered to
         the Trustee an Officers'  Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel in form
         and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, each stating that
         all conditions related to such defeasance have been complied with.

                  Section 12.2 Survival of Certain Obligations.  Notwithstanding
the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and of the Notes referred to in
Section 12.1,  the  respective  obligations of the Company and the Trustee under
Sections 2.3, 2.4,  2.5,  2.6,  3.1, 4.2, 5.1, 6.4, 6.9, 7.5, 7.8,  12.4,  12.5,
12.6, Article XIV shall survive until the  Notes are no longer  outstanding, and
thereafter,  the  obligations of the Company and the Trustee under Sections 6.9,
7.5, 12.4,  12.5 and 12.6 shall survive.  Nothing  contained in this Article XII
shall  abrogate any of the rights,  obligations  or duties of the Trustee  under
this Indenture.

                  Section 12.3  Acknowledgment of Discharge by Trustee.  Subject
to Section 12.6,  after (i) the conditions of Section 12.1 have been  satisfied,
(ii) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable  hereunder
by the Company and (iii) the Company has  delivered  to the Trustee an Officers'
Certificate  and an  Opinion  of  Counsel,  each  stating  that  all  conditions
precedent  referred  to in clause (i) above  relating  to the  satisfaction  and

                                       38
<PAGE>

discharge of this  Indenture  have been complied  with, the Trustee upon written
request shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of the Company's  obligations
under this  Indenture  except  for  those  surviving  obligations  specified  in
Section 12.2.

                  Section 12.4  Application  of Trust Assets.  The Trustee shall
hold  any  cash  or  U.S.  Government  Obligations  deposited  with  it  in  the
irrevocable trust established  pursuant to Section 12.1. The Trustee shall apply
the deposited cash or the U.S.  Government  Obligations,  together with earnings
thereon in accordance with this Indenture and the terms of the irrevocable trust
agreement  established  pursuant to Section 12.1 to the payment of principal of,
premium,  if any,  and  interest  on the  Notes.  The  cash  or U.S.  Government
Obligations so held in trust and deposited  with the Trustee in compliance  with
Section  12.1 shall not be part of the trust estate  under this  Indenture,  but
shall  constitute a separate trust fund for the benefit of all holders  entitled
thereto.  Except as  specifically  provided  herein,  the  Trustee  shall not be
requested to invest any amounts held by it for the benefit of the holders or pay
interest on uninvested amounts to any holder.

                  The Company shall pay and  indemnify  the Trustee  against any
tax,  fee or other  charge  imposed on or assessed  against the U.S.  Government
Obligations  deposited  pursuant  to Section  12.1 hereof or the  principal  and
interest  received  in respect  thereof  other  than any such tax,  fee or other
charge which by law is for the account of the holders of outstanding Notes.

                  Section  12.5  Repayment  to  the  Company;  Unclaimed  Money.
Subject  to  applicable  laws  governing  escheat  of such  property,  and  upon
termination  of the trust  established  pursuant  to Section  12.1  hereof,  the
Trustee shall  promptly pay to the Company upon written  request any excess cash
or U.S. Government  Obligations held by them.  Additionally,  if amounts for the
payment of principal,  premium,  if any, or interest  remains  unclaimed for two
years,  the Trustee shall,  upon written  request,  pay such amounts back to the
Company  forthwith.  Thereafter, all  liability of  the Trustee  with respect to
such amounts shall cease. After payment to the Company, holders entitled to such
payment must look to the Company for such payment as general creditors unless an
applicable abandoned property law designates another person.

                  Section 12.6 Reinstatement.  If the Trustee is unable to apply
any cash or U.S.  Government  Obligations  in  accordance  with  Section 12.1 by
reason of any legal  proceeding  or by  reason of any order or  judgment  of any
court or governmental authority enjoining,  restraining or otherwise prohibiting
such application,  the Company's  obligations under this Indenture and the Notes
shall be revived and  reinstated  as though no deposit had occurred  pursuant to
Section  12.1 until such time as the Trustee is permitted to apply all such cash
or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 12.1; provided that if
the Company makes any payment of principal of,  premium,  if any, or interest on
any Notes following the  reinstatement of its obligations,  the Company shall be
subrogated  to the rights of the holders of such Notes to receive  such  payment
from the amounts held by the Trustee.

                                       39
<PAGE>
                                  ARTICLE XIII

                    IMMUNITY OF INCORPORATORS, SHAREHOLDERS,
                             OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

                  Section 13.1 Indenture and Notes Solely Corporate Obligations.
No recourse for the payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest
on any Note, or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof, and
no recourse under or upon any  obligation,  covenant or agreement of the Company
in this Indenture or in any supplemental indenture or in any Note, or because of
the creation of any indebtedness  represented thereby,  shall be had against any
incorporator,  shareholder,  officer  or  director,  as such,  past,  present or
future,  of the Company or of any successor  entity,  either directly or through
the  Company or any  successor  entity,  whether by virtue of any  constitution,
statute or rule of law, or by the  enforcement  of any  assessment or penalty or
otherwise;  it being  expressly  understood  that all such  liability  is hereby
expressly waived and released as a condition of, and as a consideration for, the
execution of this Indenture and the issuance of the Notes.

                                   ARTICLE XIV

                                  SUBORDINATION

                  Section 14.1 Agreement to Subordinate. The Company agrees, and
each Noteholder by accepting a Note agrees,  that the indebtedness  evidenced by
the Notes is subordinated  in right of payment,  to the extent and in the manner
provided  in this  Article  XIV,  to the  prior  payment  in full of all  Senior
Indebtedness  and that the  subordination  is for the  benefit of the holders of
Senior Indebtedness.

                  Section 14.2 Certain Definitions. For purposes of this Article
XIV, the following terms shall have the meaning indicated:

                  (1)  "Representative"  shall mean a duly authorized  indenture
         trustee  or other  trustee,  agent  or  representative  for any  Senior
         Indebtedness.

                  (2) "Senior  Indebtedness" with respect to the Notes means the
         principal of,  premium,  if any, and interest on, and any fees,  costs,
         expenses and any other amounts (including  indemnity  payments) related
         to the following,  whether  outstanding on the date hereof or hereafter
         incurred or created: (a) indebtedness, matured or unmatured, whether or
         not contingent, of the Company for money borrowed evidenced by notes or
         other written  obligations,  (b) any interest rate  contract,  interest
         rate swap agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement  designed
         to   protect  the   Company  or  any   of  its   Subsidiaries   against

                                       40
<PAGE>

         fluctuations in interest rates, (c) indebtedness, matured or unmatured,
         whether  or  not  contingent,   of  the  Company  evidenced  by  notes,
         debentures,  bonds or  similar  instruments  or  letters  of credit (or
         reimbursement  agreements in respect  thereof),  (d) obligations of the
         Company as lessee under capitalized leases and under leases of property
         made as part of any sale and leaseback  transactions,  (e) indebtedness
         of others of any of the kinds  described in the  preceding  clauses (a)
         through  (d) assumed or guaranteed  by  the  Company and (f)  renewals,
         extensions,   modifications,   amendments,   and   refundings  of,  and
         indebtedness  and obligations of a successor  person issued in exchange
         for or in  replacement  of,  indebtedness  or  obligations of the kinds
         described  in  the  preceding  clauses  (a)  through  (e),  unless  the
         agreement pursuant to which any such indebtedness  described in clauses
         (a) through (f) is created,  issued,  assumed or  guaranteed  expressly
         provides that such  indebtedness  is not senior or superior in right of
         payment to the Notes;  provided that the following shall not constitute
         Senior  Indebtedness:  (i) any  indebtedness  or   obligation   of  the
         Company in respect of the Notes;  (ii) any  indebtedness of the Company
         to any of its Subsidiaries or other Affiliates;  (iii) any indebtedness
         that is subordinated or junior in any respect to any other indebtedness
         of the Company other than Senior  Indebtedness;  (iv) any  indebtedness
         incurred for the purchase of goods or materials in the ordinary  course
         of business;  and (v) any liability for federal,  state, local or other
         taxes owed or owing by the Company.

                  For the purposes of this Indenture,  Senior Indebtedness shall
not be  deemed  to have  been  paid in full  until  the  holders  of the  Senior
Indebtedness  shall have  indefeasibly  received  payment in full in cash of all
Senior  Indebtedness;  provided that if any holder of Senior Indebtedness agrees
to accept payment in full of such Senior  Indebtedness for  consideration  other
than cash, such holder shall be deemed to have indefeasibly  received payment in
full of such  Senior  Indebtedness.  The  provisions  of this  Article XIV shall
continue to be  effective or be  reinstated,  as the case may be, if at any time
any payment of any of the Senior  Indebtedness is rescinded or must otherwise be
returned by any holder of Senior Indebtedness upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or
organization  of the Company or  otherwise,  all as though such  payment had not
been made.

                  A  distribution  may  consist  of  cash,  securities  or other
property, by set-off or otherwise.

                  Section 14.3 Liquidation;  Dissolution;  Bankruptcy.  Upon any
distribution  to creditors of the Company in a liquidation or dissolution of the
Company or in a bankruptcy, reorganization,  insolvency, receivership or similar
proceeding  relating to the Company or its property,  in an  assignment  for the
benefit of creditors or any marshalling of the Company's assets and liabilities,
(a) holders of all Senior  Indebtedness  shall first be entitled to receive pay-
ment in full of all  amounts  due or to become due  thereon  before  Noteholders
shall be  entitled  to receive any payment  with  respect to the  principal  of,
premium,  if any, or interest on the Notes (except that  Noteholders may receive
securities  that are  subordinated  to at least the same  extent as the Notes to
Senior   Indebtedness   and  any  securities   issued  in  exchange  for  Senior

                                       41
<PAGE>

Indebtedness)  and (b) until all Senior  Indebtedness (as provided in clause (a)
above) is paid in full, any distribution to which  Noteholders would be entitled
but for this  Article  shall be made to holders of Senior  Indebtedness  (except
that  Noteholders may receive  securities that are  subordinated to at least the
same  extent  as the Notes to (x)  Senior  Indebtedness  and (y) any  securities
issued in exchange for Senior Indebtedness), as their interests may appear.

                  Section 14.4 Default on Senior  Indebtedness.  The Company may
not  make  any  payment  upon  or in  respect  of  the  Notes  (except  in  such
subordinated  securities) and may not acquire from the Trustee or any Noteholder
any Note for cash or property (other than securities that are subordinated to at
least  the same  extent  as the  Note to (i)  Senior  Indebtedness  and (ii) any
securities  issued  in  exchange  for  Senior  Indebtedness)  until  all  Senior
Indebtedness has been paid in full if:

                  (a) a default  in  the  payment of the  principal of, premium,
         if any, or interest on Senior Indebtedness occurs  and  is   continuing
         beyond  any applicable period of grace (a "Payment Default"); or

                  (b) a  default,  other  than  a  Payment  Default,  on  Senior
         Indebtedness  occurs  and is  continuing  that  permits  holders of the
         Senior  Indebtedness as to which such default relates to accelerate its
         maturity (a "Nonpayment  Default") and the Trustee receives a notice of
         the default from the Representative or Representatives of holders of at
         least a  majority  in  principal  amount  of Senior  Indebtedness  then
         outstanding.

                  The Company may and shall resume payments on and distributions
in respect of the Notes and may acquire  them upon the date on which the default
is  cured  or  waived  if  this  Article  XIV  otherwise  permits  the  payment,
distribution or acquisition at the time of such payment or acquisition.

                  Section 14.5 When Distribution Must Be Paid Over. In the event
that the Trustee (or paying agent if other than the  Trustee) or any  Noteholder
receives  any payment of  principal  or interest  with respect to the Notes at a
time when such  payment is  prohibited  by  Section  14.3 or 14.4  hereof,  such
payment shall be held by the Trustee (or paying agent if other than the Trustee)
or such Noteholder,  in trust for the benefit of, and immediately  shall be paid
over and delivered, upon written request, to, the holders of Senior Indebtedness
as their  interests  may appear or their  Representative  under the indenture or
other  agreement  (if any) pursuant to which Senior  Indebtedness  may have been
issued, as their respective interests may appear, for application to the payment
of all Senior  Indebtedness  remaining unpaid to the extent necessary to pay all
Senior Indebtedness in full in accordance with its terms, after giving effect to
any  concurrent  payment  or  distribution  to or  for  the  holders  of  Senior
Indebtedness.

                  With  respect  to the  holders  of  Senior  Indebtedness,  the
Trustee  undertakes to perform only such  obligations on the part of the Trustee
as are specifically  set forth in this Article XIV, and no implied  covenants or

                                       42
<PAGE>

obligations  with  respect to the holders of Senior  Indebtedness  shall be read
into this Indenture against the Trustee.  The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe
any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Indebtedness and shall not be liable
to any such holders if the Trustee  shall pay over or distribute to or on behalf
of  Noteholders  or the Company or any other person money or assets to which any
holders of Senior  Indebtedness shall be entitled by virtue of this Article XIV,
except if such  payment is made as a result of the willful  misconduct  or gross
negligence of the Trustee.

                  Section  14.6 Notice by Company.  The Company  shall  promptly
notify the  Trustee  and the paying  agent in writing of any facts  known to the
Company that would cause a payment of any  principal or interest with respect to
the Notes to violate this Article XIV, but failure to give such notice shall not
affect the subordination of the Notes to the Senior  Indebtedness as provided in
this Article XIV.

                  Section 14.7  Subrogation.  Until all Senior  Indebtedness  is
paid in full  and  until  the  Notes  are  paid in  full,  Noteholders  shall be
subrogated  (equally and ratably with all other indebtedness pari passu with the
Notes) to the rights of holders of Senior Indebtedness to receive  distributions
applicable to Senior  Indebtedness  to the extent that  distributions  otherwise
payable  to  the  Noteholders  have  been  applied  to  the  payment  of  Senior
Indebtedness.  A  distribution  made under this Article XIV to holders of Senior
Indebtedness  that  otherwise  would have been made to  Noteholders  is not,  as
between the Company and Noteholders, a payment by the Company on the Notes.

                  Section  14.8  Relative  Rights.  This Article XIV defines the
relative  rights of Noteholders and holders of Senior  Indebtedness.  Nothing in
this Indenture shall:

                  (a)  impair,  as  between  the  Company  and  the Noteholders,
         the obligation of the Company, which is  absolute  and   unconditional,
         to pay  principal of,  premium, if  any,  and interest on  the Notes in
         accordance with their terms;

                  (b)   affect   the   relative   rights  of   Noteholders   and
         creditors of the Company other than their rights in relation to holders
         of Senior Indebtedness; or

                  (c) prevent the Trustee or any Noteholder  from exercising its
         available  remedies upon a default or Event of Default,  subject to the
         rights  of  holders  and  owners  of  Senior  Indebtedness  to  receive
         distributions and payments otherwise payable to Noteholders.

                  If the  Company  fails  because  of  this  Article  XIV to pay
principal  of,  premium,  if any,  or  interest  on a Note on the due date,  the
failure is still a default or Event of Default.

                  Section 14.9 Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Company.  No
right of any holder of Senior  Indebtedness to enforce the  subordination of the

                                       43
<PAGE>

indebtedness  evidenced  by the Notes shall be impaired by any act or failure to
act by the  Company or any holder of Notes or by the  failure of the  Company or
any holder of Notes to comply with this Indenture.

                  Section  14.10   Distribution  or  Notice  to  Representative.
Whenever  a  distribution  is to be made or a notice  given to holders of Senior
Indebtedness,  the  distribution  may be made  and the  notice  given  to  their
Representative.

                  Upon any  payment  or  distribution  of assets of the  Company
referred  to in this  Article  XIV,  the Trustee  and the  Noteholders  shall be
entitled  to rely  upon  any  order or  decree  made by any  court of  competent
jurisdiction  or  upon  any  certificate  of  such   Representative  or  of  the
liquidating  trustee or agent or other  person  making any  distribution  to the
Trustee or to the  Noteholders  for the  purpose  of  ascertaining  the  persons
entitled  to  participate  in  such  distribution,  the  holders  of the  Senior
Indebtedness  and other  indebtedness  of the  Company,  the  amount  thereof or
payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other
facts pertinent thereto or to this Article XIV.

                  Section   14.11   Rights  of   Trustee   and   Paying   Agent.
Notwithstanding  the  provisions  of this Article XIV or any other  provision of
this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence
of any facts that would  prohibit the making of any payment or  distribution  by
the Trustee,  and the Trustee and the paying agent may continue to make payments
on the Notes,  unless the Trustee  shall have  received at its  Corporate  Trust
Office at least three  Business  Days prior to the date of such payment  written
notice of facts that would cause the payment of any principal,  premium, if any,
and interest  with  respect to the Notes to violate  this Article XIV.  Only the
Company or a  Representative  may give the notice.  Nothing in this  Article XIV
shall  impair the claims of, or payments  to, the  Trustee  under or pursuant to
Section 7.5 hereof.

                  The Trustee shall be entitled to rely on the delivery to it of
a written notice by a person  representing  such person to be a holder of Senior
Indebtedness  (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder) to establish that
such notice has been given by a holder of Senior  Indebtedness  (or a trustee or
agent on behalf of any such holder). In the event that the Trustee determines in
good faith that  further  evidence is required  with respect to the right of any
person as a holder of Senior  Indebtedness  to  participate  in any  payment  or
distribution  pursuant to this  Article XIV, the Trustee may request such person
to furnish  evidence  to the  reasonable  satisfaction  of the Trustee as to the
amount of Senior  Indebtedness  held by such  person,  the  extent to which such
person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution  and any other
facts pertinent to the rights of such person under this Article XIV, and if such
evidence is not  furnished,  the  Trustee may defer any payment  which it may be
required to make for the  benefit of such  person  pursuant to the terms of this
Indenture  pending  judicial  determination  as to the rights of such  person to
receive such payment.

                                       44
<PAGE>
                  The Trustee in its  individual or any other  capacity may hold
Senior  Indebtedness  with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.
Any  paying  agent,  any  authenticating  agent,  any Note  registrar  and their
successors may do the same with like rights.

                  Section  14.12  Authorization  to Effect  Subordination.  Each
holder of a Note by the holder's  acceptance  thereof authorizes and directs the
Trustee  on the  holder's  behalf to take such  action  as may be  necessary  or
appropriate to effectuate the  subordination as provided in this Article XIV and
appoints  the Trustee to act as the  holder's  attorney-in-fact  for any and all
such purposes.  Without limiting the foregoing,  each  Representative  is hereby
irrevocably  authorized  and  empowered  (in its own  name or in the name of the
Noteholders  or the  Trustee or  otherwise),  but shall have no  obligation,  to
demand,  sue for, collect and receive every payment or distribution  referred to
in  Section  14.3 above and give  acquittance  therefor  and to file  claims and
proofs of claim and take such other action as it may deem necessary or advisable
for the exercise or enforcement of any of the rights or interests of the holders
or owners of the Senior  Indebtedness  hereunder;  provided that for purposes of
this Section 14.12 holders or owners of Senior Indebtedness may act only through
such Representative.

                  Section 14.13  Amendments.  The provisions of this Article XIV
shall not be amended or modified  without the written  consent of the holders of
Senior Indebtedness.

                                   ARTICLE XV

                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

                  Section 15.1 Provisions Binding on Company's  Successors.  All
the covenants,  stipulations,  promises and agreements in this Indenture made by
the Company shall bind its successors and assigns whether so expressed or not.

                  Section 15.2  Official Acts by Successor  Company.  Any act or
proceeding by any provision of this Indenture  authorized or required to be done
or  performed  by any board  (including  the Board of  Directors),  committee or
officer of the Company shall and may be done and  performed  with like force and
effect by the like board,  committee or officer of any corporation that shall at
the time be the lawful sole successor of the Company.

                  Section 15.3 Addresses for Notices,  Etc. Any notice or demand
that by any provision of this  Indenture is required or permitted to be given or
served by the Trustee or by the holders of Notes on the Company  shall be deemed
to have been sufficiently  given or made, for all purposes if given or served by
being sent by prepaid  overnight  delivery or being deposited postage prepaid by
registered  or  certified  mail in a post  office  letter box  addressed  (until
another  address  is  filed by the  Company  with the  Trustee)  to Royal  Aloha
Development  Company,  360 East  Desert  Inn  Road,  Las  Vegas,  Nevada  89119,

                                       45
<PAGE>

Attention:  Jack R.  Corteway with copies to (i) Jack R.  Corteway,  Royal Aloha
Development Company,  1505 Dillingham Blvd., Suite 212, Honolulu,  Hawaii 96817,
and (ii) Harry E. McCoy II,  Ballard Spahr  Andrews & Ingersoll,  201 South Main
Street, Suite 1200, Salt Lake City, Utah 84111. Any notice,  direction,  request
or  demand  hereunder  to or upon the  Trustee  shall  be  deemed  to have  been
sufficiently  given or made, for all purposes,  if given or served by being sent
by prepaid  overnight  delivery or being deposited postage prepaid by registered
or certified  mail in a post office letter box addressed to the Corporate  Trust
Office of the Trustee,  which office is, at the date as of which this  Indenture
is dated,  located at 100 Wall Street,  Suite 1600, New York,  New York,  10005,
Attention: Corporate Trust Administration.

                  The  Trustee,   by  notice  to  the  Company,   may  designate
additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

                  Any notice or  communication  mailed to a Noteholder  shall be
mailed to him by first  class  mail,  postage  prepaid,  at the  address of such
Noteholder as it appears on the Note register and shall be sufficiently given to
such Noteholder if so mailed within the time prescribed.

                  Failure to mail a notice or  communication  to a Noteholder or
any  defect  in it shall  not  affect  its  sufficiency  with  respect  to other
Noteholders.  If a notice or  communication  is mailed  in the  manner  provided
above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

                  Section 15.4  Communications by Holders with Other Holders.

                  (a) Within five business days after the receipt by the Trustee
         of a written  application by any three or more Noteholders stating that
         the  applicants  desire to  communicate  with  other  Noteholders  with
         respect to their  rights under this  Indenture or under the Notes,  and
         accompanied by a copy of the form of proxy or other communication which
         such applicants propose to transmit,  and by reasonable proof that each
         such  applicant  has owned a Note for a period  of at least six  months
         preceding  the date of such  application,  such Trustee  shall,  at its
         election, either

                           (i)  afford  to  such   applicants   access   to  all
                  information  so furnished  to or received by such Trustee; or

                           (ii) inform  such  applicants  as to the  approximate
                  number of Noteholders according to the most recent information
                  so  furnished  to or received by such  Trustee,  and as to the
                  approximate  cost of mailing to such  Noteholders  the form of
                  proxy  or  other  communication,  if  any,  specified  in such
                  application.

         If the Trustee shall elect not to afford to such  applicants  access to
         such  information,  the Trustee shall, upon the written request of such
         applicants, mail to all such Noteholders copies of the form of proxy or
         other communication which is specified in such request, with reasonable

                                       46
<PAGE>

         promptness  after a tender to the Trustee of the  material to be mailed
         and of  payment,  or  provision  for  the  payment,  of the  reasonable
         expenses of such  mailing,  unless  within five days after such tender,
         such Trustee shall mail to such  applicants a written  statement to the
         effect that,  in the opinion of such  Trustee,  such  mailing  would be
         contrary  to the  best  interests  of the  Noteholders  or  would be in
         violation of applicable law.

                  (b) The disclosure of any such information as to the names and
         addresses of the  Noteholders in accordance with the provisions of this
         Section 15.4,  regardless of the source from which such information was
         derived,  shall not be deemed to be a violation of any existing law, or
         of any law hereafter enacted, nor shall the Trustee be held accountable
         by reason of mailing  any  material  pursuant  to a request  made under
         subsection (a) of this Section.

                  Section 15.5 Governing Law. This Indenture  shall be deemed to
be a contract  made under the  substantive  laws of Nevada and for all  purposes
shall be construed in accordance  with the  substantive  laws of Nevada  without
regard to  conflicts  of laws  principles  thereof;  provided  however  that the
rights,  duties,  privileges and indemnities of the Trustee shall be governed by
the laws of the State of New York.

                  Section 15.6 Evidence of Compliance with Conditions Precedent;
Certificates  to Trustee.  Upon any  application or demand by the Company to the
Trustee to take any action under any of the  provisions of this  Indenture,  the
Company shall furnish to the Trustee an Officers'  Certificate  stating that all
conditions  precedent,  if any,  provided for in this Indenture  relating to the
proposed action have been complied with, and an Opinion of Counsel stating that,
in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied
with.

                  Each certificate or opinion provided for in this Indenture and
delivered to the Trustee with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant
provided for in this Indenture  shall  include:  (1) a statement that the person
making such  certificate  or opinion has read such covenant or condition,  (2) a
brief statement as to the nature and scope of the  examination or  investigation
upon which the statement or opinion  contained in such certificate or opinion is
based,  (3) a statement  that,  in the opinion of such person,  he has made such
examination  or  investigation  as is  necessary  to enable  him to  express  an
informed  opinion as to  whether  or not such  covenant  or  condition  has been
complied  with and (4) a statement  as to whether or not, in the opinion of such
person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

                  Section  15.7 Legal  Holidays.  In any case where any Interest
Payment Date, date fixed for redemption or stated maturity of any Note shall not
be a Business Day, then  (notwithstanding  any other provision of this Indenture
or of the Notes)  payment of interest on or principal  (and premium,  if any) of
the Notes need not be made on such date, but may be made on the next  succeeding
Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the  Interest  Payment

                                       47
<PAGE>

Date, date fixed for  redemption,  or at the stated  maturity,  provided that no
interest shall accrue for the period from and after such Interest  Payment Date,
date fixed for redemption or stated maturity, as the case may be.

                  Section  15.8 No Security  Interest  Created.  Nothing in this
Indenture  or in  the  Notes,  expressed  or  implied,  shall  be  construed  to
constitute  a security  interest  under the Uniform  Commercial  Code or similar
legislation,  as now or  hereafter  enacted and in effect,  in any  jurisdiction
where property of the Company or its Subsidiaries is located.

                  Section 15.9 Benefits of Indenture.  Nothing in this Indenture
or in the Notes,  expressed or implied, shall give to any person, other than the
parties hereto, any paying agent, any  authenticating  agent, any Note registrar
and their  successors  hereunder  and the  holders of Notes,  any benefit or any
legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.

                  Section  15.10 Table of Contents,  Headings  Etc. The table of
contents  and the titles and  headings  of the  articles  and  sections  of this
Indenture have been inserted for  convenience  of reference  only, are not to be
considered  a part  hereof,  and shall in no way modify or  restrict  any of the
terms or provisions hereof.

                  Section 15.11 Authenticating Agent. The Trustee may appoint an
authenticating  agent that shall be  authorized to act on its behalf and subject
to its direction in the  authentication and delivery of Notes in connection with
the original  issuance  thereof and transfers and exchanges of Notes  hereunder,
including under Sections 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7 and 3.3, as fully to all intents and
purposes as though the  authenticating  agent had been  expressly  authorized by
this Indenture and those  Sections to  authenticate  and deliver Notes.  For all
purposes of this  Indenture,  the  authentication  and  delivery of Notes by the
authenticating  agent shall be deemed to be authentication  and delivery of such
Notes "by the Trustee" and a certificate of authentication executed on behalf of
the  Trustee  by  an  authenticating  agent  shall  be  deemed  to  satisfy  any
requirement  hereunder  or  in  the  Notes  for  the  Trustee's  certificate  of
authentication.

                  Any  corporation  into which any  authenticating  agent may be
merged or converted  or with which it may be  consolidated,  or any  corporation
resulting   from  any  merger,   consolidation   or   conversion  to  which  any
authenticating  agent shall be a party,  or any  corporation  succeeding  to the
corporate trust business of any authenticating  agent, shall be the successor of
the  authenticating  agent  hereunder,  if such  successor  company is otherwise
eligible under this Section, without the execution or filing of any paper or any
further act on the part of the  parties  hereto or the  authenticating  agent or
such successor company.

                  Any  authenticating  agent  may at any time  resign  by giving
written notice of resignation to the Trustee and to the Company. The Trustee may
at any time terminate the agency of any  authenticating  agent by giving written
notice of  termination  to such  authenticating  agent and to the Company.  Upon
receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at
any time any authenticating agent shall cease to be eligible under this Section,
the Trustee shall promptly appoint a successor  authenticating  agent (which may

                                       48
<PAGE>

be the Trustee),  shall give written  notice of such  appointment to the Company
and shall mail notice of such  appointment  to all holders of Notes as the names
and addresses of such holders appear on the Note register.

                  The  Company  agrees to pay to the  authenticating  agent from
time to time reasonable compensation for its services.

                  The  provisions  of Sections  7.2, 7.3, 7.4, 7.6, 8.3 and this
Section 15.11 shall be applicable to any authenticating agent.

                  Section 15.12 Execution in Counterparts. This Indenture may be
executed in any number of counterparts,  each of which shall be an original, but
such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

                                       49
<PAGE>

                  [________________________]  hereby  accepts the trusts in this
Indenture declared and provided,  upon the terms and conditions  hereinabove set
forth.

                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  hereto  have  caused  this
Indenture  to be duly  signed and  attested,  all as of the date  first  written
above.

                                            ROYAL ALOHA DEVELOPMENT COMPANY


                                            By:_______________________________
                                            Name:
                                            Title:


Attest:



________________________________


                                            FIRST TRUST OF NEW YORK, NATIONAL
                                            ASSOCIATION, as Trustee


                                            By:_______________________________
                                            Name:
                                            Title:


Attest:



_________________________________



<PAGE>



                       EXHIBIT A - FORM OF DEFINITIVE NOTE


                             [FORM OF FACE OF NOTE]

No. A-
                                                                  $
                                                              CUSIP [_________]

                         ROYAL ALOHA DEVELOPMENT COMPANY

              [__]% Eight Year Deferred Interest Subordinated Notes


                  ROYAL ALOHA DEVELOPMENT  COMPANY, a corporation duly organized
and  validly  existing  under the laws of the State of Nevada  (the  "Company"),
which term includes any Successor Company under the Indenture referred to on the
reverse    hereof,    for   value   received   hereby   promises   to   pay   to
___________________________,   or  registered  assigns,  the  principal  sum  of
______________________________________  Dollars on [_________________],  200_ at
the  office  or  agency  of  the  Company   maintained   for  that   purpose  in
[______________________________],  or at the  option of the holder of this Note,
at the  Corporate  Trust Office of the Trustee,  in such coin or currency of the
United States of America as at the time of payment shall be legal tender for the
payment of public and private debts, and to pay interest commencing on the first
Interest  Payment Date (as hereinafter  defined) after the payment of the entire
principal  amount  and  interest  on the  Construction  Loan,  semi-annually  on
[___________]  and  [_____________]  of each  year  (each an  "Interest  Payment
Date"),  on said  principal  sum at  said  office  or  agency,  in like  coin or
currency,  at the rate per annum  specified in the title of this Note.  Interest
accruing  from the  original  date of issuance of the Notes under the  Indenture
through the Interest  Payment Date  preceding  the first  Interest  Payment Date
occurring after the principal of and interest on the  Construction  Loan is paid
is  hereinafter  referred to as  "Development  Period  Interest."  The  interest
payable  on the first  Interest  Payment  Date  after the  payment of the entire
principal  interest on the Construction Loan shall be that accrued from the next
preceding  Interest Payment Date and,  thereafter,  interest shall be payable on
any Interest  Payment Date from the most recent  Interest  Payment  Date, as the
case may be, next  preceding  the date of this Note to which  interest  has been
paid or duly  provided for,  unless the date hereof is a date to which  interest
has been paid or duly  provided  for,  in which case from the date of this Note,
until  payment of said  principal  sum has been made or duly  provided  for. Any
Development  Period  Interest not paid on the first Interest  Payment Date after
the payment of the entire  principal  of and interest on the  Construction  Loan
shall  forthwith  cease to be payable to the  Noteholder on the relevant  record
date by virtue of his having been such Noteholder;  and such Development  Period
Interest  shall be paid in whole or in part by the  Company,  at its election in
each case,  either (i) by notifying  the Trustee of a special  record date,  the
amount  of  interest  to be paid on such  special  record  date  and the date of
payment  (not more than 25 days after  receipt by the Trustee of such  interest,

                                      A-1
<PAGE>

unless the Trustee  shall consent to an earlier  date) and  depositing  with the
Trustee an amount of money equal to the  aggregate  amount to be paid in respect
of such Development Period Interest on making  arrangements  satisfactory to the
Trustee for such deposit or (ii) in any lawful manner not inconsistent  with the
requirements  of any  securities  exchange  on which the Notes may be listed and
upon notice  requested by such  exchange,  if, after notice to the Trustee,  the
Trustee deems such manner of payment to be practicable.  The interest so payable
on any  [_______________]  or  [_______________]  will be paid to the  person in
whose name this Note (or one or more  Predecessor  Notes) is  registered  at the
close of  business  on the record  date,  which  shall be the  [_______________]
[_______________]   (whether  or  not  a  Business  Day)  next   preceding  such
[_______________]  or  [_______________],  respectively;  provided that any such
interest not  punctually  paid or duly provided for shall be payable as provided
in the  Indenture.  Interest  shall be paid by check  mailed  to the  registered
holder at the registered  address of such person unless other  arrangements  are
made in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture.

                  Reference is made to the further  provisions  of this Note set
forth on the reverse hereof. Such further provisions shall for all purposes have
the same effect as though fully set forth at this place.

                  This  Note  shall not be valid or  become  obligatory  for any
purpose until the certificate of authentication  hereon shall have been manually
signed by the  Trustee,  or a duly  authorized  authenticating  agent  under the
Indenture.

                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  Company  has caused this Note to be
duly executed under its corporate seal.

                                            ROYAL ALOHA DEVELOPMENT COMPANY



                                            By:________________________________
                                                Name:
                                                Title:


Attest:


____________________________
         Secretary


                     [FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION]

                                       A-2

<PAGE>

                          CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

Dated:

                  This  is one  of  the  Notes  described  in  the  within-named
Indenture.

                                            FIRST TRUST OF NEW YORK, NATIONAL
                                            ASSOCIATION, as Trustee



                                    By:_______________________________________
                                            Authorized Signatory

                                       A-3

<PAGE>
                            [FORM OF REVERSE OF NOTE]

                         ROYAL ALOHA DEVELOPMENT COMPANY

              [__]% Eight Year Deferred Interest Subordinated Notes

                  This  Note is one of a duly  authorized  issue of Notes of the
Company,  designated  as its [___]% Eight Year  Deferred  Interest  Subordinated
Notes (herein called the "Notes"),  limited to the aggregate principal amount of
$8,500,000  all issued or to be issued under and pursuant to an Indenture  dated
as of [_______________]  (the "Indenture"),  between the Company and First Trust
of New  York,  National  Association,  as  trustee  (the  "Trustee"),  to  which
Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a
complete description of the rights, limitations of rights,  obligations,  duties
and  immunities  thereunder  of the Trustee,  the Company and the holders of the
Notes. Each Note is subject to, and qualified by, all such terms as set forth in
the Indenture  certain of which are summarized  hereon and each holder of a Note
is referred to the  corresponding  provisions  of the  Indenture  for a complete
statement of such terms. To the extent that there is any  inconsistency  between
the summary provisions set forth in the Notes and the Indenture,  the provisions
of the Indenture  shall govern.  Capitalized  terms used but not defined in this
Note shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture.

                  In case an Event of  Default,  as  defined  in the  Indenture,
shall have occurred and be continuing,  the principal of,  premium,  if any, and
accrued interest on all Notes may be declared,  and upon said declaration  shall
become,  due and  payable,  in the  manner,  with the effect and  subject to the
conditions provided in the Indenture.

                  The payment of principal of, premium,  if any, and interest on
the Notes will, to the extent set forth in the  Indenture,  be  subordinated  in
right of payment to the prior  payment  in full of all Senior  Indebtedness  (as
defined in the Indenture).  Upon any distribution to creditors of the Company in
a liquidation or dissolution of the Company or in a bankruptcy,  reorganization,
insolvency,  receivership  or similar  proceeding  related to the Company or its
property,  in an assignment  for the benefit of creditors or any  marshalling of
the Company's  assets and  liabilities,  the holders of all Senior  Indebtedness
will first be  entitled  to receive  payment  in full of all  amounts  due or to
become due  thereon  before the holders of the Notes will be entitled to receive
any payment in respect of the principal of, premium,  if any, or interest on the
Notes (except that holders of Notes may receive securities that are subordinated
at  least  to the same  extent  as the  Notes  to  Senior  Indebtedness  and any
securities issued in exchange for Senior Indebtedness).

                  The Company  also may not make any payment  upon or in respect
of the Notes (except in such  subordinated  securities) and may not acquire from
the  Trustee  or the  holder  of any  Note  for  cash or  property  (other  than
securities  subordinated  to at  least  the same  extent  as the Note to (i) all
Senior  Indebtedness  and (ii) any  securities  issued in  exchange  for  Senior

                                      A-4
<PAGE>

Indebtedness)  until all Senior  Indebtedness has been paid in full if a default
in the  payment of the  principal  of,  premium,  if any,  or interest on Senior
Indebtedness  occurs and is continuing  beyond any applicable period of grace or
any other default occurs and is continuing  with respect to Senior  Indebtedness
that permits holders of the Senior Indebtedness as to which such default relates
to accelerate its maturity.  Payments on the Notes may and shall be resumed upon
the date on which such default is cured or waived.

                  In the event that the Trustee  (or paying  agent if other than
the  Trustee) or any holder of the Notes  receives  any payment of  principal or
interest  with  respect to the Notes at a time when such  payment is  prohibited
under the Indenture, such payment shall be held in trust for the benefit of, and
immediately  shall  be paid  over  and  delivered  to,  the  holders  of  Senior
Indebtedness or their  representative as their respective  interests may appear.
After all  Senior  Indebtedness  is paid in full and until the Notes are paid in
full, the holders of the Notes shall be subrogated (equally and ratably with all
other Indebtedness pari passu with the Notes) to the rights of holders of Senior
Indebtedness to receive  distributions  applicable to Senior Indebtedness to the
extent  that  distributions  otherwise  payable to the holders of the Notes have
been applied to the payment of Senior Indebtedness.

                  The Indenture contains  provisions  permitting the Company and
the  Trustee,  with the  consent of the  holders of not less than a majority  in
aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding, evidenced as in
the Indenture provided, to execute supplemental indentures adding any provisions
to or  changing  in any  manner  or  eliminating  any of the  provisions  of the
Indenture or of any supplemental indenture or modifying in any manner the rights
of the holders of the Notes; provided that no such supplemental  indenture shall
(i) extend the fixed maturity of any Note, or reduce the rate or extend the time
of payment  of  interest  thereon,  or reduce the  principal  amount  thereof or
premium, if any, thereon, or reduce any amount payable on redemption thereof, or
impair or affect the right of any  Noteholder to institute  suit for the payment
thereof,  or make the principal thereof or interest or premium,  if any, thereon
payable in any coin or currency  other than that  provided in the Notes,  modify
the  subordination  provisions in a manner  adverse to the holders of the Notes,
without  the  consent of the holder of each Note so  affected or (ii) reduce the
aforesaid  percentage of Notes,  the holders of which are required to consent to
any such supplemental indenture, without the consent of the holders of all Notes
then  outstanding.  The  Company and the  Trustee  may amend or  supplement  the
Indenture  without notice to or consent of any holder of Notes in certain events
specified in the Indenture.  It is also provided in the Indenture that, prior to
any  declaration  accelerating  the  maturity  of the  Notes,  the  holders of a
majority in aggregate  principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding may
on behalf of the holders of all of the Notes waive any past  default or Event of
Default under the Indenture and its consequences except a default in the payment
of  interest  or any  premium on or the  principal  of any of the Notes,  unless
otherwise  excused  pursuant  to the terms of the  Indenture,  or a  default  in
respect of a covenant or provision of the Indenture that under Article X thereof
cannot be  modified  or amended  without the consent of the holders of all Notes
then outstanding.  Any such consent or waiver by the holder of this Note (unless
revoked as provided in the Indenture)  shall be conclusive and binding upon such

                                      A-5
<PAGE>

holder  and upon all future  holders  and owners of this Note and any Notes that
may be issued in exchange or substitution hereof, irrespective of whether or not
any notation thereof is made upon this Note or such other Notes.

                  No reference  herein to the Indenture and no provision of this
Note or of the  Indenture  shall alter or impair the  obligation of the Company,
which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and any premium and
interest on this Note at the place, at the respective  times, at the rate and in
the coin or currency herein prescribed.

                  Interest  on the  Notes  shall be  computed  on the basis of a
360-day year composed of twelve 30-day months.

                  The Notes are issuable in registered  form without  coupons in
denominations of $1,000 principal amount and integral multiples thereof.  At the
office or agency  of the  Company  referred  to on the face  hereof,  and in the
manner and subject to the limitations provided in the Indenture, without payment
of any service  charge but with payment of a sum  sufficient to cover any tax or
other   governmental   charge  that  may  be  imposed  in  connection  with  any
registration  or exchange of Notes,  Notes may be exchanged for a like aggregate
principal amount of Notes of other authorized denominations.

                  The  Notes are not  redeemable  at the  option of the  Company
prior to 200_.  At any time on or after that date,  the Notes may be redeemed at
the Company's option, upon notice as set forth in the Indenture, in whole at any
time or in part  from  time to  time,  at the  following  prices  (expressed  in
percentages of the principal amount),  together with accrued interest (including
Development Period Interest) to the date fixed for redemption if redeemed during
the 12-month period beginning:

        Date                                            Redemption Price

        [Year 3]                                                %
        [Year 4]
        [Year 5]

and 100% on or after [Year 6]; provided that if the date fixed for redemption is
a date on or after the record date and on or before the next following  Interest
Payment Date, then the interest payable on such date shall be paid to the holder
of  record  on  the  next  preceding   [_______________]  or  [_______________],
respectively.

                  Upon due presentment for registration of transfer of this Note
at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee,  a new Note or Notes of authorized
denominations  for an equal  aggregate  principal  amount  will be issued to the
transferee  in  exchange  thereof,  subject to the  conditions  and  limitations
provided  in  the  Indenture,  without  charge  except  for  any  tax  or  other
governmental charge imposed in connection therewith.

                                       A-6

<PAGE>

                  The Company, the Trustee, any authenticating agent, any paying
agent, and any Note registrar may deem and treat the registered holder hereof as
the absolute  owner of this Note  (whether or not this Note shall be overdue and
notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing hereon made by anyone
other than the  Company or any Note  registrar),  for the  purpose of  receiving
payment hereof,  or on account hereof,  and for all other purposes,  and neither
the Company nor the  Trustee nor any other  authenticating  agent nor any paying
agent nor any Note  registrar  shall be affected by any notice to the  contrary.
All payments made to or upon the order of such  registered  holder shall, to the
extent of the sum or sums  paid,  satisfy  and  discharge  liability  for monies
payable on this Note.

                  No recourse for the payment of the principal of or any premium
or interest on this Note,  or for any claim based hereon or otherwise in respect
hereof,  and no recourse under or upon any obligation,  covenant or agreement of
the Company in the  Indenture or any  indenture  supplemental  thereto or in any
Note, or because of the creation of any indebtedness  represented thereby, shall
be had against any  incorporator,  shareholder,  officer or  director,  as such,
past,  present or future,  of the Company or of any  Successor  Company,  either
directly or through the Company or any Successor  Company,  whether by virtue of
any constitution, statute or rule of law or by the enforcement of any assessment
or penalty or otherwise,  all such liability being, by the acceptance hereof and
as  part of the  consideration  for  the  issue  hereof,  expressly  waived  and
released.

                                       A-7

<PAGE>

                                  ABBREVIATIONS


                  The following  abbreviations,  when used in the inscription of
the face of this Note,  shall be  construed  as though they were  written out in
full according to applicable laws or regulations:

TEN COM -  as tenants in common                   UNIF GIFT MIN ACT -
TEN ENT -  as tenants by the entireties           _______________ Custodian
JT TEN  -  as joint tenants with right                 (Cust)
           of survivorship and not as             _______________ under
           tenants in common                           (Minor)
                                                  Uniform Gifts to
                                                  Minors Act _________________
                                                                  (State)

                  Additional  abbreviations  may also be used  though not in the
above list.

                                       A-8

<PAGE>

                              [FORM OF ASSIGNMENT]


                  For  value   received   _____________________________   hereby
sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto _________________________ (Please insert
social  security or other  identifying  number of assignee) the within Note, and
hereby  irrevocably  constitutes  and appoints  ________________________________
attorney to transfer the said Note on the books of the Company,  with full power
of substitution in the premises.


Dated:___________________________

_________________________________

_________________________________
Signature(s)

Signature(s) must be guaranteed by an eligible Guarantor
Institution (banks, stock brokers, savings and loan
associations and credit unions).



_______________________________________________________
Signature Guarantee

NOTICE: The signature on the assignment must correspond with the name as written
upon the face of the Note in every particular  without alteration or enlargement
or any change whatever.

                                       A-9




                                ESCROW AGREEMENT

         This Escrow Agreement (the "Agreement")  dated as of _______________ is
by and between  Royal  Aloha  Development  Company,  a Nevada  corporation  (the
"Company"), and the First Trust of California, National Association (the
"Escrow Agent").

                                    RECITALS

         The Company proposes to offer for sale to the general public in certain
states of the United States and in certain  provinces in Canada its _____% Eight
Year  Subordinated  Notes (the  "Notes") up to an  aggregate of  $8,500,000,  in
accordance  with the  registration  provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended,   and  pursuant  to  a   Registration   Statement  on  Form  SB-2  (the
"Registration  Statement") on file with the Securities and Exchange  Commission.
In accordance  with the terms of the  Prospectus  contained in the  Registration
Statement,  the Company  desires to provide for the escrow of the funds invested
in the Notes until the minimum amount, described below, has been received.

         First Trust of  California  has agreed to act as escrow agent on behalf
of the Company on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement;

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the premises the Parties agree as
follows:

         1. Appointment of Escrow Agent. The Escrow Agent is hereby appointed as
escrow agent in accordance with the terms hereof, and the Escrow Agent agrees to
act in such capacity.

         2. Establishment of Escrow Account.  The Escrow Agent, as agent for the
Company to implement the provisions of this Agreement, has established an escrow
fund ("Escrow  Fund") which shall contain all checks,  drafts,  and money orders
("Subscription  Payments")  and all  Subscription  Agreements  and other related
documents ("Subscription  Documents") received by the Escrow Agent directly from
Purchasers, and Subscription Payments and Subscription Documents received by the
Escrow Agent through the Company.  Such Subscription  Payments and Documents and
any income resulting from the investment of such Subscription  Payments shall be
held,  invested,  and  disbursed  pursuant  to  paragraphs  5, 6,  and 7 of this
Agreement.

         3. Escrow Fees.  The Company  hereby  agrees to pay the Escrow Agent at
the opening of escrow an advance  payment  for all  ordinary  services  rendered
hereunder  (the "Escrow Fee") which shall be  calculated in accordance  with the
Escrow  Agent's  standard rate schedule.  The Company  further agrees to pay the
Escrow Agent  reasonable  fees,  which shall be agreed upon between the Parties,
for any services in addition to those provided for herein to the extent that the

<PAGE>

Company has expressly  requested such  extraordinary  services and has been made
aware of their cost in advance of their performance.

         4.  Deposits.  The Company shall  transmit to the Escrow Agent,  within
three business days of receipt by the Company, all Subscription Payments and all
Subscription  Agreements and Subscription  Documents received by the Company for
the purchase of the Notes from the purchasers thereof ("Subscribers"), including
without  limitation an IRS form W-8/W-9 for each  Subscriber.  All  Subscription
Payments  shall  be  made  payable  to  First  Trust  of  California,   National
Association  as  Escrow  Agent  for  Royal  Aloha  Development   Company.   Each
transmittal of Subscription  Payments shall be accompanied by a schedule listing
the  Subscribers  whose  funds are being  transmitted  and the  amounts of their
investment.  The  Company  shall also  provide a signed IRS form  W-8/W-9 to the
Escrow Agent.

         5. Investment of Funds. All Subscription Payments shall be deposited in
a First Bank System  Business Money Market account and shall upon clearance earn
per diem  interest at a rate provided by the First Bank System for such account.
Such investments are hereinafter referred to as "Investments."

         6. Holding and Disbursement of Funds and Documents. The Escrow Agent is
hereby   authorized  and  directed  to  hold  the   Subscription   Payments  and
Subscription  Documents in the Escrow Fund during the term of this Agreement and
to disburse the Subscription Payments and Subscription  Documents and any income
resulting from the  Investments,  or any part thereof,  only to persons entitled
thereto in accordance  with the provisions of this  Agreement.  The Escrow Agent
shall be permitted to commingle  the  Subscription  Payments  held in the Escrow
Fund,  provided  upon  distribution  of the  Subscription  Payments  pursuant to
Paragraph 7 hereof,  the Escrow  Agent shall  furnish to the Company a financial
accounting, including the disbursements made from the Escrow Fund, the expenses,
if any,  theretofore  charged to the Escrow Fund,  and the income  earned on the
Investments. All Subscription Payments and Subscription Documents deposited with
the Escrow Agent shall remain the  property of the  Subscriber  and shall not be
subject to any lien or change by the Escrow  Agent,  or judgment  or  Creditors'
claims  against  the  Company  until  released  to it in the manner  hereinafter
provided.

         7.       Termination of Escrow; Disbursement of Funds.

                  A. If at any time prior to termination of the escrow,  the sum
         of $8,500,000 in Subscription  Payments has been deposited  pursuant to
         this  Agreement,  the Escrow  Agent  shall  confirm the receipt of such
         payments to the  Company.  The Company  shall have sixty (60) days from
         such  confirmation  from  the  Escrow  Agent to  enter  into a  binding
         construction loan agreement (the "Construction Loan") and to certify to
         the Escrow  Agent that the Company has entered the  Construction  Loan.
         Following such  certification by the Company,  and upon written request
         of  the  Company,   the  Escrow  Agent  shall  disburse   promptly  all

                                       2
<PAGE>

         Subscription Payments and all Subscription  Documents to the Company in
         immediately  available  funds.  The Escrow Agent shall then disburse to
         each  Subscriber  by  check  the  amount  of  interest  accrued  on the
         Subscription  Payments of such  Subscriber.  All  disbursements  by the
         Escrow Agent to  Subscribers  pursuant to this Section shall be made by
         the Escrow  Agent's  usual  escrow  checks and shall be mailed by first
         class United States Postal Services mail,  postage prepaid,  as soon as
         practicable  but not  later  than the  third  business  day  after  the
         disbursement  of funds to the  Company,  at which  time this  Agreement
         shall terminate.  In the event that the Company is unable to obtain the
         Construction  Loan within (60) days of the  confirmation  by the Escrow
         Agent of receipt of $8,500,000 in  Subscription  Payments,  this Escrow
         Agreement  shall  terminate  and the Escrow  Agent  shall  release  all
         Subscription  Payments and  Subscription  Documents to the  Subscribers
         according to the terms of paragraph 7.B below.

                  B. If within ninety (90) days (or pursuant to any extension by
         the Company) after the effective date of the Registration Statement the
         Company and any Broker/Dealer have not deposited at least $4,500,000 in
         Subscription  Payments with the Escrow Agent, the Escrow Agent shall so
         notify the  Company.  The Company at its option may extend the offering
         period and this Agreement for up to two (2) additional  ninety (90) day
         terms.  At the end of any such ninety (90) day period,  if Subscription
         Payments of at least $4,500,000 have not been deposited with the Escrow
         Agent, the Company at its option may terminate this Agreement, and upon
         written notice of such termination,  the Escrow Agent shall release all
         Subscription  Payments  and the  corresponding  Subscription  Documents
         together  with all  interest  accrued on such funds to each  Subscriber
         respectively   at  the  address   given  by  such   Subscriber  in  the
         Subscription Agreement.  All disbursements by the Escrow Agent pursuant
         to this Section shall be made by the Escrow Agent's usual escrow checks
         and shall be mailed by first class United States Postal  Services mail,
         postage  prepaid,  as soon as practicable  but not later than the third
         business  day after the  termination  of the escrow.  The Escrow  Agent
         shall  furnish to the Company an  accounting  for the refund in full to
         all Subscribers.

                  C. If after the first  ninety  (90) days  after the  effective
         date of the  Registration  Statement the Company and any  Broker/Dealer
         has  deposited at least  $4,500,000 in  Subscription  Payments with the
         Escrow  Agent,  the Escrow Agent shall inform the Company of the amount
         of  Subscription  Payments  deposited  into  escrow,  and  the  Company
         promptly  shall inform the Escrow  Agent of its decision  either (i) to
         proceed with a distribution of the Subscription  Payments  deposited in
         the escrow account in accordance with the terms of Paragraph 7.A above,
         including  distribution  of  interest  to each  Subscriber,  or (ii) to
         extend the offering for an  additional  ninety (90) days.  In the event
         that the Company decides to extend the offering, and at the end of each
         such  extension,  the Company  shall give notice to the Escrow Agent of
         its decision to distribute  the funds or to further extend the offering

                                       3
<PAGE>

         time,  provided  that the Company may not extend the  offering  time by
         more than two (2)  extensions  of ninety (90) days each. If the Company
         elects to  distribute  the funds,  then the Company  shall have 60 days
         from  the end of the  applicable  ninety  (90) day  period  in which to
         certify that it has obtained the Construction Loan.

                  D.       If the Escrow Agent receives a notice in writing from
         the Company stating that the Company wishes to withdraw the offering or
         to terminate the escrow  before a minimum of $4,500,000 in Subscription
         Payments has been deposited with the  Escrow  Agent, the  Escrow  Agent
         shall disburse  all funds and  documents held  in escrow in  accordance
         with the provisions of paragraph 7.B above.

         8. Stop  Order;  Termination  of  Escrow.  If at any time  prior to the
termination of this Agreement, the Escrow Agent is advised by the Securities and
Exchange  Commission  that a stop order has been  issued by the  Securities  and
Exchange Commission with respect to the Registration Statement,  which order has
not been  rescinded or stayed within 30 days,  the Escrow Agent shall  thereupon
return all Subscription Payments and Documents to the respective  Subscribers in
accordance with paragraph 7.B above.

         9.  Collected  Funds.  No  interest  shall  accrue on any  Subscription
Payment and no  Subscription  Payment  shall be disbursed  pursuant to Section 7
until  such  Subscription  Payment  has been  received  by the  Escrow  Agent in
immediately available funds.

         10.  Liability  of Escrow  Agent.  In  performing  any duties under the
Escrow  Agreement,  the Escrow  Agent  shall not be liable to the  Company,  any
Subscriber,  or any Party for damages,  losses,  or  expenses,  except for gross
negligence of willful  misconduct on part of the Escrow Agent.  The Escrow Agent
shall not incur any such  liability  for (i) any act or  failure  to act made or
omitted in good faith,  or (ii) any action taken or omitted in reliance upon any
instrument,  including any written  statement or affidavit  provided for in this
Agreement  that the Escrow Agent shall in good faith believe to be genuine,  nor
will  the  Escrow  Agent  be  liable  or  responsible   for  forgeries,   fraud,
impersonations,  or determining the scope of any  representative  authority.  In
addition, the Escrow Agent may consult with legal counsel in connection with the
Escrow Agent's  duties under this Agreement and shall be fully  protected in any
action taken,  suffered, or permitted by it in good faith in accordance with the
advice of counsel.  The Escrow  Agent is not  responsible  for  determining  and
verifying  the  authority of any person acting or purporting to act on behalf of
any party to this Agreement.

         11. Fees and Expenses. It is understood that the fees and usual charges
agreed upon for  services of the Escrow Agent shall be  considered  compensation
for ordinary  services as contemplated by this Agreement.  In the event that the
conditions of this Agreement are not promptly fulfilled,  or if the Escrow Agent

                                       4
<PAGE>

renders  any  service  not  provided  for in this  Agreement,  or if the Company
requests a substantial  modification of its terms, or if any controversy arises,
or if the Escrow  Agent is made a party to, or  intervenes  in,  any  litigation
pertaining  to this  escrow or its  subject  matter,  the Escrow  Agent shall be
reasonably  compensated for such  extraordinary  services and reimbursed for all
costs,  attorney's  fees,  including  allocated costs of in-house  counsel,  and
expenses occasioned by such default, delay, controversy,  or litigation, and the
Escrow Agent shall have the right to retain all documents and/or other things of
value  at any  time  held  by  the  Escrow  Agent  in  this  escrow  until  such
compensation,  fees,  costs,  and expenses are paid. The Company promises to pay
these sums upon demand.  Unless otherwise provided,  the Company will pay all of
the Escrow  Agent's usual charges and the Escrow Agent may deduct such sums from
the funds deposited.

         12.  Controversies.  If any  controversy  arises between the Parties to
this Agreement,  or with any other Party,  concerning the subject matter of this
Agreement,  its terms or  conditions,  the Escrow  Agent will not be required to
determine the  controversy or to take any action  regarding it. The Escrow Agent
may hold all  documents  and  funds  and may  wait  for  settlement  of any such
controversy  by final  appropriate  legal  proceedings or other means as, in the
Escrow Agent's discretion, the Escrow Agent may require, despite what may be set
forth elsewhere in this Agreement.  In such event,  the Escrow Agent will not be
liable for interest or damage.  Furthermore,  the Escrow Agent may at its option
file an action of interpleader  requiring the Parties to answer and litigate any
claims and rights among  themselves.  The Escrow Agent is authorized the deposit
with the clerk of the court all documents  and funds held in escrow,  except all
costs,  expenses,  charges and  reasonable  attorney fees incurred by the Escrow
Agent due to the  interpleader  action  and which  Company  agrees to pay.  Upon
initiating such action,  the Escrow Agent shall be fully released and discharged
of and  from  all  obligations  and  liability  imposed  by the  terms  of  this
Agreement.

         13. Indemnification of Escrow Agent. The Company and its successors and
assigns  agree  jointly and  severally  to  indemnify  and hold the Escrow Agent
harmless against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, and expenses,
including  reasonable costs of investigation,  counsel fees, including allocated
costs of in-house  counsel and  disbursements  that may be imposed on the Escrow
Agent or incurred by the Escrow Agent in connection  with the performance of its
duties under this Agreement, including but not limited to any litigation arising
from this Agreement or involving its subject matter.

         14. Withholding of Interest.  The Company  acknowledges that payment of
any  interest  earned on the funds  invested  in this  escrow will be subject to
backup  withholding  penalties  unless a  properly  completed  Internal  Revenue
Service Form W-8 or W-9 certification is submitted to Escrow Agent.

         15.  Resignation  of Escrow  Agent.  The Escrow Agent may resign at any
time upon  giving at least (30) days  written  notice to the  Company  provided,
however,  that no such resignation  shall become effective until the appointment
of a successor escrow agent which shall be accomplished as follows:  The Company

                                       5
<PAGE>

shall use its best efforts to obtain a successor escrow agent within thirty (30)
days after receiving such notice. If the Company fails to agree upon a successor
escrow agent within such time,  the Escrow Agent shall have the right to appoint
a successor  escrow agent  authorized to do business in the state of California.
The successor  escrow agent shall  execute and deliver an  instrument  accepting
such  appointment  and it shall  without  further  acts,  be vested with all the
estates, properties,  rights, powers, and duties of the predecessor escrow agent
as if  originally  named as escrow  agent.  The Escrow Agent shall  thereupon be
discharged from any further duties and liability under this Agreement.

         16.  Automatic  Succession.  Any  company  into  which the Agent may be
merged or with  which it may  consolidated,  or any  company  to whom  Agent may
transfer  a  substantial  amount of its  Global  Escrow  business,  shall be the
Successor  to the  Agent  without  the  execution  or filing of any paper or any
further act on the part of any of the Parties,  anything  herein to the contrary
notwithstanding;  provided  that  the  combined  capital  and  surplus  of  such
Successor shall not be,  immediately  following such transaction,  substantially
less than the  combined  capital and surplus of the Agent  immediately  prior to
such transaction.

         17. Termination.  This Agreement shall terminate upon the completion of
the  conditions  of Section 7.A,  7.B or 7.C hereof,  without any notices to any
person except as provided in this Agreement,  unless earlier terminated pursuant
to the terms hereof.

         18.      Miscellaneous.

                  a.       Governing Laws. This Agreement is to be construed and
         interpreted according to California law.

                  b.       Counterpart.  This Agreement  may be executed  in two
         or more counterparts, each  of which shall  be deemed an  original, but
         all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

                  c.       Notices.   All  instructions,  notices   and  demands
         herein provided  for shall be in writing and  shall be  mailed  postage
         prepaid, first  class mail,  delivered by  courier,  or  telecopies  as
         follows:

                  If to the Company:         Royal Aloha Development Company
                                             1505 Dillingham Blvd., Suite 212
                                             Honolulu, Hawaii  96871
                                             Telephone No.: (808) 847-8050
                                             Facsimile No.: (808) 841-5467

                                       6
<PAGE>

         If to the Escrow Agent:   First Trust of California, National
                                   Association Global Escrow Depository Services
                                   One California Street, 4th Floor
                                   San Francisco, California 94111
                                   Telephone No.: (415) 273-4532
                                   Facsimile No.: (415) 273-4593

                  d.       Amendments.  This Agreement may be amended by written
         notice  signed by  the Partnership,  except  that  Section  10  through
         Section 16 may be amended only  with the consent  of the  Escrow Agent.
         Any notice to  be executed  by  or  on  behalf of the  Company shall be
         valid if signed by Jack N. Corteway.

         The Company  represents  and agrees that it has not made nor will it in
the future make any representation  that states or implies that the Escrow Agent
has endorsed, recommended or guaranteed the purchase, value, or repayment of the
Securities  offered for sale by the Company.  The Company further agrees that it
will insert in any prospectus,  offering circular,  advertisement,  subscription
agreement or other  document  made  available to  prospective  purchasers of the
Securities  the  following   statement  in  bold  face  type:  "First  Trust  of
California, National Association is acting only as an escrow agent in connection
with  the  offering  of the  Notes  described  herein,  and  has  not  endorsed,
recommended or guaranteed  the purchase,  value or repayment of such Notes," and
will  furnish  to the  Escrow  Agent a copy of each  such  prospectus,  offering
circular,  advertisement,  subscription  agreement, or other document at least 5
business  days  prior  to its  distribution  to  prospective  purchasers  of the
Securities.

                           ROYAL ALOHA DEVELOPMENT
                           COMPANY



                           By:----------------------

                           FIRST TRUST OF CALIFORNIA,
                           NATIONAL ASSOCIATION GLOBAL
                           ESCROW DEPOSITORY SERVICES



                           By:----------------------
                                   Escrow Agent





                                    AGREEMENT


         This AGREEMENT  ("Agreement")  is made this 24th day of June,  1997, by
and between ROYAL ALOHA VACATION  CLUB, a Hawaii  nonprofit  corporation,  whose
principal  place  of  business  and  post  office  address  is  1505  Dillingham
Boulevard,   Suite  212,  Honolulu,  Hawaii  96817  ("RAVC"),  and  ROYAL  ALOHA
DEVELOPMENT COMPANY, a Nevada corporation, whose principal place of business and
post office address is 301 East Clark Avenue, Suite 700, Las Vegas, Nevada 89101
("RADC").

Recitals:

A.       RAVC  owned  the  property  containing  twenty  condominium  apartments
         located  at   360  East  Desert  Inn Road,  Las  Vegas,   Nevada   (the
         "Apartments").

B.       RAVC conveyed  its interest  in the land and Apartments to RADC on June
         24, 1997, in consideration of  receiving one  hundred percent (100%) of
         the stock of RADC.

C.       RADC is willing to permit RAVC to continue  to use the Apartments under
         RAVC's existing timeshare program  subject to the terms  and conditions
         set forth below.

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration  of the mutual  covenants  contained
herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.       RAVC and its members shall have the right to use the Apartments as part
of RAVC's timeshare program.

2.       RAVC will  not re  required  to pay  rent to  RADC for  the use of  the
Apartments.

3.       RAVC will pay costs  and expenses  related to the Apartments and RAVC's
use of the Apartments.

4.       Either party may terminate  this Agreement  without  statement of cause
at any time by giving written  notice of such  termination to the other party at
least thirty (30) days before the date of such termination.

5.       Both  parties  agree to  comply  with all  federal,  state  and  county
laws, ordinances, codes, rules, and regulations, as the same may be amended from
time to time, that in any way affect their performance under this Agreement.

                                        1
<PAGE>

6.       RAVC and RADC  will  at all  times during the  term of  this  Agreement
observe and perform all laws, ordinances, rules and regulations now or hereafter
made by any  governmental  authority  applicable to the Apartments and will hold
harmless,  defend and indemnify each other against all actions,  suits,  damages
and  claims by  whomsoever  brought  or made by reason of the  nonobservance  or
nonperformance  of said  laws,  ordinances,  rules  and  regulations  or of this
covenant.  RAVC  will  provide  full  coverage  insurance  and  name  RADC as an
additional insured.

7.       The validity of this  Agreement and any  of its terms or provisions, as
well as the  rights  and  duties  of the  parties  of this  Agreement,  shall be
governed  by the laws of the State of Hawaii.  Any action at law or in equity to
enforce or interpret  the  provisions  of this  Agreement  shall be brought in a
state court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Hawaii.

8.       In the event that any provision of this  Agreement is declared  invalid
or  unenforceable  by a court,  such  invalidity or  unenforceability  shall not
affect the validity or enforceability of the remaining terms of this Agreement.

9.       The failure of either party to insist upon the strict  compliance  with
any term,  provision or condition of this  Agreement  shall not constitute or be
deemed to constitute a waiver or relinquishment of that party's right to enforce
the same in accordance with this Agreement.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this
Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

                                            ROYAL ALOHA VACATION CLUB



                                            By:   /s/ Jack R. Corteway
                                               ------------------------       
                                                  Its    President
                                                     ------------------



                                            ROYAL ALOHA DEVELOPMENT COMPANY



                                            By:    /s/ Jack R. Corteway
                                               --------------------------
                                                     Its    President
                                                         ----------------



                              TAX SHARING AGREEMENT


      This  TAX  SHARING  AGREEMENT  ("Agreement")  is  entered  into as of this
twenty-fourth  day of June,  1997, by and between ROYAL ALOHA  VACATION  CLUB, a
Hawaii nonprofit corporation,  whose principal place of business and post office
address  is  1505  Dillingham  Boulevard,  Suite  212,  Honolulu,  Hawaii  96817
("Parent"),  and ROYAL ALOHA DEVELOPMENT  COMPANY, a Nevada  corporation,  whose
principal place of business and post office address is 360 East Desert Inn Road,
Las Vegas, Nevada 89101 ("Subsidiary").

     WHEREAS,  Parent  and  Subsidiary  are  members of an  affiliated  group of
corporations as defined in section 1504(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended (the "Code"), of which Parent is the common parent;

      WHEREAS,  the parties desire to set forth the method for  determining  the
financial  consequences to Parent and Subsidiary of filing consolidated  Federal
income tax returns by Parent and Subsidiary;

      NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants
contained herein, the parties agree as follows:


     1.   DEFINITIONS

      (a) Terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings  ascribed to them
in the Code, and the regulations and rulings issued thereunder,  as from time to
time in effect.  Concepts  referred to in this Agreement shall be interpreted in
view of the provisions of the Code and the  regulations  and rulings  thereunder
then in effect.

     (b) For  purposes  of this  Agreement,  the terms set forth  below shall be
defined as follows:
          (i)  "Combined  Return"  means any  consolidated,  combined or unitary
income or franchise tax returns or reports filed by Parent in any state or local
jurisdiction that includes the income of more than one Member.

          (ii) "Consolidated Return" means any consolidated  Federal income  tax
return.

           (iii) "Group" means Parent and all corporations (whether now existing
or hereafter  formed or acquired) that at the time would be entitled or required
to join with Parent in filing a Consolidated Return.

          (iv) "Member" means any corporate  entity entitled to be  included  in
the Group.

           (v) "Other  Income  Taxes" means all state and local income taxes and
all income taxes imposed by any foreign jurisdiction or taxing authority.

<PAGE>

          (vi) "Parent" means Parent, or any successor common parent corporation
of the Group.

          (vii)  "Subsidiary  Tax   Liability"  means the  hypothetical  Federal
income tax  liability  of  Subsidiary  for a taxable  year,  beginning  with the
taxable year ending November 30, 1997, determined as if Subsidiary had filed its
own  separate  Federal  income tax return for such  taxable  year,  except  that
Subsidiary shall be treated as having available as loss or credit carryovers for
purposes  of  computing  Subsidiary's  Subsidiary  Tax  Liability  all losses or
credits generated by it and utilized by other Members, except to the extent such
losses or credits were previously  taken into account in computing  Subsidiary's
Tax Liability or Subsidiary  Tax Refund.  Such  hypothetical  Federal income tax
liability  shall be finally  determined no later than ten days after the date of
the filing of the  Consolidated  Return of the Group for such  taxable  year and
shall reflect any tax  elections,  conventions,  treatments or methods which are
actually  utilized  by  the  Group  in  filing  its  Consolidated  Return.  Such
hypothetical Federal income tax liability shall not be less than zero, provided,
however,  that for this purpose a Subsidiary  Tax Refund shall not be considered
to be a Federal income tax liability that is less than zero.

           (viii)  "Subsidiary  Estimated Tax Liability"  means the hypothetical
estimated consolidated Federal income tax liability for Subsidiary determined in
accordance with the principles of paragraph (b) (vii).

           (ix)  "Subsidiary Tax Refund" means the  hypothetical  Federal income
tax refund for any taxable year to which Subsidiary would be entitled determined
in accordance with the principles of paragraph (b) (vii).


     2.   ALLOCATIONS OF CONSOLIDATED
          FEDERAL INCOME TAX LIABILITY

     (a)  Filing by Parent

     Parent shall file  Consolidated  Returns for each taxable year ending after
the date hereof.

     (b)  Payment of Tax Liability

      For each  taxable  year or portion  thereof  during  which  Subsidiary  is
included in a Consolidated Return with Parent,  Subsidiary will pay to Parent an
amount equal to its Subsidiary Tax Liability.  To the extent that the obligation
to pay such amount has not been fully  satisfied  pursuant to paragraph  2(c) of
this  Agreement,  Subsidiary  shall pay any such  remaining  amount to Parent no
later than ten days after receiving  notice from Parent,  which notice shall not
be  given  earlier  than  fifteen  days  before  Parent  is  required  to make a
corresponding  payment on behalf of the Group,  or if Parent is not  required to
make such a payment,  no earlier than fifteen days before the last date on which
a corporate  taxpayer  with the same taxable year as Parent would be required to
make its final  payment of Federal  income  taxes for the taxable  year  without
incurring any penalties or additions to tax.

                                       2
<PAGE>

     (c)  Estimated Payments

      On or before any date on which a corporate taxpayer is required to make an
estimated  payment of Federal  income tax under the Code,  Subsidiary  will make
estimated payments to Parent in an amount such that its aggregate payments under
this paragraph 2 (c) for the taxable year for which such payments are being made
are equal to its aggregate  Subsidiary  Estimated Tax Liability for such taxable
year. If the total of such estimated  payments made by Subsidiary to Parent with
respect to a taxable year shall be in excess of the  liability of  Subsidiary to
Parent  pursuant to paragraph 2 (b) of this  Agreement  for such  taxable  year,
Parent shall pay the amount of such excess to  Subsidiary no later than the date
on which Parent files the Consolidated Return for the Group.

     (d)  Tax Refunds

          (i) Parent shall pay to Subsidiary  the amount of the  Subsidiary  Tax
Refund for each taxable year ending after the date hereof.

          (ii) The payments  described in this paragraph 2 (d) shall be made not
later than ten days after such  refund is received by Parent (or would have been
received  by Parent if the Group  were  entitled  to a refund  for such  taxable
year).

     3.   CHANGES IN TAX LIABILITY

      (a) If the Subsidiary Tax Liability is changed as the result of the filing
of an amended  Consolidated  Return or of any final  administrative  or judicial
determination  (including a final "determination" as defined in Section 1313 (a)
of the Code) with respect to Consolidated  Returns  actually filed by the Group,
then the  amount of the  payments  required  from  Subsidiary  to  Parent  under
paragraph 2 (b) or the amount of the payment  required from Parent to Subsidiary
under  paragraph  2 (d)  (i),  as the  case  may  be,  shall  be  recomputed  by
substituting  the amount of Subsidiary  Tax Liability (or Subsidiary Tax Refund)
after the  adjustments  described  above,  plus the  amount of any  interest  or
penalties  incurred with respect to such adjustments that are properly allocable
(as  determined by Parent) to  Subsidiary,  in place of Subsidiary Tax Liability
(or  Subsidiary  Tax Refund),  provided  that the  principles of paragraph 1 (b)
(vii) shall be applied in connection with such recomputation notwithstanding any
contrary determination. If such filing of an amended Consolidated Return or such
final  determination  results in an increase in the  Subsidiary  Tax  Liability,
Subsidiary shall pay to Parent not later than ten days after such filing or such
final  determination  an amount  equal to the excess of the new  Subsidiary  Tax
Liability  over the  amount  previously  paid to Parent by  Subsidiary.  If such
filing of an amended Consolidated Return or such final determination  results in
a  Subsidiary  Tax Refund or increases  the amount of a  Subsidiary  Tax Refund,
Parent  shall pay to  Subsidiary  not later than ten days  after such  filing or
receiving  such refund an amount equal to the excess of the new  Subsidiary  Tax
Refund over the amount  previously  paid to  Subsidiary  by Parent.  The parties
recognize  that such new  liability  (or  refund)  for any  taxable  year is not
necessarily  Subsidiary's  final liability (or refund) for that year, and may be
recomputed more than once.

                                       3
<PAGE>

     (b) Payments made pursuant to paragraph (a) shall bear interest in the same
manner as any late payment or refund of Federal income tax.


     4.   PAYMENT

     Any payment  required by  Subsidiary  to Parent or by Parent to  Subsidiary
under this  Agreement  shall be made in accordance  with the method for settling
intercompany accounts then generally in effect between Parent and Subsidiary.


     5.   INDEMNITY

      Parent agrees to indemnify,  defend and hold Subsidiary  harmless from and
against any and all  liabilities  for Federal  income tax and Federal  estimated
income tax  (including,  in both cases,  interest and  penalties  thereon)  with
respect to any taxable year; provided that the amount of such indemnity shall be
reduced  by and shall  offset  any  payment  required  to be made by  Subsidiary
pursuant to this Agreement.


     6.   EFFECT OF AGREEMENT

     (a) As between  Parent and  Subsidiary,  the  provisions of this  Agreement
shall  fix  the  liability  of  each  to the  other  as to the  matters  covered
hereunder, even if such provisions are not controlling for tax or other purposes
(including,  but not limited  to, the  computation  of earnings  and profits for
Federal income tax purposes).

     (b) This  Agreement  shall be  effective as between  Parent and  Subsidiary
beginning  with  taxable  year ending  November  30, 1997 and all taxable  years
thereafter during which Subsidiary is a member of the Group.


     7.   STATE AND LOCAL TAXES

      In the event Parent actually files Combined  Returns in any state or local
jurisdiction  on behalf  of,  and pays such  taxes  owed by,  all or part of the
Group,  and  Subsidiary  joins in such  Combined  Returns,  the  principles  and
procedures  (including  the  indemnity in paragraph 5) stated in this  Agreement
shall apply for purposes of allocating  such state tax liability  beginning with
the taxable year or period ending November 30, 1997.


     8.   AGREEMENT OF COOPERATION

      Subsidiary  hereby  designates  Parent as its agent  with  respect  to all
matters relating to any Consolidated  Returns or Combined Returns beginning with
the taxable  year  ending  November  30, 1997 and all taxable  years and periods

                                       4
<PAGE>

thereafter  during which Subsidiary is a Member.  Subsidiary agrees to cooperate
fully in any action or matter,  or whatever nature,  related to the preparation,
filing, audit, examination and contest of such Consolidated Returns and Combined
Returns  including,  but not  limited  to, (a) taking any action and  furnishing
Parent with any and all  information  requested  by Parent that is  necessary or
incidental to filing of such  Consolidated  Returns and Combined  Returns or the
filing of any procedural  requests of whatever nature with the Internal  Revenue
Service or other relevant taxing authority,  (b) cooperating fully in connection
with any income tax refund  claim and any  related  administrative  or  judicial
proceeding with respect to any year, (c) taking any action and furnishing Parent
with any and all information requested by Parent that is necessary or incidental
to the handling of any audit by the Internal  Revenue  Service or other relevant
taxing authority and any related  administrative or judicial  proceeding for any
Consolidated Return or Combined Returns for any year such return was or is filed
by or joined in by Subsidiary  and  cooperating  fully with Parent in connection
with any such  audit or  proceeding  and (d)  paying  its  share of any costs or
expenses incurred by Parent in connection with such preparation,  filing, audit,
examination or contest, as determined by Parent in good faith.

      9.  MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     (a) This Agreement contains the entire  understanding of the parties hereto
with respect to the subject matter contained herein. No alteration, amendment or
modification of any of the terms of this Agreement shall be valid unless made by
an instrument signed in writing by an authorized officer of each party.

      (b) This Agreement has been made in and shall be construed and enforced in
accordance with the law of the State of Hawaii.

      (c) This Agreement  shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each
party hereto and its respective successors and assigns.

     (d) All notices and other communications  hereunder shall be deemed to have
been duly given if given in writing and  delivered by hand or mailed,  certified
or registered  mail,  with postage  prepaid  addressed to the party to which the
notice or other communication is given.

     (e)  This  Agreement  may  be  executed   simultaneously  in  two  or  more
counterparts,  each of  which  shall be  deemed  an  original,  but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

      (f) The  headings of the  paragraphs  of this  Agreement  are inserted for
convenience only and shall not constitute a part hereof.

      (g) Subsidiary and Parent agree to not unreasonably withhold their consent
to any  amendment to this  Agreement  that is proposed by Parent,  provided that

                                       5
<PAGE>

such  amendment  cannot  reasonably be expected to have the effect of increasing
the aggregate amounts payable by Subsidiary to Parent hereunder.

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have caused this  Agreement to be
signed by their  duly  authorized  representatives  as of the date  first  above
written.


                         ROYAL ALOHA VACATION CLUB


                         By:_________________________________
                         Its_________________________________



                         ROYAL ALOHA DEVELOPMENT COMPANY


                         By:__________________________________

                         Its__________________________________


                                       6



[Letterhead]

Interval International
The Quality Vacation Exchange Network

Western Regional Office
4530 South Decatur Boulevard
Suite 202
Las Vegas, Nevada 89103, U.S.A.
702-227-8080
Fax 702-227-8040

World Headquarters
6262 Sunset Drive
Miami, Florida 33143 U.S.A.

July 30, 1997


Mr. Richard Beard
Ballard, Spahr, Andrews & Ingersoll
201 S. Main Street, #1200
Salt Lake City, Utah  84111

Dear Richard,

The purpose of this letter is to inform you of Interval  International's  desire
to affiliate the project being developed by the Royal Aloha Development  Company
in Las Vegas at 360 East Desert Inn Road.  We have met on numerous  occasions to
review  the  proposed  development  plans  for the  project  and  barring  major
deviations  from  those  plans,   and  provided  the   registration   and  legal
requirements  are met, the project meets our criteria for  affiliation and would
be a fine addition to our exchange network.  We will continue to work with Royal
Aloha Development Company on the affiliation as the development progresses.

If you require any additional information, please contact me.

Yours truly,

/s/ Peter Humber

Peter Humber
Assistant Vice President
Western Region




                         CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

We consent to the  reference to our firm under the caption  "Experts" and to the
use of our report dated July 11, 1997, in the Registration  Statement (Form SB-2
No.  333-________) and related Prospectus of Royal Aloha Development Company for
the  registration  of  $8,500,000  of its ____%  Eight  Year  Deferred  Interest
Subordinated Notes.

Ernst & Young LLP 

Honolulu, Hawaii
August 1, 1997



[Letterhead]


        Donald R. Beach                                          2299 Capistrano
      Appraiser - Consultant                             Las Vegas, Nevada 89109
Nevada Certified General Appraiser #01347                         (702) 731-3099

                              CONSENT OF APPRAISER

     We hereby  consent to the reference  made to us by Royal Aloha  Development
Company under the captions  "Plan of Operation"  and "Experts" in the Prospectus
constituting a part of the Registration  Statement on Form SB-2. In addition, we
consent to the filing of our appraisal  report referred to therein as an exhibit
to the Registration  Statement.  In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit
that we come within the  category  of persons  whose  consent is required  under
Section  7 of  the  Securities  Act of  1933,  as  amended,  or  the  rules  and
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder.


                                                  By /s/ Donald R. Beach 
                                                  -----------------------
                                                     Donald R. Beach 


Las Vegas, Nevada 
July 1, 1997
 

<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                  4-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                              NOV-30-1997
<PERIOD-START>                                 FEB-27-1997
<PERIOD-END>                                   JUN-30-1997
<CASH>                                             192,500
<SECURITIES>                                             0
<RECEIVABLES>                                            0
<ALLOWANCES>                                             0
<INVENTORY>                                              0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                   192,500
<PP&E>                                           1,270,221
<DEPRECIATION>                                     565,648
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                     972,697
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                               76,285
<BONDS>                                                  0
                                    0
                                              0
<COMMON>                                                 1
<OTHER-SE>                                         896,411
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                       972,697
<SALES>                                                  0
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                     2,500
<CGS>                                                    0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                        3,106
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                       661
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                         0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                       0
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                          0
<INCOME-TAX>                                             0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                                 (1,267)
<DISCONTINUED>                                           0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                          0
<CHANGES>                                                0
<NET-INCOME>                                        (1,267)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                            0
<EPS-DILUTED>                                            0
        


</TABLE>

                                Appraisal Report
                                  Prepared for
                       The Royal Aloha Vacation Club, Inc.
                            360 East Desert Inn Road
                                Las Vegas, Nevada



                    [Photograph of Royal Aloha Vegas omitted]



                                  Appraised By
                                 Donald R. Beach
                    Nevada Certified General Appraiser #01347

                                 2299 Capistrano
                             Las Vegas, Nevada 89109




<PAGE>



[Letterhead]

  Donald R. Beach                                                2299 Capistrano
 Appraiser Consultant                                    Las Vegas, Nevada 89109
Nevada Certified General Appraiser #01347                         (702) 731-3099



May 14, 1997

Jack Corteway
Royal Aloha Vacation Club Inc.
150 S. Dillingham Blvd., Suite 212
Honolulu, HI 96817

                                                         Re: A.P.N.# 120-130-009

Dear Sir:

    As per your request, I have completed a summary appraisal of the above
referenced property for the purpose of estimating the fair market value of the
site as if vacant. The property is legally described as a portion of the
Southeast Quarter (SE 1/4), of Section 9, Township 21 South, Range 61, East of
the Mount Diablo Meridian and Baseline in Clark County, Nevada.

    After a careful analysis of all the data collected, a visual inspection of
the property and a computation of all factors affecting the value of the
property, it is my opinion that the fair market value of the subject property as
vacant as of May 14, 1997 is:

                        Two Million Eight Hundred Dollars
                                  ($2,800,000)

    This report was prepared with the intent to comply with the Uniform
Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice as outlined in Chapter 645C of the
Nevada Administrative Code.

    Thank you for selecting me to complete this report. If you have any
questions concerning the method employed to complete this report or the data
contained herein, do not hesitate to call me at (702) 731-3099.

Sincerely,

/s/ D.R. Beach

D.R. Beach
Nevada Certified General Appraiser #01347


<PAGE>





                [Photograph of Mel Avenue and Rear View omitted]



<PAGE>



                    [Photograph of Mel Avenue North omitted]


<PAGE>



                       [Photograph of View South omitted]


<PAGE>



                  [Photograph of Desert Inn Road West omitted]


<PAGE>



                  [Photograph of Desert Inn Road East omitted]


<PAGE>



                                    LIMITING
                                   CONDITIONS


<PAGE>



                       ASSUMPTIONS AND LIMITING CONDITIONS

The acceptance of this appraisal assignment and the completion of the appraisal
report submitted herewith are contingent upon the following assumptions and
limiting conditions.

LIMITS OF LIABILITY

  The liability of the appraiser is limited to the client only and to the amount
of the fee actually received for this assignment. There is no accountability,
obligation, or liability to any third party. If the appraisal report is
disseminated to anyone other than the client, the client shall make such party
or parties aware of all limiting conditions and assumptions effecting the
appraisal assignment. The appraiser is not in any way to be responsible for any
costs incurred to discover or correct any physical, financial, and/or legal
deficiencies of any type present in the subject property.

COPIES, PUBLICATION, DISTRIBUTION, AND USE OF REPORT

  Possession of this report or any copy thereof does not carry with it the right
of publication, nor may it be used for any purposes or function other than its
intended use for which it was written. The appraisal fee represents compensation
only for the services provided by the appraiser.

  The client may distribute copies of this appraisal report in its entirety to
such parties as he may select. However, selected portions of this appraisal
report shall not be given to other parties without the prior written consent of
the appraiser signing the appraisal report.

  This appraisal is to be used only in its entirety and no part is to be used
without the whole report. All conclusions and opinions concerning the analysis
as set forth in the report were prepared by the appraiser whose signature
appears on the report. No change of any item in the report shall be made by
anyone other than the appraiser.

CONFIDENTIALITY

  Except as provided in the report, the appraiser may not divulge the analysis,
opinions, or conclusions developed in the appraisal report, nor may he give a
copy of the report to anyone other than the client for which it was prepared.
This condition does not apply to any order or request issued by a court of law
or any other body with the power of subpoena.



<PAGE>

INFORMATION SUPPLIED BY OTHERS

    Information provided by others, such as government agencies, financial
institutions, Realtors, buyers, sellers, property owners, bookkeepers,
accountants, and attorneys, is assumed to be true, correct, and reliable. No
responsibility for the accuracy of such information is assumed by the appraiser.
Neither is the appraiser liable for any information provided by subcontractors.
The comparable data relied upon in this report has been confirmed with one or
more parties familiar with the transaction or from affidavit or other sources
thought reasonable. To the best of our judgment and knowledge, all such
information is considered appropriate for inclusion. In some instances,
expenditure of time would be required in attempt to furnish absolutely
unimpeachable verification. The value conclusions set forth in the appraisal
report are subject to the accuracy of said data.

TESTIMONY, CONSULTATION, COMPLETION OF CONTRACT FOR APPRAISAL SERVICE

    The contract for each appraisal or consultation service is fulfilled, and
the total fee is payable upon completion of the report. The appraiser will not
be asked or required to give testimony in court or in any other hearing as a
result of having prepared the appraisal, either in full or in part, except under
separate and special arrangements at an additional fee. If testimony or a
deposition is required because of any subpoena, the client shall be responsible
for any additional time, fees, and charges regardless of the issuing party.

EXHIBITS AND PHYSICAL DESCRIPTIONS

    It is assumed that the improvements and the utilization of the land are
within the boundaries of the property lines of the property described in the
report and that there is no encroachment or trespass unless noted otherwise
within the report. No survey of the property has been made by the appraiser, and
no responsibility is assumed in connection with such matters. Any maps, plats,
or drawings reproduced and included in the report are there to assist the reader
in visualizing the property and are not necessarily drawn to scale. The
reliability of the information contained on any such map or drawing is assumed
accurate by the appraiser and is not guaranteed to be correct.



<PAGE>

TITLE, LEGAL DESCRIPTIONS, AND OTHER LEGAL MATTERS

    No responsibility is assumed by the appraiser for matters legal in character
or nature. No opinions are rendered as to the status of title to any property.
The title is presumed to be good and merchantable. The property is appraised as
if free and clear, unless otherwise stated in the appraisal report. The legal
description, as furnished by the client, his designee or as derived by the
appraiser, is assumed to be correct as reported.

ENGINEERING, STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL, ARCHITECTURAL CONDITIONS

    This appraisal should not be construed as a report on the physical items
that are a part of any property described in the appraisal report. Although the
appraisal may contain information about these physical items (including their
adequacy and/or condition), it should be clearly understood that this
information is only to be used as a general guide for property valuation and not
as a complete or detailed report on these physical items. The appraiser is not a
construction, engineering, or architectural expert, and any opinion given on
these matters in this report should be considered tentative in nature and is
subject to modification upon receipt of additional information from appropriate
experts. The client is advised to seek appropriate expert opinion before
committing any funds to improving the property described in the appraisal
report.
    Any statement in the appraisal regarding the observed condition of the
foundation, roof, exterior walls, interior walls, floors, heating system,
plumbing, insulation, electrical service, all mechanicals, and all matters
relating to construction is based on inspection only. Unless otherwise noted in
the appraisal report, no detailed inspection was made. For instance, the
appraiser is not an expert on heating systems, and no attempt was made to
inspect the interior of the furnace. The structures were not investigated for
building code violations, and it is assumed that all buildings meet the
applicable building code requirements unless stated otherwise in the report.
    Such items as conditions behind walls, above ceilings, behind locked doors,
under the floor, or under the ground are not exposed to view and, therefore,
were not inspected, unless specifically so stated in the appraisal. The
existence of installation, if any is mentioned, was discovered through
conversations with others and/or circumstantial evidence. Since it is not
exposed to view, the accuracy of any statements regarding insulation cannot be
guaranteed.
    Because no detailed inspection was made, and because such knowledge goes
beyond the scope of this appraisal, any comments on observed conditions given in
this appraisal report should not be taken as a guarantee that a problem does not
exist. Specifically, no guarantee is given as to the adequacy or condition of
the foundation, roof, exterior walls, interior walls, floors, heating systems,
air conditioning systems, plumbing, electrical service, insulation, or any other
detailed construction matters. If any interested party is concerned about the
existence, condition, or adequacy of any particular item, we would strongly
suggest that a mechanical and/or structural engineer, and/or architect or other
expert be consulted.

<PAGE>

    This appraisal report is based on the assumption that there are no hidden,
unapparent or apparent conditions on the property site or improvements which
would materially alter the value as reported. No responsibility is assumed for
any such conditions or for any expertise to discover them. All mechanical
components are assumed to be in operable condition and standard for the
properties of the subject type. Conditions of heating, cooling, ventilating,
electrical and plumbing equipment are considered to be commensurate with the
condition of the balance of the improvements unless otherwise stated. No
judgment is made in the appraisal as to the adequacy of insulation, the type of
insulation, or the energy efficiency of the improvements or equipment which is
assumed to be standard for the subject's age, type and condition.

TOXIC MATERIALS  AND HAZARDS

    Although an inspection has been made as stated in the appraisal report, no
attempt has been made to identify or report any toxic materials and/or
conditions such as asbestos, unreaformaldehyde foam insulation, or soils or
ground water contamination on any land or improvements described in the
appraisal report. Before committing funds to any property, it is strongly
advised that appropriate experts be employed to inspect both the land and
improvements for the existence of such toxic materials and/or conditions if they
are present on the property, the value of the property may be adversely
effected, and a reappraisal at an additional cost may be necessary to estimate
the effects of such circumstances.

SOILS, SUBSOILS AND POTENTIAL HAZARDS

    It is assumed that there are no hidden or unapparent conditions of the soils
or subsoils which would render the subject property more or less valuable than
reported in the appraisal. No engineering or percolation tests were made, and no
liability is assumed for soil conditions. Unless otherwise noted, subsurface
rights (mineral and oil) were not considered in making this appraisal. Unless
otherwise noted, the land and the soil in the area being appraised appeared to
be firm but no investigation has been made to determine whether or not any
detrimental subsoil conditions exist. The appraiser is not liable for any
problems arising from soil conditions. This appraiser strongly advises that
before any funds are committed to a property, the advice of appropriate experts
be sought.
    If the appraiser has not been supplied with a termite inspection report,
survey, or occupancy permit, no responsibility is assumed and no representation
is made for any costs associated with obtaining same or for any deficiencies
discovered before or after they are obtained.


<PAGE>

    The appraiser assumes no responsibility for any costs or for any
consequences arising from the need for flood hazard insurance. An Agent for the
Federal Flood Insurance program should be contacted to determine the actual need
for flood hazard insurance.

LEGALITY OF USE

    This appraisal report assumes that there is full compliance with all
applicable federal, state and local environmental regulations and laws, unless
noncompliance is stated, defined and considered in the appraisal report. It is
assumed that all applicable zoning and use regulations and restrictions have
been complied with, unless a nonconformity has been stated, defined and
considered in the appraisal report. It is assumed that all required licenses,
consents, or other legislative or administrative authority from any local, state
or national government, or private entity or organizations have been or can be
obtained or renewed for any use on which the value estimate contained in this
report is based.

COMPONENT VALUES

    If the total property value set forth in this report is distributed between
land and improvements, this distribution applies only under the existing program
of utilization as set forth in the appraisal. The separate valuations for land
and buildings must not be used in conjunction with any other appraisal and are
invalid if so used.

DOLLAR VALUES AND PURCHASING POWER

    The estimated market value set forth in the appraisal report and any costs
figures utilized are applicable only as of the date of valuation of the
appraisal report. All dollar amounts are based on the purchasing power and price
of the dollar as of the date of value estimates.

VALUE CHANGE, DYNAMIC MARKET, ALTERATION OF ESTIMATE BY APPRAISER

    All values shown in the appraisal report are projections based on my
analysis as of the date of valuation of the appraisal. These values may not be
valid in other time periods or as conditions change. Projected mathematical
models set forth in the appraisal are based on estimates and assumptions which
are inherently subject to uncertainty and variations related to exposure, time,
promotional effort, terms, motivation and other conditions. The appraiser does
not represent these models as indicative of results that will actually be
achieved. The value estimates consider the productivity and relative
attractiveness of a property only as of the date of valuation set forth in the
report.


<PAGE>

    In case of appraisals involving the capitalization of income benefits, the
estimate of market value, investment value, or value in use is a reflection of
such benefits and of the appraiser's interpretation of income, yields and other
factors derived from general and specific client and market information. Such
estimates are as of the date of valuation of the report. They are subject to
change as market conditions change.
    This appraisal is an estimate of value based on analysis of information
known to me at the time the appraisal was made. The appraiser does not assume
any responsibility for incorrect analysis because of incorrect or incomplete
information. If new information of significance comes to light, the value given
in this report is subject to change without notice. The appraisal report itself
and the value estimates set forth herein are subject to change if either the
physical, legal entity, or the terms of financing are different from what is set
forth in the report.

EXCLUSIONS

    Furnishings, equipment and other personal property and value associated with
a specific business operation are excluded from the value estimate set forth in
the report unless otherwise stated.

PROPOSED IMPROVEMENTS, CONDITIONED VALUE

    It is assumed in the appraisal report that all proposed improvements and/or
repairs, either onsite or offsite, are completed in a good and workmanlike
manner in accord with plans, specifications, or other information supplied to
this appraiser and set forth in the appraisal report. In the case of proposed
construction, the appraisal is subject to change upon inspection of the property
after construction is completed. The estimate of market value is as of the date
specified in the report. Unless otherwise stated, the assumption is made that
all improvements and/or repairs have been completed according to the plans, and
the property is operating at levels projected in the report.

FEES

    The fee for any appraisal report, consultation, feasibility, or other study
is for services rendered, and unless otherwise stated in the service agreement,
is not solely based upon the time spent on any assignment.

CHANGES AND MODIFICATIONS

    The appraiser reserves the right to alter statements, analysis, conclusions,
or any value estimates in the appraisal if any new facts pertinent to the
appraisal process are discovered which were unknown when the appraisal report
was prepared.

<PAGE>

                                   DEFINITIONS


<PAGE>



                              APPRAISAL DEFINITIONS

FAIR MARKET VALUE

    The revised NRS 37.009 defines market value as:

         Value means the most probable price which a property would bring in a
competitive and open market under the conditions of a fair sale, without the
price being affected by undue stimulus, whereby the sale is consummated on the
specified date and the title to the property is passed from the seller to the
buyer under the following conditions:

     a.       The buyer and the seller acting prudently and knowledgeably;

     b.       The buyer and the seller are typically motivated;
     
     c.       The buyer and seller are well informed or well advised and acting
              in what they consider are their own best interest;

     d.       Reasonable time is allowed to expose the property for sale on the
              open market;

     e.       Payment is made in United States dollars in cash or pursuant to
              another financial arrangement comparable thereto; and

     f.       The sale price represents the normal consideration for the
              property and is unaffected by special or creative financing or
              sales concessions granted by any person associated with the sale.

FEE SIMPLE DEFINED AND PROPERTY RIGHTS APPRAISED

    The subject property is appraised in fee simple ownership. Fee simple
ownership may be defined as, "Absolute ownership unencumbered by any other
interest or estate subject only to the four powers of government".

HIGHEST AND BEST USE

    The reasonable probable and legal use of vacant land or an improved
property, which is physically possible, financially feasible, and that results
in the highest rate of return. The four criteria highest and best use must meet
are legal permissibility, physical possibility, financial feasibility, and
maximum profitability.


<PAGE>


HIGHEST AND BEST USE OF PROPERTY AS IMPROVED

    The use that should be made of a property as it exists.

SALES COMPARISON APPROACH

    A set of procedures in which an appraiser derives a value indication by
comparing the property being appraised to similar properties that have been sold
recently, applying appropriate units of comparison, to the sale prices of the
comparables.

COST APPROACH

    A set of procedures in which an appraiser derives a value indication by
estimating the current cost to reproduce or replace the existing structure,
deducting for all accrued depreciation in the property, and adding the estimated
land value.

INCOME CAPITALIZATION APPROACH

    A set of procedures in which an appraiser derives a value indication for
income producing property by converting anticipated benefits into property
value. This conversion is accomplished either by; 1) capitalizing a single
year's income expectancy or an annual average of several year's income
expectancies at a market-derived capitalization rate or a capitalization rate
that reflects a specified income pattern, return on investment, and change in
the value of the investment; or 2) discounting the cash flow from an investment.

<PAGE>

                                  CERTIFICATION


<PAGE>


                            APPRAISER'S CERTIFICATION

    I do hereby certify that I, D. R. Beach am a licensed Nevada Certified
General Appraiser. My expertise and experience encompasses 35 years of
appraising. My assignments include commercial real estate, vacant land, shopping
centers, offices and single-use properties. I also have experience appraising
industrial and special-use properties. I further certify that I have competently
appraised hotel and motel properties. My residential experience includes
subdivisions, apartments, planned-unit developments, condominiums and
single-family residences.
    The undersigned does hereby certify that, except as otherwise noted in the
appraisal report, the following is to the best of my knowledge and belief.

1.       The statements of fact contained in this report are true and correct.

2.       The reported analysis, opinions and conclusions are limited only by the
         reported assumptions and limiting conditions, and are my personal,
         unbiased, professional analysis, opinions and conclusions.

3.       I have no present or prospective interest in the property that is the
         subject of this report, and I have no personal interest with respect to
         the parties involved.

4.       My compensation is not contingent upon the report of a predetermined
         value or direction in value that favors the cause of the client, the
         amount of the value estimate, the attainment of a stipulated result, or
         the occurrence of a subsequent event.

5.       The analysis, opinion and conclusion were developed, and this report
         has been prepared in conformity with and subject to the requirements of
         the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal practice.

6.       The undersigned has made a personal inspection of the property that is
         the subject of this report.

7.       No one provided significant professional assistance to the person 
         signing this report.

<PAGE>

                            APPRAISERS CERTIFICATION
                                   (CONTINUED)


         The fair market value reported herein is as of May 14, 1997. The
estimated fair market value is as follows:


         39,376 sq. ft. @ $75 per sq. ft.                    =     $2,953,425
         Estimated Cost of Demolition of the Improvement     =     $  179,000
         Indicated Fair Market Value of the land as vacant   =     $2,774,425
                                                     Say           $2,800,000





I hereby so certify to that value estimate.


APPRAISER /s/ D. R. BEACH                                 DATE   5-20-97
          -------------------------                            --------------
          D. R. BEACH
          Nevada Certified General Appraiser
          License #01347


<PAGE>

                    CORRELATION AND FINAL ESTIMATE OF VALUE

    All data relative to the value estimate was reviewed. Conditions indicating
an increase in value were indicated in the immediate area. A new hotel is under
construction one block north. The Las Vegas Convention Center is being expanded.
The property across Desert Inn Road south is the site of a new mega resort to be
built in the next two years. Six new resorts have been constructed on the Strip
in the last two years. An addition is to be added to the Sahara Hotel two blocks
north.

    The area is on an upward trend, with land parcels becoming more difficult to
obtain. Sales are scarce, but those found indicate a 6% per year increase.

    Based on all the data available, the indicated unit of value of $75 per
square foot is a reasonable value. The estimated demolition is difficult to
confirm due to the hauling time to the Apex dump, but is a reasonable expected
cost.

         The fair market value is as follows:

            39,176 sq. ft. @ $75 per sq. ft.                    =    $2,953,425
            Estimated Cost of Demolition of the Improvement     =    $  179,000
            Indicated Fair Market Value of the land as vacant   =    $2,774,425
                                                   Say               $2,800,000


<PAGE>

                                 MAPS & AERIALS


<PAGE>



                     [Plat map of subject property omitted]


<PAGE>



                         [Area map of Las Vegas omitted]


<PAGE>



                         [Area map of Las Vegas omitted]


<PAGE>



                     [Plot map of subject property omitted]


<PAGE>



                         [Area map of Las Vegas omitted]


<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

               Clark                                                                                    Clark Comprehensive Planning
               County                                                                                      Current Planning Division
                                                                                                              401 South Furth Street
                                                                                                                    P. 0. Box 551744
                                                                                                        Las Vegas, Nevada 89155-1744
                                                                                                                      (702) 455-4314

                            Non Residential Districts
                         Property Development Standards

Code  Description              Min. Lot                                    Setbacks                            Max. Stories Max. Lot
                              Area(acres)     Front                Corner           Side                Rear    Max. Height Coverage
- ----  --------------------   -----------  --------------    -----------------  ----------------  --------------- ---------- -------
<S>  <C>                       <C>       <C>               <C>                 <C>              <C>              <C>         <C>
                                           20' for bldg        20' for  bldg      Adj. Res. 20'    Adj. Res. 20'
C-C   Shopping Center             5          & parking           & parking        Adj. Com. 10'    Adj. Com. 10'   3/45'       25%
C-P   Office  & Professional     None           15'                20'          0/Adj. Res. 10'  0/Adj. Res. 10'   2/35'       60%
C-1   Local Business             None           10'                20'          0/Adj. Res. 10'  0/Adj. Res. 10'   2/35'       60%
C-2   General Commercial         None           10'                20'          0/Adj. Res. 10'  0/Adj. Res. 10'  4/50'(2)     60%
C-3   General Commercial         None           10'                20'          0/Adj. Res. 10'  0/Adj. Res. 10'  4/50'(2)     60%
                                                            10% width of lot   10% width of lot
H-1   Limited Resort & Apt.      None           10'         20'min-50'max(1)   5'min-50'max(1)   0/Adj. Res. 20' 9/100'(2)     60%
                                  See                                          10% width of lot                  Res 2/35'
H-2   General Highway Frontage  29.32.030       10'                20'          5'min-20'max     0/Adj. Res. 20' Com 4/50' See 29.32
                                            Pub.St.15'(3)    Pub. St. 15'(3)    Pub. St. 15'(3)   Pub. St. 15'(3)
T-C   Mobile Home Park            10        Priv. St. 5'       Priv. St. 5'       others 5'         others 5'       2/35'      50%
                                            Pub.St.15'         Pub. St. 15'       Pub. St. 15'     Pub. St. 15'
RVP   Recreational Vehicle Park   10        Priv.St.5'         Priv. St. 5'        others 5'        others 5'      See (4)   See (4)
P-F   Public Facility            See (4)      See (4)            See (4)            See (4)          See (4)       See (4)   See (4)
                                            15' for bldg       15' for bldg
M-D   Designed Manufacturing     None         & parking         & parking       0/Adj. Res. 20'  0/Adj. Res. 20'    4/50'      45%
M-1   Light Manufacturing        None           20'                 20'         O/Adj. Res. 20'  0/Adj. Res. 20'    4/45'      80%
M-2   Industrial                 None          20'(5)              20'(5)           See (5)          See (5)        6/75'      80%
M-3   Heavy Industrial           None          20'(5)              20'(5)           See (5)          See (5)        6/75'      80%
</TABLE>

(1)   Buildings & Structures over 40' high require 1' additional per story over
      40' for side yard setback - See 29.30.040 (H-1)
(2)   Higher with conditional use permit.
(3)   See R-1 regulations for single family residences.
(4)   Determined by conditions of commission approval.
(5)   Use separations are also required - See 29.42.010 (M-2) and 29.43.020 
      (M-3).

General Notes:

1.    No structure over 35' allowed where prohibited by 29.50 (Airport Height
      Restrictions).
2.    Greater setback required where 29.64 (Building Setbacks and Future Width)
      applies.

This table is designed to give general information and regulations for the
zoning districts.  For specific information and regulations, consult with Title
29 or with Current Planning.


<PAGE>



                 [Photograph of zoning map of Las Vegas omitted]



<PAGE>



                                   SUMMARY OF
                                  SALIENT FACTS



<PAGE>



                            SUMMARY OF SALIENT FACTS

PROPERTY LOCATION

         The subject property is located on the northeast corner of Desert Inn
Road and Mel Ave. in Clark County, Nevada and is commonly known as 360 Desert
Inn Road and further referenced as Assessors Parcel Number 120-310-009.

HIGHEST AND BEST USE

         It's current use as a time share motel is the highest and best use of
the property as improved at the present time.  See highest and best use on
following page.

LAND SIZE

         The total area is .904 acres.  The lot has a frontage of 167'+/- on 
Desert Inn Road and 227.95' along Mel Ave. The lot contains 39,379 sq. feet.

PRESENT USE

         The property is improved with a one and two story motel type building
which has been sold as time share units which are rented on a weekly basis
predominantly to residents of Hawaii. The property provides lodging, parking,
laundry and recreational facilities to the tenants. The occupancy is considered
to be above average with rentals considered to be economic rent for the service
provided.

DATE OF INSPECTION

         May 14, 1997

HIGHEST AND BEST USE

         Highest and best use is defined as being that use which produces the
greatest net return to land and/or building. The use must be physically
possible, legally permissible, financially feasible and most profitable.
Property is always appraised at it's highest and best use when estimating market
value.

MARKETING TIME

         To sell the total property would require exposure on the market for one
year.


<PAGE>

                              HIGHEST AND BEST USE

         Highest and best use is defined as that use which produces the greatest
net return to land and/or building, over the longest period of time. The age of
the present structure leaves little doubt that the economic life of the
improvement has been extended thru update and good maintenance. However, they
have now reached a point where some drastic improvement is needed. Basic
elements such as plumbing, electrical, and heating and cooling need to be
replaced. Due to the road widening and other factors, the present plan cannot
accommodate its previous use.

         The four criteria of highest and best use namely physically possible,
legally permissible, financially feasible and maximally profitable can only be
met by changing the use to a structure which better meets the needs of the area.

         The site is adequate to construct a multi level structure. Any
additional land added to the site would enhance the use.

         The property is presently zoned H-1 which would allow most tourist
oriented construction. A hotel, time share, commercial business and parking are
all allowed in this zoning category.

         It has not been difficult to obtain financing for most business
enterprises related to the "Strip" or convention center and would be available
locally to most investors with a reasonable expectation of success.

         Maximally productive properties are those which provide a need of the
area and which have lower expense ratios which occurs primarily with newer
structures. Rental rates are increasing for most types of commercial space
including rental rooms.

         The highest and best use of the subject property for multi level, multi
use commercial meets all four criteria.


<PAGE>

EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE VALUE ESTIMATE

         The effective date of the value estimate is May 14, 1997.

PROPERTY RIGHTS APPRAISED
         Just fee simple interest.

OWNER OF RECORD

         Royal Aloha Vacation Club, Inc. a Hawaii Corporation is the owner of 
record.  According to public record the current owners have held title since 
1983.

METHOD OF VALUATION

         The Sales Comparison Approach has been used to estimate the value of
the land. This requires the analysis of sales of similar land similarly
situated. Sales are adjusted for differences noted in the comparison. The Cost
Approach was used to estimate the demolition cost of the improvements.

         The sales data was obtained from TRW Redi Data and verified by public
record. Buyer, Seller, or the Realtor involved were interviewed where possible.
The availability of a phone number and location of the parties involved made
some verification difficult except by public record. Nevada is a full disclosure
state in regard to transfers, so public record may be more reliable.

<PAGE>

                                  REGIONAL DATA


<PAGE>



                                  REGIONAL DATA
                          (1996 Las Vegas Perspective)

HISTORY

         Clark County, Nevada encompasses approximately 8,000 square miles, of
which approximately 84% is vacant land, with 10% in private ownership.

         Las Vegas was incorporated in 1911 with a population of approximately
3,350. It was not until the Hoover Dam Project was started and inexpensive power
and land began attracting industry that Las Vegas started to grow. In 1931, the
Nevada legislature approved gambling. This action provided a growth vehicle
causing the population figures to increase.

RECREATION AREAS

         Southern Nevada is located in the southwestern portion of the United
States. Within a 30 mile radius surrounding the Las Vegas area, recreational
facilities include such sites as Lake Mead, Hoover Dam, the Colorado River
recreation area, snow skiing trails at 12,000 foot Mt. Charleston, and views and
hiking areas in the Red Rock mountains.

         The Las Vegas Valley is well located to such sites as the Grand Canyon,
Bryce Canyon, Zion National Park, and the Death Valley.

         Currently, the city and county parks have 110 facilities.  There are 17
golf courses, with 12 new golf courses under different stages of development.

         During the winter months, skiing clinics are held at Lee Canyon.
Horseback riding is popular year-round, along with off-road racing and miniature
golf. Wet N' Wild, an all water theme park, is located on the Strip and provides
water sports for children and families.

         Other events which take place in the Las Vegas area include the Las
Vegas Symphony Orchestra, Nevada Institute for Contemporary Art, and the Las
Vegas City Arts.

         Public communication includes KLVX, Channel 10, which is Southern
Nevada's PBS television affiliate. Southern Nevada's three public radio stations
are KNPR, KUNV, and KCEP.


<PAGE>

POPULATION

         In the last ten years, Las Vegas itself has added over 300,000 people
to it's community. The average is 3,000 people moving into our community each
month. The population reached over 1 million in 1995. The fastest growing age
group in the Las Vegas sector is over 65. The proportion of active seniors to
that of the national average is nearly identical, with 12.4 for Las Vegas and
12.5 nationally.

         The Nevada per capita income is nearly $21,000.  The median household 
income for Las Vegas is $36,710, which is higher that the national average.

         Las Vegas is often thought of as a transient community.  However, over
50% of the population has lived in this area for more than 10 years, and 63% of
the population own their own homes.

         Approximately 75% of homes sold in Las Vegas are new homes. The median
price of a new home is $119,200. The average price of all homes sold remains in
the low $100,000's. In the 1995 census, the total population was 1,040,688
people, and total households were 387,097. Children under 18 represented 24.6%
of the population and adults 18 and over 72%.

RELIGION

         Las Vegas has over 430 houses of worship representing 48 different
faiths, with services conducted in six different languages.

CLIMATE

         Southern Nevada has an average of 310 sunny days per year. The overall
mean temperature is 60 degrees. The coldest average temperature is about 55
degrees from December through February. The hottest months are June through
August, with an average daytime temperature of 102 degrees, the nights averaging
in the low 70's.

         Fall and Spring remain a constant 80 degrees during the days and an
average of 50 degrees during the night.  The Southern Nevada area receives
approximately three inches of rainfall per year.


<PAGE>

TRANSPORTATION

         According to the Federal Aviation Administration, the Las Vegas airport
will be the fastest growing facility in the next 10 years. Currently, McCarran
International Airport ranks as the 18th busiest airport in the U.S. and the 29th
busiest airport in the world. Approximately 28 million passengers visited Las
Vegas in 1995 of which 26% were international travelers.

         McCarran is one of the most modem airports in the country. Construction
was completed in 1990 on the fourth runway encompassing 8,900 feet, which has
increased hourly take offs and landings from 110 to 150 per day. A new garage
was added to the airport in 1996 to eliminate some of the parking problems.

               MCCARRAN INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT PASSENGER STATISTICS

     Year           Scheduled             Charter &        Total Passengers
                   Passengers             All Other

     1989          14,338,000             2,769,000           17,107,000
     1990          16,051,000             3,039,000           18,619,000
     1991          16,977,000             3,195,000           20,172,000
     1992          17,048,000             3,865,000           20,914,000
     1993          18,155,000             4,337,000           22,492,000
     1994          21,577,000             5,273,000           26,950,000
     1995          23,247,000             4,780,000           28,027,000

         Most major airlines have Las Vegas on their route, and several
international airlines are considering direct service to overseas. Currently,
there are 14 major air freight companies which serve the area's growing needs.
One airline has a one-stop route to Japan. It is estimated that these flights
represent a $700 million impact.

         To exploit the benefits of McCarran's Class A Port of Entry status, the
Department of Aviation constructed a Charter/International Terminal. The 183,000
square foot structure houses eight aircraft parking gates, associated ticketing,
baggage claim, and security facilities. To cater to the Las Vegas international
visitors, the new terminal will feature a prototype U.S. Custom clearing
configuration for the latest in quick, convenient passenger processing.
Construction of McCarran's Airpark commenced during 1990. This encompasses 155
acres. McCarran Airpark features direct airfield and roadway access to aviation
support industries, including benefits of the Foreign Trade Zone.


<PAGE>


         There are also the Boulder City, Henderson, and North Las Vegas
airports.  The North Las Vegas Airport is the General Aviation reliever for
McCarran.

         Clark County is approximately the size of the State of New Jersey. It
is located between California and Arizona. There are three major highways
serving to link Las Vegas with major western cities. These highways
include I- 1 5 which runs in an east/West direction, U.S. 95 which runs in a
north/south direction, and U.S. 93 which runs to the south.

         Highway plans include $2 billion to be spent on transportation
improvement and mass transportation over IO years.

         The Union Pacific Railroad services the Las Vegas area with direct
service to 20 states and connecting service to more than 30 states. Amtrak also
provides passenger service.

GOVERNMENT

         The county operates as an independent political entity and is
administered by a County Manager who is supervised by a seven-man Board of
Commissioners. The various city administrations consist of a Mayor, a five-man
City Council, City Managers, and appropriate departments.

UTILITIES

         Water is supplied to the Las Vegas metropolitan area from several
sources. Underground facilities contribute approximately 25% of the water to
Southern Nevada, and the Colorado River is also a major water source. The Las 
Vegas Valley Water District redistributes the water to Clark County and the City
of Las Vegas.  North Las Vegas, Henderson, and Boulder City have their own water
distribution systems.

         The Colorado River Commission allocated Southern Nevada an additional
58,000 acre feet of committed and uncommitted water with which to build. This
amount is considered enough for an additional 85,000 single-family residences.
The new water allotment, according to some estimates, will last until the year
2006.

         Nevada Power Company's residential rates rank eighth lowest in the
country among investor-owned utilities. Future energy requirements will be
provided by natural gas and coal-fired generation units and coal generating
facilities. Current plans do not include participation in any type of nuclear
plants.

<PAGE>

 EDUCATION

         The Clark County school District is ranked the 11th largest among the
nation's public school systems. New schools have been opened to accommodate an
average annual growth of just under 6%. The school district now includes 181
schools.

         Community College of Southern Nevada is a multicampus institution with
current enrollment of approximately 20,741 students. In 1995, CCSN increased its
faculty by 33% and added 200,000 sq.ft. of new instructional facilities.

         The Cheyenne campus is located in North Las Vegas and serves
approximately 22,938 students based on the number enrolled per class. The
Henderson campus enrolls approximately 4,213 students and occupies 33,000 square
feet.

         The University of Nevada, Las Vegas has an estimated enrollment of
21,000 students. Completion of three new dormitories and a new dining commons
provides facilities for 500 resident students. The total of resident students is
1,200. Construction of a new 22,000 square-foot alumni center has also been
completed.

COMMUNITY SERVICES

         There are currently 9 hospitals with 2,503 licensed beds servicing the
Las Vegas area. Additional facilities include three psychiatric/chemical
dependency in-patient hospitals, plus 11 long-term care facilities with 1,074
licensed beds. There are a total of 6,128 licensed physicians.

         Specialized health services include the Nathan Adelson Hospice which is
one of 12 hospices in the nation with in-patient facilities; Angel Plane which
is a nonprofit organization supported by community donations; Children's
Hospital built for special needs for children; Flight for Life; and the
Traumatic Brain Injury Rehabilitation Center. Hospital expansions include St.
Rose Domimcan which expanded to 86,000 square feet with 214 beds at a cost of
$19 million, and the Veteran's Hospital with 129 beds on 49 acres at a proposed
cost of $75 million.

TOURISM AND CONVENTION

         Las Vegas has developed a well-known reputation as one of the top
resort and convention destinations in the world. Las Vegas is the location of
nine of the ten largest hotels in the world.


<PAGE>

ECONOMIC BASE

         The economic base of the Las Vegas area consists of the tourist
industry, service industry, military bases, the Nevada Test site, governmental
and municipal agencies, and mining and manufacturing.

INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYMENT ANNUAL AVERAGE

         Gaming related activities continued to make a strong gain in both
revenue and development of mega hotel/casinos. Hotel construction will slow
after the phenomenal rate of growth of the past few years.


<PAGE>

                                     SUMMARY

         The four forces (social, economic, political, environmental) that
influence market values were discussed above. The various governing bodies have
sponsored growth with their pro-development attitudes. The administrations also
promote the funding and infrastructure necessary for growth. These factors,
along with the sunny climate, have helped Las Vegas be a destination of choice
for many as a new home for their families. However, public services have been
hard hit along with infrastructure to provide adequate service for the increased
population.

         As the population of Las Vegas reaches one million, it is already
experiencing problems with water service, and the infrastructure of the streets
is becoming burdensome. There appears to be a large amount of traffic and travel
time due to the inadequacies of the roads now servicing the Las Vegas area.
Water becomes a growth constraint unless new water sources are found.

         General land supply is adequate; however, it is difficult to obtain
large parcels of property. Present plans show the growth of tourism, at its
existing rate, is indicated to continue. Naturally, this growth would support
the development of new residential, commercial, and industrial properties.
Southern Nevada is growing and will continue to grow. However, the past several
years have shown the largest amount of growth in the history of Southern Nevada.
This growth is not expected to continue at a higher rate. Continued growth at a
more stable rate is expected for the future.

<PAGE>


                                  NEIGHBORHOOD


<PAGE>



                                NEIGHBORHOOD DATA

BOUNDARIES

         The neighborhood of the subject property is bounded on the north by
Riviera Boulevard, on the east by Paradise Road, on the south by Sands
Boulevard, and on the west by Las Vegas Boulevard. Property in the area is of a
compatible use.

ACCESS
         Access to the neighborhood is by the boundary streets and by Desert Inn
Road.

RELATIVE LOCATION

         The property is located adjacent to the "heart" of the strip within one
mile of the major casinos.

TRANSPORTATION

         Bus transportation is provided on the major intersecting streets or by
taxicab.

COMMERCIAL USE

         The area is predominantly small casinos and lodging facilities.

UTILITIES

         All utility service is available and includes sewer, water, electric,
gas and telephone. Streets are paved and have curb and gutter.

SALIENT FEATURES

         The neighborhood is 90% built up with predominantly commercial use. The
Desert Inn Golf Course occupies the south half of the neighborhood. The area is
stable with little changing use. The impact of the Desert Inn Road project is
still to be weighed as to increased traffic and noise. The change in use with
new construction can eliminate most of the problems associated with an arterial
street.

<PAGE>

Survey, Area Description

The Las Vegas Valley coitions 95 percent of the households and population
surveyed in Clark County. Excluded were persons in group quarters, such as
Nellis Air Force Base and populations in institutions.

The outlying areas of Clark County not included in the survey were: Bunkerville,
Indian Springs, Mesquite, Moapa. Laughlin and Cal-Nev-Ari; combined they total
6,487 households.

The primary area contains 29 zip codes. A relatively new zip code, 89139 is not
listed as it did not have sufficient responses due to low population density. In
editions prior to the 1994 Perspective, these zip codes were divided into 10
districts.

The districts were clustered by using demographically comparable zip codes. Four
districts (1, 2, 3 and 5) were sub-divided in 1989 because of population growth
and to provide a greater level of detail for each area.

The original district numbers are unchanged, only the letter "B" was added for
the new districts, allowing for comparisons with previous survey year estimates.
For example, to compare survey dates prior to 1989 with dates subsequent to
1989, District 1A data may be added to 1B data.

The districts and corresponding zip codes have been listed below for comparison.


[Photograph of zip code map of Las Vegas Valley omitted]


District Zip Code(s)

 1A      89108
 1B      89107, 89128, 89129, 89134
 2A      89030, 89031, 89131
 2B      89101, 89106
 3A      89115
 3B      89110, 89122
 4       89104
 5A      89102, 89103
 5B      89113, 89117, 89118
 6       89109
 7       89120, 89121
 8       89119, 89123
 9       89014, 89015
10       89005


<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                               Zip Code Profiles

CATEGORIES              89107          89108         89109         89110        89113          89115

<S>                    <C>            <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>   
No. of Households      13,322         20,701        22,455        17,193        1,928         19,082
No. of Housing Units   13,641         21,227        23,738        17,797        2,043         19,780
Population             34,187         56,720        41,077        50,307        5,114         55,579

Age of Adults
  18-24                     8%             7%           11%            9%           7%            11%
  25-34                    18             25            18            18           19             24
  35-44                    20             26            19            26           16             24
  45-54                    15             17            16            19           26             15
  55-64                    18             13            13            12           17             13
   65+                     21             12            23            16           15             13

Education of Adults
  SOME HIGH SCHOOL          7%             5%            9%            8%           3%            14%
  HIGH SCHOOL DEGREE       30             27            29            31           22             33
  SOME COLLEGE             32             37            33            37           34             34
  COLLEGE DEGREE           17             16            15            11           19             12
  SOME GRADUATE             4              6             4             5            7              4
  GRADUATE DEGREE          10              9            10             8           15              3
Children (under 18)
  YES                      33%            43%           21%           40%          29%            43%
  NO                       67             57            79            60           71             57

Type of Dwelling
  SINGLE-FAMILY            67%            64%            9%           60%          90%            37%
  APARTMENT                25             23            74            16            0             25
  CONDO-TOWNHOME            8             11            14            10           10              9
  MOBILE HOME               0              2             3            14            0             29

Household Income
  UNDER $15,000            11%            11%           22%            3%           1%            13%


<PAGE>



  $15,000-$19,999          10              5            14             8            1             10
  $20,000-$24,999           9              9            11            10            4             18
  $25,000-$34,999          20             15            23            19            8             19
  $35,000-$49,999          19             24            16            28           13             24
  $50,000-$74,999          17             21            10            20           24             14
  $75,000-$100,000          8             10             1             8           16              1
  $100,000+                 6              5             3             4           33              1
  MEDIAN              $34,949        $40,869       $26,182       $40,241      $73,100        $40,926

Length of Residence
  NEWCOMER                  6%             4%           12%            5%           5%             7%
  1-5 YEARS                14             23            31            20           30             28
  6-10 YEARS               15             13            20            22           13             21
  11-20 YEARS              17             22            21            22           15             21
  OVER 20 YEARS            48             38            16            31           37             23
</TABLE>


<PAGE>



                                    THE SITE


<PAGE>



                          ESTIMATED COST OF DEMOLITION

         Information relative to the square footage contained in the total
structure were obtained from the records of the Clark County Assessor's Office.
They show a total of 24,030 sq. ft. with an average height of 9' of 306,270 
cu. feet.

         The cubic area of the pool is 4,752 cubic feet.

         There is 1,100 sq. ft. of concrete slab and 4,500 sq. ft. of blacktop.

 Although no testing has been done, there is a possibility that the ceiling
finish in all units contains some form of asbestos. A test will determine if
special treatment is needed during demolition. If required, the cost of asbestos
removal could cost $40,000 to $50,000 for 24,000 sq. ft. or $1.85 sq. ft.

         The following items could be salvaged if time permits.

         1.   All appliances
         2.   Refrigeration and heating units
         3.   All doors
         4.   All carports
         5.   Plumbing and fighting fixtures
         6.   Steel stairs

         The salvage should amount to $25,000 to $32,000.

         A composite of demolition costs are as follows:

         306,270 cu. feet of razing @ $0.31                      =     $ 98,000
         12,000 sq. ft. of concrete & asphalt to break @ $1.57   =     $ 18,840
         * 24,030 sq. ft. ceiling @ $1.85 per sq. ft.            =     $ 44,456

         The total cost of demolition and hauling                =     $161,296
         If no salvage is attempted add                          +     $ 17,900
                                                                       --------
         If tests for asbestos are negative                      -     $ 27,200
                                                                       --------
                                                                       $151,996

         The fair market value contained in this report has been reduced by
$179,000.



<PAGE>



RUN DATE: 05/23/97 11:52       COMMERCIAL APPRAISAL RECORD          PAGE 1 OF 2

PARCEL NO: 162-09-806-009 02 SITE: 360 E DESERT INN RD
PROJECT NAME: ROYAL ALOHA VACATION CLUB        LAND USE: 1-50-0-0-1         23
                                               LAST UPD: 07/13/96

BASE YR: 1993 EFF YR: 1962 APR NO: 55 APR DT: 08/1993 LAST VST REASON: A

                         OCCUPANCY #1  OCCUPANCY #2   OCCUPANCY #3  OCCUPANCY #4
OCCUPANCY CODE                    352
CLASS                               C
RANK                             1.30
ORIG YEAR BLT                    1962
EXTERIOR WALL                       6
ROOF TYPE                           2
FOUNDATION TYPE                     1
PLUMBING FIXTURES                   3
INTERIOR FINISH                     2
STRUCTURAL TYPE                     2
FLOOR TYPE                          1
LIGHTING FIXTURE                    4
NO OF STORIES                       2
AVG STORY HGHT                    9.0
PERIMETER (SHAPE)                 511

TOTAL FLOOR AREA                14208

TOTAL GROUND AREA                8071

NO OF UNITS                        12

ELEVATORS

SPRINKLERS

HEAT/COOL #1                   14.100%
HEAT/COOL #2
HEAT/COOL #3
HEAT/COOL #4
NO-WALL AREA

MISC BLDG #1

MISC BLDG #2

MISC BLDG #3

MISC SLOG #4

BLDG ADD. #1    BLDG ADD. #2    BLDG ADD. #3     BLDG ADO. #4    BLDG ADD. #5


OIMPS NET:            MULT ADJ:          OTH ADJ:          OVERRIDE:         

REM:                                                             PCOMP%
                                                             
<PAGE>


RUN DATE: 05/23/97 11:52      COMMERCIAL APPRAISAL RECORD           PAGE 2 OF 2

PARCEL NO: 162-09-806-009 02 PROJECT NAME: ROYAL ALOHA VACATION CLUB

                         ADDITIONAL MISC. ITEMS

CODE         DESCRIPTION                   UNITS        ADJ.
14           DISHWASHER                       12
15           GARBAGE DISPOSAL                 12
16           HOOD & FAN                       12
18           RANGE & OVEN                     12
29           CB WALL, REG                    740
44           FENCE SOLID BOARD 6'            488
52           FIREPLACE 1  STORY                1
53           FIREPLACE 2  STORY                5
92           POOL SURFACE AREA               900
155          CONC/STEEL STAIRS(AVG)            2
166          PEO LIGHT W/LANTERN 8'            7
179          CCP - LOW                      2390
303          CONCRETE 1000-2999             2085




<PAGE>


RUN DATE: 05/23/97 11:52      COMMERCIAL APPRAISAL RECORD            PAGE 1 OF 2

PARCEL @10: 162-09-806-009 01 SITE: 360 E DESERT INN RD
PROJECT NAME: ROYAL ALOHA VACATION CLUB        LAND USE:  1-50-0-0-1       23
                                               LAST UPO:  07/13/96

BASE YR: 1993   EFF YR: 1953  APR NO: 55   APR DT: 08/1993   LAST VST REASON: A

                       OCCUPANCY #1   OCCUPANCY #2   OCCUPANCY #3  OCCUPANCY #4
OCCUPANCY  CODE                 352
CLASS                             C
RANK                           1.30
ORIG YEAR BLT                  1953
EXTERIOR WALL                     6
ROOF TYPE                         4
FOUNDATION TYPE                   1
PLUMBING FIXTURES                 3
INTERIOR FINISH                   2
STRUCTURAL TYPE                   2
FLOOR TYPE                        1
LIGHTING FIXTURE                  4
NO OF STORIES                     2
AVG STORY HGHT                  9.0
PERIMETER (SHAPE)               390

TOTAL FLOOR AREA               9723

TOTAL GROUND AREA              9723

NO OF UNITS                     1.1

ELEVATORS

SPRINKLERS

HEAT/COOL #1                 14.100%
HEAT/COOL #2
HEAT/COOL #3
HEAT/COOL #4
NO-WALL AREA

MISC BLDG #1

MISC BLDG #2

MISC BLDG #3

MISC BLDG #4

BLDG ADD. #1   BLDG ADD. #2    BLDG ADD. #3      BLDG ADD. #4      BLDG  ADD. #5

OIMPS NET:             MULT ADJ:       OTH ADJ:            OVERRIDE:

REM:                                                             PCOMP%


<PAGE>



RUN DATE: 05/23/97     11:52   COMMERCIAL APPRAISAL RECORD       PAGE 2 OF 2

PARCEL NO: 162-09-806-009 01        PROJECT NAME: ROYAL ALOHA VACATION CLUB

ADDITIONAL MISC. ITEMS

CODE       DESCRIPTION               UNITS    ADJ.
29         CB WALL, REG               3020
52         FIREPLACE 1 STORY             1
53         FIREPLACE 2 STORY             1
92         POOL SURFACE AREA           792
155        CONC/STEEL STAIRS(AVG)        1
179        CCP - LOW                  2533
197        MULTIPLE CARPORT             22
208        STORAGE                     480
208        STORAGE                     235
298        ASPHALT  3000 & OVER       9000
303        CONCRETE  1000-2999        1069


<PAGE>

         The following picture pages have been included to show the condition of
the improvements and the site advantages prior to the taking in eminent domain
in 1993. Actual date of the start of construction on the Desert Inn Arterial was
1995 and is still not completed. Final completion is anticipated by late summer
1997.

<PAGE>

                   [Photograph of Royal Aloha Vegas omitted]

                              LANDSCAPING REMOVED



             [Photograph of lot line of Royal Aloha Vegas omitted]

                         VIEW OF LOT LINE ON MEL AVENUE




<PAGE>



                   [Photograph of Royal Aloha Vegas omitted]

                           SOUTH ELEVATION AND FENCE


                   [Photograph of Royal Aloha Vegas omitted]

                               CARPORT AT UNIT 1




<PAGE>



                   [Photograph of Royal Aloha Vegas omitted]

                        SOUTH WALL OF UNIT 11 (BEDROOM)

                   [Photograph of Royal Aloha Vegas omitted]

                              ENTRANCE TO UNIT 11




<PAGE>



                   [Photograph of Royal Aloha Vegas omitted]



                   [Photograph of Royal Aloha Vegas omitted]




<PAGE>



                   [Photograph of Royal Aloha Vegas omitted]

                                  PATIO UNIT 1


                   [Photograph of Royal Aloha Vegas omitted]

                            LANDSCAPING ON EAST WALL




<PAGE>



                   [Photograph of Royal Aloha Vegas omitted]

                           LANDSCAPING BEFORE TAKING




                   [Photograph of Royal Aloha Vegas omitted]

                     UNIT 1 INSIDE FENCE (SOUTH ELEVATION)




<PAGE>



                   [Photograph of Royal Aloha Vegas omitted]

                FENCE IN RELATIONSHIP TO STAKE SHOWING NEW LINE


                   [Photograph of Royal Aloha Vegas omitted]

                                 UNIT 1 REMOVED




<PAGE>



    [Two photographs of Royal Aloha Vegas over plat map of property omitted]




<PAGE>



                   [Photograph of Royal Aloha Vegas omitted]

                                SIGN AND UNIT 1


                   [Photograph of Royal Aloha Vegas omitted]

                    STAKE SHOWING PROXIMITY OF RIGHT OF WAY




<PAGE>



                                   COMPARABLE
                                      SALES




<PAGE>



                               COMPARABLE SALE #5

         APN#                   162-16-510-014

         LOCATION               On Desert Inn Road

         GRANTOR                Gary and Susan Hallman

         GRANTEE                357 Inc.

         DOC.#                  940111-00609

         DATE OF SALE           1/94

         SELLING PRICE          $800,000

         SQUARE FOOTAGE         18,125 sq. ft.

         PRICE PER SQUARE FOOT  $44.14

         CONFIRMED BY           Public Record

         ZONING                 H-1

REMARKS: This sale was adjusted for location, size and access.  The property was
improved with a single family residence.




<PAGE>



              [Locating parcel map for comparable sale #5 omitted]




<PAGE>



                               COMPARABLE SALE #6
         APN#                     162-16-510-017

         LOCATION                 363 E. Desert Inn Road

         GRANTOR

         GRANTEE                  Aronimink Corp.

         DOC.#                    940930-00305

         DATE OF SALE             9/94

         SELLING PRICE            $825,000

         SQUARE FOOTAGE           17,860 sq. ft.

         PRICE PER SQUARE FOOT    $46.19

         CONFIRMED BY             Public Record

         ZONING                   H-1

REMARKS: This parcel is located approximately 1/2  block West.  Adjustments are
required for time and location.  The property was improved with a single family
residence.


<PAGE>


              [Locating parcel map for comparable sale #6 omitted]




<PAGE>



                                   SALES GRID




<PAGE>



                        COMPARABLE SALES ADJUSTMENT GRID

                             1                 2                    3

APN#                     162-15-101-008     162-16-611-009      162-16-510-005
DATE OF SALE                 9/93               8/94               4/94
SALES PRICE               $1,840,000          $790,000            $827,500
SQUARE FOOT                 27878               15682              18125
SALES PRICE PER SQ.FT.      $66.00              $50.37            $45.66
TIME                         +25%                +19%              +22%
ADJUSTED S.P.              $82.50               $59.94            $55.70
LOCATION                   POORER               POORER            POORER
ADJUSTMENT                   5%                  25%                15%
SIZE                       SIMILAR             SIMILAR           SIMILAR
ADJUSTMENT                   0%                   0%                0%
ACCESS                      POORER             POORER             POORER
ADJUSTMENT                   5%                  20%                5%
NET ADJUSTMENT               10%                 45%               20%
INDICATED VALUE    $90.75+$5.84 DEMOLITION
OF SUBJECT PROPERTY          $96.59             $81.91            $66.84




                             4                     5                6

APN#             162-16-210-001,002,003    162-16-510-014       162-16-510-017
                   162-16-201-001-002
DATE OF SALE             12/93                   1/94              9/94
SALES PRICE           $5,551,640              $800,000           $825,000
SQUARE FOOT             70212                   18125             17860
SALES PRICE PER SQ.FT.  79.07                   44.14             $46.19
TIME                    +24%                     +23%              18%
ADJUSTED S.P.          $98.04                  $54.29            $54.50
LOCATION               BETTER                  POORER             POORER
ADJUSTMENT              -10%                     10%                5%       
SIZE                   LARGER                  SIMILAR            SIMILAR 
ADJUSTMENT               5%                       0%                0%
ACCESS                 BETTER                  POORER             POORER 
ADJUSTMENT              -10%                     10%                5%
NET ADJUSTMENT          -15%                     -5%               10%
INDICATED VALUE       
OF SUBJECT PROPERTY   $83.33                   $51.57            $59.95
                      
                                                                          
Indicated value for the subject property of $75.00 per sq. ft

         Mean:                                     $74.19
         Median:                                   $75.08




<PAGE>



                               COMPARABLE SALE #1

         APN#                       162-15-101-008

         LOCATION                   735 E. Desert Inn Road

         GRANTOR                    Convention Inn Inc.

         GRANTEE                    Clark County

         DOC.#                      931201-00171

         DATE OF SALE               12/93

         SELLING PRICE              $1,840,000

         SQUARE FOOTAGE             27,878 sq. ft.

         PRICE PER SQUARE FOOT      $66.00

         CONFIRMED BY               Public Record and Grantor

         ZONING                     H-1

REMARKS: This parcel is located approximately 1 block East. Adjustments required
for tune and location.  The property was improved with a 3-story motel.


<PAGE>


              [Locating parcel map for comparable sale #1 omitted]



<PAGE>


                               COMPARABLE SALE #2

         APN#                     162-16-611-009

         LOCATION                 75 Country Club Lane

         GRANTOR                  Vincent M. & Dorothy Sanner Tr.

         GRANTEE                  Aronimink Corp.

         DOC.#                    940802-00164

         DATE OF SALE             8/94

         SELLING PRICE            $790,000

         SQUARE FOOTAGE           15,682 sq. ft.

         PRICE PER SQUARE FOOT    $50.37

         CONFIRMED BY             Public Record and Grantor

         ZONING                   R-1

REMARKS: This parcel is located approximately 1/2 mile South.  Adjustments
required for time and location.  The property was improved with a single family
residence.


<PAGE>
                               COMPARABLE SALE #3


         APN#                       162-16-510-005

         LOCATION                   339 E. Desert Inn Road

         GRANTOR                    Lisa Kezmanich Griffin

         GRANTEE                    Aronimink Corp.

         DOC.#                      94027-498

         DATE OF SALE               4/94

         SELLING PRICE              $827,500

         SQUARE FOOTAGE             18,125 sq. ft.

         PRICE PER SQUARE FOOT      $45.66

         CONFIRMED BY               Public Record and Grantor

         ZONING                     H-1

REMARKS: This parcel is located approximately 1/2 block West.  Adjustments
required for time and location.  The property was improved with a single family
residence.


<PAGE>

              [Locating parcel map for Comparable Sale #3 omitted]




<PAGE>



                               COMPARABLE SALE #4

      ARN#                   162-16-201-001,002 & 162-16-210-001,002 & 003

      LOCATION               Northeast corner of Sands Ave. and Las Vegas Blvd.

      GRANTOR                Brent Gramany, Claire Gramany, A. Kent Greene &
                             Eric Zubel

      GRANTEE                Sheraton Desert Inn Corp.

      DOC.#                  931230-00636, 931230-00637, 930924-00181,
                             931203-00508

      DATE OF SALE           12/93, 12/93, 9/93, 12/93

      SELLING PRICE          $5,552,640

      SQUARE FOOTAGE         70,212 sq. ft.

      PRICE PER SQUARE FOOT  $79.07

      CONFIRMED BY           Sheraton Desert Inn Corp. Legal Counsel

      ZONING                 H-1

REMARKS: This property consisted of five parcels. The site is vacant and all are
available. At the time of purchase, the property contained a one-story retail
structure. This site is part of an assembly by the Sheraton Desert Inn
Corporation which included the Desert Inn Country Club. This sale is
approximately 1 mile from the subject property. Adjustments were made for
location and time of sale.


<PAGE>



              [Locating parcel map for Comparable Sale #4 omitted]




<PAGE>



         CORRELATION AND FINAL ESTIMATE OF VALUE

         All data relative to the value estimate was reviewed. Economic
conditions indicate an increase in value were indicated in the immediate area. A
new hotel is under construction one block north. The Las Vegas Convention Center
is being expanded. The property across Desert Inn Road south is the site of a
new mega resort to be built in the next two years. Six new resorts have been
constructed on the Strip in the last two years. An addition is to be added to
the Sahara Hotel two blocks north.

         The area is on an upward trend, with land parcels becoming more
difficult to obtain. Sales are scarce, but those found indicate a 6% per year
increase.

         Based on all the data available, the indicated unit of value of $75 per
square foot is a reasonable value. The estimated demolition is difficult to
confirm due to the hauling time to the Apex dump, but is a reasonable expected
cost.

         The fair market value is as follows:

         39,376 sq. ft. @ $75 per sq. ft.                    =    $2,953,425
         Estimated Cost of Demolition of the Improvement     =    $  179,000
         Indicated Fair Market Value of the land as vacant   =    $2,774,425
                                             Say                  $2,800,000




<PAGE>



                                     ADDENDA



<PAGE>



                                   APPRAISERS
                                 QUALIFICATIONS



<PAGE>



                                 Donald R. Beach


Born November 28, 1928
Attended Southern Illinois University 1947-1948
Served in United States Marine Corps. and U.S. Naval Air Corps.

EMPLOYMENT

1950      Worked for various contractors in the Chicago area.

1959      Obtained Real Estate License in Illinois as a salesman and broker. 
          Worked for Ed Pocus Inc., Wheaton, IL. as an appraiser and salesman.

1961      Employed by Dupage County, Illinois as a land evaluator and became
          Deputy Supervisor of Real Estate Assessment. Prepared a land map
          showing base land values for 168,000 parcels of real estate and aided
          in the preparation of cost manual to appraise all improvements in the
          county.

1970      Employed as Deputy Director of Property Valuation in the state of
          Arizona.  Worked on cost manual and the first statewide appraisal by 
          computer involving 1,600,000 parcels of real estate.  Assisted in the
          preparation of the Personal Property Appraisal manual.

1973      Employed by Michael Baker Jr., Inc., as a Sales/Computer Supervisor.
          Sold Computer Valuation Programs and worked Mass Appraisal Programs in
          Jacksonville and Sarasota, Florida and Farmington, Connecticut.  Sold
          Engineering Service.

1975      Became Tax Assessor (Director of Assessment Adm) for Washington, D.C.
          Designed and implemented programs in seven different tax areas
          including real estate.

1979      Returned to Phoenix, Arizona to be Chief Appraiser of Maricopa County.

1981      Became Assistant Assessor of Clark County Nevada.

1988      Started own Computer Appraisal Company

1988/     Independent appraisal consultant
present

1994      Assistant Property Appraiser; Hillsborough County.  Florida


<PAGE>



         ACTED AS INSTRUCTOR FOR:

         University of Florida            Assessor's Association:   Kansas
         Arizona State University                                   New Mexico
         Rutgers University                                         Alaska
         Central Arizona University                                 Missouri
         State of Arizona                                           Illinois
         University of Arizona (Tucson)                             Tennessee
         Oklahoma State University                                  Louisiana 

139 SCHOOLS IN 35 STATES

         Anchorage, AK        2                         Portland, OR         1
         Phoenix, AZ          6                         Colombia, MO         2
         Tucson. AZ           4                         LAFAYETTE, LA        5
         Auburn, AL           2                         Albuquerque, NM      7
         Boston, MA           1                         Boise, ID            3
         St Louis, MO         1                         Pocatella, ID        2
         Denver, CO           1                         Moscow, ID           1
         Dallas, TX           1                         Peoria, IL           7
         Los Angeles, CA      1                         Bloomington, IL      3
         Yakima, WA           2                         Athens, GA           3
         Charleston, SC       4                         Atlanta, GA          2
         Charlottesville, VA  1                         West Palm Beach, FL  1
         Tampa, FL            4                         Daytona Beach, FL    4
         Orlando, FL          5                         Ames, IA             1
         Tallahassee, FL      2                         Sioux Falls, SD      2
         Miami, FL            6                         Vermilion, SD        2
         Stillwater, OK       3                         Louisville, KY       2


<PAGE>



         St. Charles, MO      2                         Baltimore, MD        1
         Winston Salem,  NC   2                         St. Paul, MN         1
         Nashville, TN        5                         LAS Vegas, NV        9
         Knoxville, TN        1                         Carson City, NV      2
         Jackson, TN          2                         Little Rock, AR      1
         Topeka, KS           2                         Toronto, Canada      2
         Manhatten, KS        3                         Billings, MT         1
         Wichita, KS          2                         Lincoln, NE          5
         Springfield, MO      2                         Casper, WY           1

         TOTAL                  139

         I have taught over 5,000 students various subjects at these and other
locations.

SCOPE OF WORK
    o      Written Appraisal Manuals for three Appraisal Offices.
    o      Supervised work of fifty or more Appraisers in mass appraisal for Tax
           Assessment.
    o      Supervised complete reappraisal of jurisdictions with 200,000 to over
           1,000,000 parcels of real estate.
    o      Organized and conducted appeals on 6,000 complaints.
    o      Wrote computer appraisal program to automate all classes of real
           estate.
    o      Taught and organized education for various appraisal staff.
    0      Personally appraised individual properties with values in excess of
           $200,000,000.00

<PAGE>

APPRAISAL DESIGNATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS

         1963     Certified Assessment Evaluator C.A.E., (Lapsed)
                  International Association of Assessing Officers
         1969     Certified Illinois Assessing Officer C.I.A.0. (Lapsed)
         1975     Senior Professional Assessor, S.P.A., (Lapsed)
                  New England Assessor Association
         1978     Certified in Real Estate and Personal Property by the State
                  of Arizona (Retired from Assessment Appraisal)
         1981     Certified in Real Estate and Personal Property by the State
                  of Arizona (Retired from Assessment Appraisal)
         1986     Certified Review Appraiser C.R.A. (Lapsed)
         1987     Accredited Nevada Appraiser A.N.A. (Lapsed)
         1994     Certified Environmental lwector C.E.I. Environmental
                  Assessment Association
         1994     Certified Environmental Specialist C.E.S. Environmental
                  Assessment Association
         1996     Certified Commercial Real Estate Appraiser C.C.R.A.
         1996     Certified Real Estate Appraiser C.R.E.A.

AWARDS

International Assessor Association - Outstanding Member 1973
Donahue Essay Award - 1978, 1979, 1983 and 1985 
Outstanding Certified Assessment Evaluation-1975
Outstanding Office Award for:      State of Arizona - 1971
                                   Washington, D.C. - 1975
                                   Clark County, Nevada - 1982

TEACHING EXPERIENCE

Senior Instructor I.A.A.0 for approx. 30 years.

Wrote materials for six Appraisal Courses from 1963 to present.

Subjects Taught include Basic Appraisal, Income Approach to Value, Writing a 
Narrative Appraisal, Appraisal Administration, Appraisal of Apartments, 
Appraisal of Shopping Centers, Appraisal of Farm Land, Land All Uses, 
Depreciation, Machinery and Equipment, Appraisal of Industrial Property, 
Appraisal of Land with Environmental Damage, Blueprint Reading and Cost 
Estimating.

Approved by the State of Nevada as an instructor for Contractors Licensing 
Schools, Las Vegas, NV.

Instructor for Value It, Minneapolis, MN.

<PAGE>

APPRAISAL PROJECTS

1968 Lease Hold Improvements at O'Hare Field in Chicago, IL

1969 Abandoned Railroad right of way through Dupage County, IL

1973 Anaconda Smelter Complex, Great Falls, MT

1974 London Bridge, Lake Havasu, AZ

1976 White House, Capitol, Washington Monument and all other Memorials and
     foreign Embassies in Washington, D.C.

1982 Pulpmill in Taylor County Florida under court appeal

1988 General Motors Plant near St. Louis, MO, for tax appeal

1989 Refineries in Louisiana Race Track in Louisiana

1993 Phosphate mine in Florida for tax appeal

SUPERVISION

     Supervised offices including the Personnel Records and have prepared
budgets involving as many as 136 employees and money in excess of $3,000,000.00

LITIGATION EXPERIENCE (TESTIMONY)

State and Federal Government in Illinois 
State Court and Legislature in Arizona
State Court, Legislature and Appeal Boards in Nevada 
Courts in Florida
Appeal Boards in Montana
Appeal Boards in Missouri 
Appeal Boards in Louisiana 
Federal District Court in Washington, D.C.


<PAGE>
 
                                 MISCELLANEOUS
                                  INFORMATION




<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>








               Clark                                                                                    Clark Comprehensive Planning
               County                                                                                      Current Planning Division
                                                                                                              401 South Furth Street
                                                                                                                    P. 0. Box 551744
                                                                                                        Las Vegas, Nevada 89155-1744
                                                                                                                      (702) 455-4314

                            Non Residential Districts
                         Property Development Standards

Code  Description              Min. Lot                                    Setbacks                            Max. Stories Max. Lot
                              Area(acres)     Front                Corner           Side                Rear    Max. Height Coverage
- ----  --------------------   -----------  --------------    -----------------  ----------------  --------------- ---------- --------
<S>  <C>                       <C>        <C>              <C>                <C>               <C>               <C>         <C>
                                           20' for bldg        20' for  bldg      Adj. Res. 20'    Adj. Res. 20'
C-C   Shopping Center             5          & parking           & parking        Adj. Com. 10'    Adj. Com. 10'   3/45'       25%
C-P   Office  & Professional     None           15'                20'          0/Adj. Res. 10'  0/Adj. Res. 10'   2/35'       60%
C-1   Local Business             None           10'                20'          0/Adj. Res. 10'  0/Adj. Res. 10'   2/35'       60%
C-2   General Commercial         None           10'                20'          0/Adj. Res. 10'  0/Adj. Res. 10'  4/50'(2)     60%
C-3   General Commercial         None           10'                20'          0/Adj. Res. 10'  0/Adj. Res. 10'  4/50'(2)     60%
                                                            10% width of lot   10% width of lot
H-1   Limited Resort & Apt.      None           10'         20'min-50'max(1)   5'min-50'max(1)   0/Adj. Res. 20' 9/100'(2)     60%
                                  See                                          10% width of lot                  Res 2/35'
H-2   General Highway Frontage  29.32.030       10'                20'          5'min-20'max     0/Adj. Res. 20' Com 4/50' See 29.32
                                            Pub.St.15'(3)    Pub. St. 15'(3)    Pub. St. 15'(3)   Pub. St. 15'(3)
T-C   Mobile Home Park            10        Priv. St. 5'       Priv. St. 5'       others 5'         others 5'       2/35'      50%
                                            Pub.St.15'         Pub. St. 15'       Pub. St. 15'     Pub. St. 15'
RVP   Recreational Vehicle Park   10        Priv.St.5'         Priv. St. 5'        others 5'        others 5'      See (4)   See (4)
P-F   Public Facility            See (4)      See (4)            See (4)            See (4)          See (4)       See (4)   See (4)

                                            15' for bldg       15' for bldg
M-D   Designed Manufacturing     None         & parking         & parking       0/Adj. Res. 20'  0/Adj. Res. 20'    4/50'      45%
M-1   Light Manufacturing        None           20'                 20'         0/Adj. Res. 20'  0/Adj. Res. 20'    4/45'      80%
M-2   Industrial                 None          20'(5)              20'(5)           See (5)          See (5)        6/75'      80%
M-3   Heavy Industrial           None          20'(5)              20'(5)           See (5)          See (5)        6/75'      80%
</TABLE>

(1)   Buildings & Structures over 40' high require 1' additional per story over
      40' for side yard setback - See 29.30.040 (H-1)
(2)   Higher with conditional use permit.
(3)   See R-1 regulations for single family residences.
(4)   Determined by conditions of commission approval.
(5)   Use separations are also required - See 29.42.010 (M-2) and 29.43.020 
      (M-3).

General Notes:

1.    No structure over 35' allowed where prohibited by 29.50 (Airport Height
      Restrictions).
2.    Greater setback required where 29.64 (Building Setbacks and Future Width)
      applies.

This table is designed to give general information and regulations for the
zoning districts.  For specific information and regulations., consult with Title
29 or with Current Planning.

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

TRW-REDI                    Nationwide 1-800-345-7334                                                                Copyright 1994
                                                                                                                All Rights Reserved

PARCEL NUMBER              DISTRICT      LAND USE                STRUCTURAL              IMPROVEMENT     SALE AMOUNT      VALUES
  OWNERS NAME                           DIMENSIONS                  DATA                   AREA          DEED DT/TYP       TOTAL -TV
   MAILING ADDRESS                     EXTRA FEATURES                                                    SALE DATES          LAND-LV
* PROPERTY LOCATION                                                                                      BK-DOCUMENT AGRICULTURAL-AG
    LEGAL DESCRIPTION                                                                                    TRUST AMT(T) IMPROVEMENT-IV
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                        <C>      <C>                        <C>                       <C>              <C>           <C>
16218-111-108                470     110-RESID-SINGLE FAMILY      BLDG SQFT - 864         YR BLT  - 1973     $23,000     $18,980IV
  ROY WILLARD M & MARY V                  75 X 80               TYPE    - ONE STORY       ROOMS   -    4   08/29/74 N    $ 8,09OLV
   3484 MYRTLE AVE                        6,OOOSF               STYLE   - CONVENTIONAL    BEDROOMS-    2   456-415038    $10,890IV
   LAS VEGAS NV 89102                  FENCED YARD              QUALITY - FAIR            BATH F-1
  PHONE (702)876-1038                  PAVED CONCRETE - 49OSF   EXT WALL- FR-SID/SHINGLE  EXEMPTIONS:
*3484     MYRTLE AVE                   CITY-WATER-SEWF-R        ROOFING - BUILT UP          WINDOW
        DRAKE EST PLAT BOOK 9 PAGE 11  TOPOGRAPHY -LEVEL        FLOORING- CONCRETE  
        LOT 13 BLOCK 05 PT NW4 NW4                              FLR CVR - 60%-CARPET
        SEC 18 TWP 21 RNG 61                                    FLR CVR - 40%-VINYL     
        OLD PARCEL NUMBER 130-391-002                           HEATING - CENTRAL REFRIG
                                                                A/C     - CENTRAL REFRIG    
                                                                CARPORT -           240SF 
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
250-789-024                  340     110-RESID-SINGLE FAMILY      BLDG SQFT  - 1605       YR BLT   - 1983   $81,500      $34,940TV
  ROY WILLIAM A & BONNIE R                 70 X 104             TYPE    - ONE STORY       ROOMS    -    6   02/25/83     $ 6,98OLV
   6390 GOLDMINE DR                        7,289SF              STYLE   - CONVENTIONAL    BEDROOMS -    3    02/83       $27,96OIV
   LAS VEGAS NV 89115                  PORCH            35SF    QUALITY - FAIR            FAM ROOMS-    1 1695-1654026
  PHONE (702) 459-2951                 FENCED YARD              EXT WALL- FRAME-STUCCO    BATH F-1           PRIOR:
*6390    GOLDMINE DR                   PAVED CONCRETE - 493SF   ROOFING - ASPHALT SHNGLE        3/4-1      1445-1404901
       KINGSRIDGE 5 PLAT BOOK 27       POOL AREA -      512SF   FLOORING- CONCRETE        FIREPL   -    1
       PAGE 34 LOT 15 BLOCK 5 PT SW4   HEATER                   FLR CVR - 80%-CARPET
       SE4 SEC 22 TWP 20 RNG 62        JACUZZI                  FLR CVR - 20%-VINYL
                                       DECK KOOL DECK - 20OSF   HEATING - CENTRAL REFRIG
                                       CITY-WATER-SEWER         A/C     - CENTRAL REFRIG
                                       TOPOGRAPHY-LEVEL         GARAGE  - ATTACHED - 431SF
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
138-23-310-082              200      110-RESID-SINGLE FAMILY       BLDG SQFT  - 1780      YR BLT  -  1991    $119,000    $39,670TV
  ROY WILLIE J & LAVINIA L                 50 X 103             TYPE    - TWO STORY      ROOMS   -     7  10/10/91 N    $ 6,62OLV
   1976 WEENAP DR                          5,15OSF              STYLE   - CONVENTIONAL      BEDROOMS-     4  911010-00058  $33,05OIV
   LAS VEGAS NV 89108                  PORCH            57SF    QUALITY - FAIR      FAMI RMS-     1    $120,711T
*1976     WEENAP DR                    FENCED YARD              EXT WALL- @E-STUCCO     BATH F-2  H-1       PRIOR:
        METROPOLITANS FIRST COLONY     PAVED CONCRETE - 42OSF   ROOFING - TILE/SLATE    FIREPL  -     1      08/14/90
        NORTHPLAT BOOK 35 PAGE 10 LOT  POOL AREA      - 45OS    FLOORING- CONCRETE                       900814-00294
        29 BLOCK 2 PT NW4 SW4 SEC 23   DECK KOOL DECK - 36OSF   FLR CVR - 60%-CARPET
        TWP 20 RNG 60                                           FLR CVR - 40%-VINYL
        OLD PARCEL NUMBER 300-615-083                           HEATING - FORCED AIR ELEC
                                                                A/C     - CENTRAL REFRIG
                                                                GARAGE  - ATTACHED - 475SF
                                       TOPOGRAPHY -LEVEL, CORNER
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
162-09-806-009               410           150-APARTMENT                                   YR BLT  - 1953   $1,122,250    $285,660TV
  ROYAL ALOHA VACATION CLUB                   1.02AC                                       UNITS   -   23     11/04/83 Y  $124,41OLV
   1505 DILLINGHAM BLVD #212                                                                                   11/83      $161,25OIV
   HONOLULU HI 96817-4822                                                                                   1829-1788754
*360       E DESERT INN RD                                                                                      PRIOR:
         PT SE4 SE4 SEC 09 21 61 PT                                                                          885-844706
         SE4 SE4 SEC 09 TWP 21 RNG 61
         OLD PARCEL NUMBER 120-310-004




CLARK, NV.                                                  P 03
- --- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
                                                                                                      
[Letterhead]



Clark County                      PUBLIC WORKS




                           PROJECTS UNDER CONSTRUCTION
                          OR PROJECTED TO BEGIN IN 1997

Arterial Projects

<S>                            <C>                                     <C>                                             <C>
Cheyenne Avenue                 Lamb to Nellis boulevards               widen to four lanes                             B        
Decatur Boulevard *             Russell Rd to Tropicana Ave             construct five lane roadway                     A
Desert Inn Road                 Durango Dr to Jones Blvd                construct new road                              F
Desert Inn Road **              Jones to Valley View boulevards         widen and improve existing roadway              F
Desert Inn Road                 Mojave Rd to Boulder Hwy                widen to six lanes                              E
Desert Inn Road Relocation **   Paradise Rd to Swenson St               depress & widen road, construct 3 bridgee       E     
Eastern Avenue *                Raven St to Wigwam Ave                  widen to four lanes                             A
Industrial Road                 Hacienda to Tropicana avenues           reconstruct to four lanes                       A
Las Vegas Boulevard *           Serene Ave to Warm Springs Rd           widen road, new signal at Wigwam                A/G
Maryland/Paradise Rd Connect    Windmill Ln to Warm Springs Rd          construct connector, widen to four lanes        A
Oquendo Road                    Sandhill Rd to Pearl St                 construct new 60-foot roadway                   G
Patrick Lane                    Eastern Ave to Pecos Rd                 reconstruct roadway, widen to four lanes        G
Pebble Road                     Eastern Ave to Topaz St                 construct four lanes, Pittman Wash bridge       A
Rainbow Boulevard               Tropicana Ave to Russell Rd             widen to four lanes                             A
Russell Road - Phase II         Decatur to Valley View boulevards       construct new six lane roadway                  A       
Russell Road                    Maryland Pkwy to Eastern Ave            reconstruct existing road                       G
Sahara Avenue **                Orchard Valley to Treeline drives       construct new four lane road                    A
Spring Mountain Road            Durango Dr to Rainbow Blvd              widen to four lanes                             F
Spring Mountain Road            Rainbow to Valley View boulevards       widen roadway, storm drain                      F     
Valley View Boulevard           Oquendo Rd to Tropicana Ave             widen roadway                                   A
Windmill Lane                   Las Vegas Blvd to Maryland Pkwy         widen to four lanes                             A
Polaris Avenue                  Oquendo Rd to Hacienda Ave              widen roadway                                   A     
Traffic Signal Installation**   Buffalo/Tropicana, Durango/Flamingo,    Durango /Spring Mountain                        A/F
Vegas Valley Drive              Nellis Blvd to Treeline Dr              widen to four lanes                             E     
Vegas Valley Drive Area         Eastern Ave to Mojave Rd                replace obsolete streetlights                   E    


Flood Control Projects

Hiko Springs Wash               Lauglin                                 construct outfall channel                       A     
Pabco Erosion Control           Pabco Rd to Wetlands Park               construct weir                                  A    
Range Wash                      Nellis Blvd to Detention Basin          repair channel lining                           B     
Rawhide Channel **              Mojave Rd to Sagebrush St               concrete-line channel                           G     
Sloan Channel                   Stewart Ave to Charleston Blvd          construct channel lining                        A          

* Currently under construction     ** Completed                                                                (continued on back)


<PAGE>


Outlying Area Projects 

<S>                            <C>                                     <C>                                           <C>
Bilbray Parkway                 Laughlin                                widen, realign and extend existing road         A          
Bunkerville Flood Channel       Bunkerville                             construct detention basin                       A
Civic & Big Bend Drives *       SR163 to Casino Dr in Laughlin          widen, realign and extend existing road         A
Moapa Road                      Moapa Valley/McKnight Loop              construct two lane roadway                      A
Muddy river Bridge              Moapa Valley                            construct Yamashita bridge                      A
Mount Charleston IV             Rainbow Subdivision                     paving improvements                             C
Searchlight Road                Hobson/US 95 to Co maintained road      construct two lane paved roadway                A


Beltway Projects

Southern Beltway 3A **          Windmill Ln to Eastern Ave              two miles of new six lane freeway               A
Southern Beltway 3B *           Eastern Ave to Pecos Rd                 construct new six lane freeway                  A
Southern Beltway 6A *           I-15/I-215 future interchange           construct new I-15 bridges over I-215           A/G       
Southern Beltway 6B *           I-15 to Industrial Rd                   relocated industrial Rd, bridges over I-215     A/G
Southern Beltway 6C *           I-15 to Decatur Blvd                    construct four lanes of new freeway             A/G
Southern Beltway 2B             Warm Springs Rd to Eastern Ave          aesthetic landscaping                           A
Southern Beltway 4              Pecos Rd to Green Valley Pkwy           construct four lanes of new freeway             A
Southern Beltway 5              Green Valley Pkwy to I-515              construct four lanes of new freeway             A
Southern Beltway 7A             Decatur to Rainbow Boulevards           four lane "Interim" Beltway frontage rd         A
Southern Beltway 7B             Rainbow Blvd to Durango Dr              four lane "Interim" Beltway frontage rd         A
Southern Beltway 8A             Durango Dr to Tropicana Ave             four lane "Interim" Beltway frontage rd         F
Western Beltway                 Tropicana Ave to Huaiapai Wy            four lane "Interim" Beltway facility            F

Resort Corridor Projects 

Flamingo/Industrial Connect**   Flamingo to Industrial Roads            construct new four lane juncture                F
Hacienda Avenue/Koval Lane      Las Vegas Blvd to Sands Ave             four lane connector, two traffic signals        E/G/A
Hacienda Avenue/I-15 Bridge     Polaris Ave to Luxor Dr                 construct four lane bridge over I-15            F/G
Harmon Avenue                   Las Vegas Blvd to Paradise Rd           construct six lane bridge over I-15             F/G
Industrial Road**               Tropicana Ave to Spring Mtn Rd          widen/relocate to new I-15 undercrossing        F
Resort Boulevard Frontage Rd    Russell/Tropicana/Flamingo              Las Vegas Blvd/I-15 Frontage Road               E/G
Russell Road Bridge*            Decatur to Valley View Boulevards       bridge over future Russell Road tunnel          A
Spring Mtn Rd/Sands Ave Ph I    Fashion Show Dr to Paradise Rd          drainage improvements                           E   
Spring Mountian Road            Spring Mtn Rd at Las Vegas Blvd         construct pedestrian walkways                   E
Tropicana Ave Phase III*        Koval Ln to Wilbur St                   imporve/construct additional travel lanes       G

*  Currently under construction 
** Completed 

Prepared by the Administration and Programs Division of Clark County Public                                        June 1997
Works for additional information, contact our office at 455-6000. 
                                    
</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission